Cities Index.
Agenda packet

Palo Alto City Council
June 3, 2024

Document
Agenda packet
Meeting
June 3, 2024
Body
Palo Alto City Council
Pages
39
Original file
46.5 MB
Text extracted from the city's file for reading and search. Open the original on cityofpaloalto.primegov.com. That file is the official record.

CITY OF PALO ALTO CONTRACT NO. C24188409

AGREEMENT FOR PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

BETWEEN THE CITY OF PALO ALTO AND
ACME TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

This Agreement for Professional Services (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of the 20th day of May 2024 (the “Effective Date”), by and between the CITY OF PALO ALTO, a California chartered municipal corporation (“CITY”), and ACME TECHNOLOGIES INC. , a California corporation, located at 111 N. Market Street, Suite 300, San Jose, CA 95113 (“CONSULTANT”).

The following recitals are a substantive portion of this Agreement and are fully incorporated herein by this reference:

RECITALS

A. CITY intends to sell tickets and memberships for the Junior Museum (the “Project”) and desires to engage a consultant to develop and implement a Software Ticketing System–ACME for the Junior Museum in connection with the Project (the “Services”, as detailed more fully in Exhibit A).

B. CONSULTANT represents that it, its employees and subconsultants, if any, possess the necessary professional expertise, qualifications, and capability, and all required licenses and/or certifications to provide the Services.

C. CITY, in reliance on these representations, desires to engage CONSULTANT to provide the Services as more fully described in Exhibit A, entitled “SCOPE OF SERVICES”.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the recitals, covenants, terms, and conditions, in this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:

SECTION 1. SCOPE OF SERVICES . CONSULTANT shall perform the Services described in Exhibit A in accordance with the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement. The performance of all Services shall be to the reasonable satisfaction of CITY.

SECTION 2. TERM.

The term of this Agreement shall be from May 1, 2024 through April 30, 2029 unless terminated earlier pursuant to Section 19 (Termination) of this Agreement.

SECTION 3. SCHEDULE OF PERFORMANCE. Time is of the essence in the performance of Services under this Agreement. CONSULTANT shall complete the Services within the term of this Agreement and in accordance with the schedule set forth in Exhibit B, entitled “SCHEDULE OF PERFORMANCE”. Any Servic es for which times for performance are not specified in this Agreement shall be commenced and completed by CONSULTANT in a reasonably prompt and timely manner based upon the circumstances and direction communicated to the CONSULTANT.

CITY’s agreement to extend the term or the schedule for performance shall not preclude recovery of damages for delay if the extension is required due to the fault of CONSULTANT.

DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
7 Packet Pg. 154 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 2 of 39 ends

SECTION 4. NOT TO EXCEED COMPENSATION. The compensation to be paid to CONSULTANT for performance of the Services shall be based on the compensation structure detailed in Exhibit C, entitled “COMPENSATION,” including any reimbursable expenses specified therein, and the maximum total compensation shall not exceed Seven Hundred Sixty - Two Thousand Three Hundred Eighty-Four Dollars ($762,384). The hourly schedule of rates, if applicable, is set out in Exhibit C-1, entitled “SCHEDULE OF RATES.” Any work performed or expenses incurred for which payment would result in a total exceeding the maximum compensation set forth in this Section 4 shall be at no cost to the CITY.

☒ Optional Additional Services Provision (This provision applies only if checked and a not-to-exceed compensation amount for Additional Services is allocated below under this Section 4.)

In addition to the not-to-exceed compensation specified above, CITY has set aside the not- to-exceed compensation amount of Seventy-Six Thousand Two Hundred Thirty-Eight Dollars ($76,238) for the performance of Additional Services (as defined below). The total compensation for performance of the Services, Additional Services and any reimbursable expenses specified in Exhibit C, shall not exceed Eight Hundred Thirty - Eight Thousand Six Hundred Twenty-Three Dollars ($838,623), as detailed in Exhibit C.

“Additional Services” means any work that is determined by CITY to be necessary for the proper completion of the Project, but which is not included within the Scope of Services described at Exhibit A. CITY may elect to, but is not required to, authorize A dditional Services up to the maximum amount of compensation set forth for Additional Services in this Section 4. CONSULTANT shall provide Additional Services only by advanced, written authorization from CITY as detailed in this Section. Additional Servic es, if any, shall be authorized by CITY with a Task Order assigned and authorized by CITY’s Project Manager, as identified in Section 13 (Project Management). Each Task Order shall be in substantially the same form as Exhibit A-1, entitled “PROFESSIONAL SERVICES TASK ORDER”. Each Task Order shall contain a specific scope of services, schedule of performance and maximum compensation amount, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Compensation for Additional Services shall be specified by CITY in the Task Order, based on whichever is lowest: the compensation structure set forth in Exhibit C, the hourly rates set forth in Exhibit C-1, or a negotiated lump sum.

To accept a Task Order, CONSULTANT shall sign the Task Order and return it to CITY’s Project Manager within the time specified by the Project Manager, and upon authorization by CITY (defined as counter-signature by the CITY Project Manager), the fully executed Task Order shall become part of this Agreement. The cumulative total compensa tion to CONSULTANT for all Task Orders authorized under this Agreement shall not exceed the amount of compensation set forth for Additional Services in this Section 4.

CONSULTANT shall only be compensated for Additional Services performed under an authorized Task Order and only up to the maximum amount of compensation set forth for Additional Services in this Section 4. Performance of and payment for any Additional Services are subject to all requirements and restrictions in this Agreement.

DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
8 Packet Pg. 155 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 3 of 39 ends

SECTION 5. INVOICES. In order to request payment, CONSULTANT shall submit monthly invoices to the CITY describing the fees, and services performed and the applicable charges (including, if applicable, an identification of personnel who performed the Services, hours worked, hourly rates, and reimbursable expenses), based upon Exhibit C or, as applicable, CONSULTANT’s schedule of rates set forth in Exhibit C -1. If applicable, the invoice shall also describe the percentage of completion of each task. The information in CONSULTANT’s invoices shall be subject to verification by CITY. CONSULTANT shall send all invoices to CITY’s Project Manager at the address specified in Section 13 (Project Management) below. CITY will generally process and pay invoices within thirty (30) days of receipt of an acceptable invoice.

SECTION 6. QUALIFICATIONS/STANDARD OF CARE. All Services shall be performed by CONSULTANT or under CONSULTANT’s supervision. CONSULTANT represents that it, its employees and subcontractors, if any, posse ss the professional and technical personnel necessary to perform the Services required by this Agreement and that the personnel have sufficient skill and experience to perform the Services assigned to them. CONSULTANT represents that it, its employees and subcontractors, if any, have and shall maintain during the term of this Agreement all licenses, permits, qualifications, insurance and approvals of whatever nature that are legally required to perform the Services. All Services to be furnished by CONSULTANT under this Agreement shall meet the professional standard and quality that prevail among professionals in the same discipline and of similar knowledge and skill engaged in related work throughout California under the same or similar circumstances.

SECTION 7. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS . CONSULTANT shall keep itself informed of and in compliance with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances, regulations, and orders that may affect in any manner the Project or the performance of the Services or those enga ged to perform Services under this Agreement, as amended from time to time. CONSULTANT shall procure all permits and licenses, pay all charges and fees, and give all notices required by law in the performance of the Services.

SECTION 8. ERRORS/OMISSIONS . CONSULTANT is solely responsible for costs, including, but not limited to, increases in the cost of Services, arising from or caused by CONSULTANT’s errors and omissions, including, but not limited to, the costs of corrections such errors and omissions, any change order markup costs, or costs arising from delay caused by the errors and omissions or unreasonable delay in correcting the errors and omissions.

SECTION 9. COST ESTIMATES. If this Agreement pertains to the design of a public works project, CONSULTANT shall submit estimates of probable construction costs at each phase of design submittal. If the total estimated completion cost at any submittal exceeds the CITY’s stated construction budget by ten percent (10%) or more, CONSULTANT shall make recommendations to CITY for aligning the Project design with the budget, incorporate CITY approved recommendations, and revise the design to meet the Project budget, at no additional cost to CITY.

SECTION 10. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. CONSULTANT acknowledges and agrees that CONSULTANT and any agent or employee of CONSULTANT will act as and shall be deemed at all times to be an independent contractor and shall be wholly responsible for the manner in which CONSULTANT performs the Services requested by CITY under this Agreement.

DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
9 Packet Pg. 156 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 4 of 39 ends

CONSULTANT and any agent or employee of CONSULTANT will not have employee status with CITY, nor be entitled to participate in any plans, arrangements, or distributions by CITY pertaining to or in connection with any retirement, health or other benefits that CITY may offer its employees. CONSULTANT will be responsible for all obligations and payments, whether imposed by federal, state or local law, including, but not limited to, FICA, income tax withholdings, workers’ compensation, unemployment compensation, insurance, and other similar responsibilities related to CONSULTANT’s performance of the Services, or any agent or employee of CONSULTANT providing same. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as creating an employment or agency relationship between CITY and CONSULTANT or any agent or employee of CONSULTANT. Any terms in this Agreement referring to direction from CITY shall be construed as providing for direction as to policy and the result of CONSULTANT’s provision of the Services only, and not as to the means by which such a result is obtained.

SECTION 11. ASSIGNMENT . The parties agree that the expertise and experience of CONSULTANT are material considerations for this Agreement. CONSULTANT shall not assign or transfer any interest in this Agreement nor the performance of any of CONSULTANT’s obligations hereunder wit hout the prior written approval of the City Manager. Any purported assignment made without the prior written approval of the City Manager will be void and without effect. Subject to the foregoing, the covenants, terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement will apply to, and will bind, the heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assignees of the parties.

SECTION 12. SUBCONTRACTING.

☒ Option A: No Subcontractor: CONSULTANT shall not subcontract any portion of the Services to be performed under this Agreement without the prior written authorization of the City Manager or designee. In the event CONSULTANT does subcontract any portion of the work to be performed under this Agreement, CONSULTANT shall be fully responsible for all acts and omissions of subcontractors.

☐ Option B: Subcontracts Authorized: Notwithstanding Section 11 (Assignment) above, CITY agrees that subcontractors may be used to complete the Services. The subcontractors authorized by CITY to perform work on this Project are:

CONSULTANT shall be responsible for directing the work of any subcontractors and for any compensation due to subcontractors. CITY assumes no responsibility whatsoever concerning compensation of subcontractors. CONSULTANT shall be fully responsible to CITY for all acts and omissions of subcontractors. CONSULTANT shall change or add subcontractors only with the prior written approval of the City Manager or designee.

SECTION 13. PROJECT MANAGEMENT. CONSULTANT will assign Kathleen Helal, Vice President of Client Services, 111 N. Market Street, Suite 300, San Jose, CA 95113, phone: (844) 622-8144, email: [email protected] as the CONSULTANT’s Project Manager to have supervisory responsibility for the performance, progress, and execution of the Services and represent CONSULTANT during the day- to-day performance of the Services. If circumstances cause the substitution of the CONSULTANT’s Project Manager or any other of CONSULTANT’s key personnel for any reason, the appointment of a substitute Project Manager and the assignment DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
10 Packet Pg. 157 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 5 of 39 ends

of any key new or replacement personnel will be subject to the prior written approval of the CITY’s Project Manager. CONS ULTANT, at CITY’s request, shall promptly remove CONSULTANT personnel who CITY finds do not perform the Services in an acceptable manner, are uncooperative, or present a threat to the adequate or timely completion of the Services or a threat to the safety of persons or property.

CITY’s Project Manager is John Aikin, Community Service Department, 250 Hamilton Ave, Palo Alto, CA 94301, Telephone: 650 329- 2950, Email: [email protected]. CITY’s Project Manager will be CONSULTANT’s point of contact with respect to performance, progress and execution of the Services. CITY may designate an alternate Project Manager from time to time.

SECTION 14. OWNERSHIP OF MATERIALS . All work product, including without limitation, all writing s, drawings, studies, sketches, photographs, plans, reports, specifications, computations, models, recordings, data, documents, and other materials and copyright interests developed under this Agreement, in any form or media, shall be and remain the exclusive property of CITY without restriction or limitation upon their use. CONSULTANT agrees that all copyrights which arise from creation of the work product pursuant to this Agreement are vested in CITY, and CONSULTANT hereby waives and relinquishes all clai ms to copyright or other intellectual property rights in favor of CITY. Neither CONSULTANT nor its subcontractors, if any, shall make any of such work product available to any individual or organization without the prior written approval of the City Manager or designee. CONSULTANT makes no representation of the suitability of the work product for use in or application to circumstances not contemplated by the Scope of Services.

SECTION 15. AUDITS . CONSULTANT agrees to permit CITY and its authorized representatives to audit, at any reasonable time during the term of this Agreement and for four (4) years from the date of final payment, CONSULTANT’s records pertaining to matters covered by this Agreement, including without limitation records demonstrating compliance with the requirements of Section 10 (Independent Contractor). CONSULTANT further agrees to maintain and retain accurate books and records in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for at least four (4) years afte r the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement or the completion of any audit hereunder, whichever is later.

SECTION 16. INDEMNITY.

☐[Option A applies to the following design professionals pursuant to Civil Code Section 2782.8: architects; landscape architects; registered professional engineers and licensed professional land surveyors.] 16.1. To the fullest extent permitted by law, CONSULTANT shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless CITY, its Council members, officers, employees and agents (each an “Indemnified Party”) from and against any and all third party demands, claims, or liability of any nature, including death or injury to any person, property damage or any other loss, including all costs and expenses of whatever nature including attorney’s fees, experts fees, court costs and disbursements (“Claims”) to the extent that such Claims arise out of, pertain to, or relate to the negligence, recklessness, or willful misconduct of CONSULTANT, its officers, employees, agents or co ntractors under this Agreement, regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by an Indemnified Party. CITY will reimburse CONSULTANT for the proportionate percentage of DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
11 Packet Pg. 158 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 6 of 39 ends

defense costs exceeding CONSULTANT’s proportionate percentage of fault as determined by the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

☒ [Option B applies to any consultant who does not qualify as a design professional as defined in Civil Code Section 2782.8.] 16.1.To the fullest extent permitted by law, CONSULTANT shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless CITY, its Council members, officers, employees and agents (each an “Indemnified Party”) from and against any and all demands, claims, or liability of any nature, including death or injury to any person, property damage or any other loss, including all costs and expenses of whatever nature including attorney’s fees, experts fees, court costs and disbursements (“Claims”) resulting from, arising out of or in any manner related to performance or nonperformance by CONSULTANT, it s officers, employees, agents or contractors under this Agreement, regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by an Indemnified Party.

16.2. Notwithstanding the above, nothing in this Section 16 shall be construed to require CONSULTANT to indemnify an Indemnified Party from a Claim arising from the active negligence or willful misconduct of an Indemnified Party that is not contributed to by any act of, or by any omission to perform a duty imposed by law or agreement by, CONSULTANT, its officers, employees, agents or contractors under this Agreement.

16.3. The acceptance of CONSULTANT’s Services and duties by CITY shall not operate as a waiver of the right of indemnification. The provisions of this Section 16 shall survive the expiration or early termination of this Agreement.

SECTION 17. WAIVERS. No waiver of a condition or nonperformance of an obligation under this Agreement is effective unless it is in writing in accordance with Section 29.4 of this Agreement. No delay or failure to require performance of any provision of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of that provision as to that or any other instance. Any waiver granted shall apply solely to the specific instance expressly stated. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy will preclude any other or further exercise of any right or remedy.

SECTION 18. INSURANCE.

18.1. CONSULTANT, at its sole cost and expense, shall obtain and maintain, in full force and effect during the term of this Agreement, the insurance coverage described in Exhibit D, entitled “INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS”. CONSULTANT and its contractors, if any, shall obtain a policy endorsement naming CITY as an additional insured under any general liability or automobile policy or policies.

18.2. All insurance co verage required hereunder shall be provided through carriers with AM Best’s Key Rating Guide ratings of A -:VII or higher which are licensed or authorized to transact insurance business in the State of California. Any and all contractors of CONSULTANT retained to perform Services under this Agreement will obtain and maintain, in full force and effect during the term of this Agreement, identical insurance coverage, naming CITY as an additional insured under such policies as required above.

18.3. Certificates evidencing such insurance shall be filed with CITY DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
12 Packet Pg. 159 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 7 of 39 ends

concurrently with the execution of this Agreement. The certificates will be subject to the approval of CITY’s Risk Manager and will contain an endorsement stating that the insurance is primary coverage and will not be canceled, or materially reduced in coverage or limits, by the insurer except after filing with the Purchasing Manager thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of the cancellation or modification. If the insurer cancels or modifies the insurance and provides less than thirty (30) days’ notice to CONSULTANT, CONSULTANT shall provide the Purchasing Manager written notice of the cancellation or modification within two (2) business days of the CONSULTANT’s receipt of such notice. CONSULTANT shall be responsible for ensuring that current certificates evidencing the insurance are provided to CITY’s Chief Procurement Officer during the entire term of this Agreement.

18.4. The procuring of such required policy or policies of insurance will not be construed to limit CONSULTANT’s liability hereunder nor to fulfill the indemnification provisions of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the policy or policies of insurance, CONSULTANT will be obligated for the full and total amount of any damage, inj ury, or loss caused by or directly arising as a result of the Services performed under this Agreement, including such damage, injury, or loss arising after the Agreement is terminated or the term has expired.

SECTION 19. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF AGREEMENT OR SERVICES.

19.1. The City Manager may suspend the performance of the Services, in whole or in part, or terminate this Agreement, with or without cause, by giving ten (10) days prior written notice thereof to CONSULTANT. If CONSULTANT fails to per form any of its material obligations under this Agreement, in addition to all other remedies provided under this Agreement or at law, the City Manager may terminate this Agreement sooner upon written notice of termination. Upon receipt of any notice of sus pension or termination, CONSULTANT will discontinue its performance of the Services on the effective date in the notice of suspension or termination.

19.2. In event of suspension or termination, CONSULTANT will deliver to the City Manager on or before the effective date in the notice of suspension or termination, any and all work product, as detailed in Section 14 (Ownership of Materials), whether or not completed, prepared by CONSULTANT or its contractors, if any, in the performance of this Agreement. Such work product is the property of CITY, as detailed in Section 14 (Ownership of Materials).

19.3. In event of suspension or termination, CONSULTANT will be paid for the Services rendered and work products delivered to CITY in accordance with the Scope of Services up to the effective date in the notice of suspension or termination; provided, however, if this Agreement is suspended or terminated on account of a default by CONSULTANT, CITY will be obligated to compensate CONSULTANT only for that portion of CONSULTANT’s Services provided in material conformity with this Agreement as such determination is ma de by the City Manager acting in the reasonable exercise of his/her discretion. The following Sections will survive any expiration or termination of this Agreement: 14, 15, 16, 17, 19.2, 19.3, 19.4, 20, 25, 27, 28, 29 and 30.

19.4. No payment, partial p ayment, acceptance, or partial acceptance by CITY will operate as a waiver on the part of CITY of any of its rights under this Agreement, unless made in accordance with Section 17 (Waivers).

DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
13 Packet Pg. 160 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 8 of 39 ends

SECTION 20. NOTICES.

All notices hereunder will be given in w riting and mailed, postage prepaid, by certified mail, addressed as follows:

To CITY: Office of the City Clerk
City of Palo Alto
Post Office Box 10250
Palo Alto, CA 94303

With a copy to the Purchasing Manager

To CONSULTANT: Attention of the Project Manager at the address of CONSULTANT recited on the first page of this Agreement.

CONSULTANT shall provide written notice to CITY of any change of address.

SECTION 21. CONFLICT OF INTEREST.

21.1. In executing this Agreement, CONSULTANT covenants that it presently has no interest, and will not acquire any interest, direct or indirect, financial or otherwise, which would conflict in any manner or degree with the performance of the Services.

21.2. CONSULTANT further covenants that, in the performance of this Agreement, it will not employ subcontractors or other persons or parties having such an interest.

CONSULTANT certifies that no person who has or will have any financial interest under this Agreement is an officer or employee of CITY; this provision will be interpreted in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Palo Alto Municipal Code and the Government Code of the State of California, as amended from time to time. CONSULTANT agrees to notify CITY if any conflict arises.

21.3. If the CONSULTANT meets the definition of a “Consultant” as defined by the Regulations of the Fair Political Practices Commission, CONSULTANT will file the appropriate financial disclosure documents required by t he Palo Alto Municipal Code and the Political Reform Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

SECTION 22. NONDISCRIMINATION; COMPLIANCE WITH ADA.

22.1. As set forth in Palo Alto Municipal Code Section 2.30.510, as amended from time to time, CONSULTANT certifies that in the performance of this Agreement, it shall not discriminate in the employment of any person due to that person’s race, skin color, gender, gender identity, age, religion, disability, national origin, ancestry, sexual orientation, pregnancy, genetic information or condition, housing status, marital status, familial status, weight or height of such person. CONSULTANT acknowledges that it has read and understands the provisions of Section

2.30.510 of the Palo Alto Municipal Code relati ng to Nondiscrimination Requirements and the penalties for violation thereof, and agrees to meet all requirements of Section 2.30.510 pertaining to nondiscrimination in employment.

DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
14 Packet Pg. 161 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 9 of 39 ends

22.2. CONSULTANT understands and agrees that pursuant to the Americans Disabilities Act (“ADA”), programs, services and other activities provided by a public entity to the public, whether directly or through a contractor or subcontractor, are required to be accessible to the disabled public. CONSULTANT will provide the Services specified in this Agreement in a manner that complies with the ADA and any other applicable federal, state and local disability rights laws and regulations, as amended from time to time. CONSULTANT will not discriminate against persons with disabilities in the provision of services, benefits or activities provided under this Agreement.

SECTION 23. ENVIRONMENTALLY PREFERRED PURCHASING AND ZERO WASTE REQUIREMENTS. CONSULTANT shall comply with the CITY’s Environmentally Preferred Purchasing policies which are available at CITY’s Purchasing Department, hereby incorporated by reference and as amended from time to time. CONSULTANT shall comply with waste reduction, reuse, recycling and disposal requirements of CITY’s Zero Waste Program. Zero Waste best pract ices include, first, minimizing and reducing waste; second, reusing waste; and, third, recycling or composting waste. In particular, CONSULTANT shall comply with the following Zero Waste requirements:
(a) All printed materials provided by CONSULTANT to CITY generated from a personal computer and printer including but not limited to, proposals, quotes, invoices, reports, and public education materials, shall be double-sided and printed on a minimum of 30% or greater post-consumer content paper, unless otherwi se approved by CITY’s Project Manager. Any submitted materials printed by a professional printing company shall be a minimum of 30% or greater post-consumer material and printed with vegetable-based inks. (b) Goods purchased by CONSULTANT on behalf of CITY sha ll be purchased in accordance with CITY’s Environmental Purchasing Policy including but not limited to Extended Producer Responsibility requirements for products and packaging. A copy of this policy is on file at the Purchasing Department’s office.
(c) Reusable/returnable pallets shall be taken back by CONSULTANT, at no additional cost to CITY, for reuse or recycling. CONSULTANT shall provide documentation from the facility accepting the pallets to verify that pallets are not being disposed.

SECTION 24. COMPLIANCE WITH PALO ALTO MINIMUM WAGE ORDINANCE .

CONSULTANT shall comply with all requirements of the Palo Alto Municipal Code Chapter 4.62 (Citywide Minimum Wage), as amended from time to time. In particular, for any employee otherwise entitled to th e State minimum wage, who performs at least two (2) hours of work in a calendar week within the geographic boundaries of the City, CONSULTANT shall pay such employees no less than the minimum wage set forth in Palo Alto Municipal Code Section 4.62.030 for each hour worked within the geographic boundaries of the City of Palo Alto. In addition, CONSULTANT shall post notices regarding the Palo Alto Minimum Wage Ordinance in accordance with Palo Alto Municipal Code Section 4.62.060.

SECTION 25. NON-APPROPRIATION. This Agreement is subject to the fiscal provisions of the Charter of the City of Palo Alto and the Palo Alto Municipal Code, as amended from time to time. This Agreement will terminate without any penalty (a) at the end of any fiscal year in the event that funds are not appropriated for the following fiscal year, or (b) at any time within a fiscal year in the event that funds are only appropriated for a portion of the fiscal year and funds for this Agreement are no longer available. This Section shall take precedence in the event of a conflict DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
15 Packet Pg. 162 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 10 of 39 ends

with any other covenant, term, condition, or provision of this Agreement.

SECTION 26. PREVAILING WAGES AND DIR REGISTRATION FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTS.

☒ 26.1. This Project is not subject to prevailing w ages and related requirements. CONSULTANT is not required to pay prevailing wages and meet related requirements under the California Labor Code and California Code of Regulations in the performance and implementation of the Project if the contract:
(1) is not a public works contract;
(2) is for a public works construction project of $25,000 or less, per California Labor Code Sections 1782(d)(1), 1725.5(f) and 1773.3(j); or (3) is for a public works alteration, demolition, repair, or maintenance project of $15,000 or less, per California Labor Code Sections 1782(d)(1), 1725.5(f) and 1773.3(j).

SECTION 27. CLAIMS PROCEDURE FOR “9204 PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS” . For purposes of this Section 27, a “9204 Public Works Project” means the erection, construction, alteration, repair, or improvement of any public structure, building, road, or other public improvement of any kind. (Cal. Pub. Cont. Code § 9204.) Per Calif ornia Public Contract Code Section 9204, for Public Works Projects, certain claims procedures shall apply.

☒ This Project is not a 9204 Public Works Project.

SECTION 28. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

28.1. In the performance of this Agreement, CONSULTANT may have access to CITY’s Confidential Information (defined below). CONSULTANT will hold Confidential Information in strict confidence, not disclose it to any third party, and will use it only for the performance of its obligations to CITY under this Agreement and for no other purpose.

CONSULTANT will maintain reasonable and appropriate administrative, technical and physical safeguards to ensure the security, confidentiality and integrity of the Confidential Information.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, CONSULTANT may disclose Confidential Information to its employees, agents and subcontractors, if any, to the extent they have a need to know in order to perform CONSULTANT’s obligations to CITY under this Agreeme nt and for no other purpose, provided that the CONSULTANT informs them of, and requires them to follow, the confidentiality and security obligations of this Agreement.

28.2. “Confidential Information” means all data, information (including without limitation “Personal Information” about a California resident as defined in Civil Code Section 1798 et seq., as amended from time to time) and materials, in any form or media, tangible or intangible, provided or otherwise made available to CONSULTANT by CITY, directly or indirectly, pursuant to this Agreement. Confidential Information excludes information that CONSULTANT can show by appropriate documentation: (i) was publicly known at the time it was provided or has subsequently become publicly known other than by a breach of this Agreement; (ii) was rightfully in CONSULTANT’s possession free of any obligation of confidence prior to receipt of Confidential Information; (iii) is rightfully obtained by DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
16 Packet Pg. 163 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 11 of 39 ends

CONSULTANT from a third party without breach of any confidentia lity obligation; (iv) is independently developed by employees of CONSULTANT without any use of or access to the Confidential Information; or (v) CONSULTANT has written consent to disclose signed by an authorized representative of CITY.

28.3. Notwithstanding the foregoing, CONSULTANT may disclose Confidential Information to the extent required by order of a court of competent jurisdiction or governmental body, provided that CONSULTANT will notify CITY in writing of such order immediately upon receipt and prior to any such disclosure (unless CONSULTANT is prohibited by law from doing so), to give CITY an opportunity to oppose or otherwise respond to such order.

28.4. CONSULTANT will notify City promptly upon learning of any breach in the security of its systems or unauthorized disclosure of, or access to, Confidential Information in its possession or control, and if such Confidential Information consists of Personal Information, CONSULTANT will provide information to CITY sufficient to meet the notice requ irements of Civil Code Section 1798 et seq., as applicable, as amended from time to time.

28.5. Prior to or upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, CONSULTANT will honor any request from the CITY to return or securely destroy all copies of Confidential Information. All Confidential Information is and will remain the property of the CITY and nothing contained in this Agreement grants or confers any rights to such Confidential Information on CONSULTANT.

28.6. If selected in Section 30 (Exhibits) , this Agreement is also subject to the terms and conditions of the Information Privacy Policy and Cybersecurity Terms and Conditions.

SECTION 29. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

29.1. This Agreement will be governed by California law, without regard to its conflict of law provisions.

29.2. In the event that an action is brought, the parties agree that trial of such action will be vested exclusively in the state courts of California in the County of Santa Clara, State of California.

29.3. The prevailing party in any action brought to enforce the provisions of this Agreement may recover its reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees expended in connection with that action. The prevailing party shall be entitled to recover an amount equal to the fair market value of legal services provided by attorneys employed by it as well as any attorneys’ fees paid to third parties.

29.4. This Agreement, including all exhibits, constitutes the entire and integrated agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, and supersedes all prior agreements, negotiations, representations, statements and undertakings, either oral or written. This Agreement may be ame nded only by a written instrument, which is signed by the authorized representatives of the parties and approved as required under Palo Alto Municipal Code, as amended from time to time.

DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
17 Packet Pg. 164 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 12 of 39 ends

29.5. If a court of competent jurisdiction finds or rules that any provision of this Agreement is void or unenforceable, the unaffected provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect.

29.6. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the exhibits hereto (per Section 30) or CONSULT ANT’s proposal (if any), the Agreement shall control. In the event of a conflict between the exhibits hereto and CONSULTANT’s proposal (if any), the exhibits shall control.

29.7. The provisions of all checked boxes in this Agreement shall apply to this Agreement; the provisions of any unchecked boxes shall not apply to this Agreement.

29.8. All section headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience and reference only and are not intended to define or limit the scope of any provision of this Agreement.

29.9. This Agreement may be signed in multiple counterparts, which, when executed by the authorized representatives of the parties, shall together constitute a single binding agreement.

SECTION 30. EXHIBITS. Each of the following exhibit s, if the check box for such exhibit is selected below, is hereby attached and incorporated into this Agreement by reference as though fully set forth herein:

☒ EXHIBIT A: SCOPE OF SERVICES
☒ EXHIBIT A-1 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES TASK ORDER
☒ EXHIBIT B: SCHEDULE OF PERFORMANCE
☒ EXHIBIT C: COMPENSATION
☐ EXHIBIT C-1: SCHEDULE OF RATES
☒ EXHIBIT D: INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
☐ EXHIBIT E: DIR REGISTRATION FOR PUBLIC WORKS

CONTRACTS
☐ EXHIBIT F: CLAIMS FOR PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 9204 PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS
☒ EXHIBIT G: INFORMATION PRIVACY POLICY
☒ EXHIBIT H: CYBERSECURITY TERMS AND CONDITIONS
☒ EXHIBIT I: ACME TECHNOLOGIES SERVICE LEVEL

AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT IS NOT COMPLETE UNLESS ALL SELECTED EXHIBITS ARE ATTACHED.

DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
18 Packet Pg. 165 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 13 of 39 ends

CONTRACT No. C24188409 SIGNATURE PAGE

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have by their duly authorized representatives executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

CITY OF PALO ALTO

____________________________
City Manager

APPROVED AS TO FORM:

__________________________
City Attorney or Designee

ACME TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Officer 1

By:____________________________

Name:__________________________

Title:___________________________

Officer 2

By:____________________________

Name:__________________________

Title:___________________________

DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Bill Shaughnessy, CEO
CEO
Michel C. Culler, VP of Sales
VP of Sales
Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
19 Packet Pg. 166 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 14 of 39 ends

EXHIBIT A

SCOPE OF SERVICES

CONSULTANT shall provide the Services detailed in this Exhibit A, entitled “SCOPE OF SERVICES”.

ACME System Implementation
Project Description: This project aims to implement the ACME system for managing memberships, events, and sales for the Palo Alto Junior Museum and Zoo. The project will involve various phases, including initiation and planning, design and configuration, testing, cutover and deployment, and group sales setup.

Deliverables:
● Fully configured and operational ACME system for managing memberships, events, and sales.
● Imported and validated membership data from City’s CRM. ● Configured payment processing account and ticket sales system. ● Trained staff on using the ACME system for various functions. ● Launched and operational point-of-sale (POS) system and access control system. ● Configured and operational group sales functionality.

Timeline:

Milestone 1 - Initiate and Plan Phase (18 days):
● Project kick-off meeting and initial planning.
● Refinement of the project plan.
● Gathering information through questionnaires and forms. ● Establishing support contacts and activating accounts. ● Initial configuration of the system.
● Completion of project planning.

Milestone 2 - Design and Configure Phase (127 days):
● Setting up payment processing account.
● Deep dive sessions for specific functionalities (admissions, membership, data import, education, group bookings).
● Ordering and receiving POS hardware (Apple devices, credit card readers, printers, peripherals).
● Importing and mapping membership data from ACME's CRM. ● Orientation and training sessions for ACME system configuration and management. ● Configuring various functionalities in the ACME system (payment processing, ticketing, discounts, memberships, event templates, POS, etc.).
● Setting up and customizing the online store.
● Completion of system configuration and readiness for testing.

DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
20 Packet Pg. 167 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 15 of 39 ends

Milestone 3 - Testing Phase (16 days):
● Testing membership data accuracy after import.
● Testing online purchase flow, email confirmation, and website link updates. ● Additional training sessions for back office workflows and reporting. ● Final hardware setup for POS and access control systems. ● Go/No Go decision based on testing results.

Milestone 4 - Cutover & Deployment (7 days):
● Final training sessions for POS sales, order management, and access control operations. ● Updating and re-importing membership data (if necessary). ● Launching the online store and POS system.
● Publishing approved event templates and website link updates.

Milestone 5 - Group Sales (14 days):
● Gathering information for group sales setup.
● Training staff on using the ACME system for managing group sales. ● Configuring the system for group sales functionality. ● Additional training for group sales management.
● Cutover and deployment of group sales functionality.

Acceptance Criteria:
● The ACME system is fully configured and operational, meeting all functional requirements defined during the project planning phase. ● Membership data is successfully imported and validated. ● Payment processing is functional and secure.
● Staff are trained and competent in using the ACME system for daily operations. ● The ticket sales system is launched and functioning as intended. ● Group sales functionality is successfully configured and operational.

Communication Plan: Regular communication will be maintained through project meetings, status reports, and email updates. Stakeholders will be informed of project progress, potential risks, and any upcoming activities.

DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
21 Packet Pg. 168 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 16 of 39 ends

EXHIBIT A-1

PROFESSIONAL SERVICES TASK ORDER

CONSULTANT shall perform the Services detailed below in accordance with all the terms and conditions of the Agreement referenced in Item 1A below. All exhibits referenced in Item 8 are incorporated into this Task Order by this reference. CONSULTANT shall furnish the necessary facilities, professional, technical and supporting personnel required by this Task Order as described below.

CONTRACT NO.

OR PURCHASE ORDER REQUISITION NO. (AS APPLICABLE)

1A. MASTER AGREEMENT NO. (MAY BE SAME AS CONTRACT / P.O. NO. ABOVE):
1B. TASK ORDER NO.:

2. CONSULTANT NAME:

3. PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE: START: COMPLETION:
4 TOTAL TASK ORDER PRICE: $__________________
BALANCE REMAINING IN MASTER AGREEMENT/CONTRACT $_______________

5. BUDGET CODE_______________
COST CENTER________________
COST ELEMENT______________
WBS/CIP__________
PHASE__________

6. CITY PROJECT MANAGER’S NAME & DEPARTMENT:_____________________________________

7. DESCRIPTION OF SCOPE OF SERVICES (Attachment A)
MUST INCLUDE:
▪ SERVICES AND DELIVERABLES TO BE PROVIDED
▪ SCHEDULE OF PERFORMANCE
▪ MAXIMUM COMPENSATION AMOUNT AND RATE SCHEDULE (as applicable) ▪ REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES, if any (with “not to exceed” amount)

8. ATTACHMENTS: A: Task Order Scope of Services B (if any): _____________________________

I hereby authorize the performance of the
work described in this Task Order.

APPROVED:

CITY OF PALO ALTO

BY:____________________________________
Name __________________________________
Title___________________________________
Date ___________________________________

I hereby acknowledge receipt and acceptance of
this Task Order and warrant that I have
authority to sign on behalf of Consultant.

APPROVED:

COMPANY NAME: ______________________

BY:____________________________________
Name __________________________________
Title___________________________________
Date ___________________________________

DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
22 Packet Pg. 169 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 17 of 39 ends

EXHIBIT B

SCHEDULE OF PERFORMANCE

CONSULTANT shall perform the Services so as to complete each milestone within the number of days/weeks specified below. The time to complete each milestone may be increased or decreased by mutual written agreement of the Project Managers for CONSULTANT and CITY so long as all work is completed within the term of the Agreement. CONSULTANT shall provide a detailed schedule of work consistent with the schedule below within 2 weeks of receipt of the notice to proceed (“NTP”) from the CITY.

ACME Ticketing Schedule of Performance

Milestone 1 - Initiate and Plan Phase - 18 days
Milestone 2 - Design and Configure Phase - 127 Days
Milestone 3 - Testing Phase - 16 Days
Milestone 4 - Cutover & Deployment - 7 Days
Milestone 5 - Group Sales - 14 Days

☒ Optional Schedule of Performance Provision for On- Call or Additional Services Agreements. (This provision only applies if checked and only applies to on- call agreements per Section 1 or agreements with Additional Services per Section 4.)

The schedule of performance shall be as provided in the approved Task Order, as detailed in Section 1 (Scope of Services) in the case of on-call Services, or as detailed in Section 4 in the case of Additional Services, provided in all cases that the schedule of performance shall fall within the term as provided in Section 2 (Term) of this Agreement.

DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
23 Packet Pg. 170 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 18 of 39 ends

EXHIBIT C

COMPENSATION

CITY agrees to compensate CONSULTANT for the Services performed in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including Services, any specified reimbursable expenses, and Additional Services (if any, per Section 4 of the Agreement), based on the hourly rate schedule attached as Exhibit C-1.

The compensation to be paid to CONSULTANT under this Agreement for all Services, any specified reimbursable expenses, and Additional Services (if any, per Section 4), shall not exceed the amount(s) sta ted in Section 4 of this Agreement. CONSULTANT agrees to complete all Services, any specified reimbursable expenses, and Additional Services (if any, per Section 4), within this/these amount(s). Any work performed or expenses incurred for which payment would result in a total exceeding the maximum amount of compensation set forth in this Agreement shall be at no cost to the CITY.

REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES

CONSULTANT’S ordinary business expenses, such as administrative, overhead, administrative support time/overtime, information systems, software and hardware, photocopying, telecommunications (telephone, internet), in-house printing, insurance and other ordinary business expenses, are included within the scope of payment for Services and are not reimbursable expenses hereunder.

Reimbursable expenses, if any are specified as reimbursable under this section, will be reimbursed at actual cost. The expenses (by type, e.g. travel) for which CONSULTANT will be reimbursed are: travel up to the not-to-exceed amount of: $5,000.00.

A. Travel outside the San Francisco Bay Area, including transportation and meals, if specified as reimbursable, will be reimbursed at actual cost subject to the City of Palo Alto’s policy for reimbursement of travel and meal expenses.

B. Long distance telephone service charges, cellular phone service charges, facsimile transmission and postage charges, if specified as reimbursable, will be reimbursed at actual cost.

All requests for reimbursement of expenses, if any are specified as reimbursable under this section, shall be accompanied by appropriate backup documentation and information.

DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
24 Packet Pg. 171 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 19 of 39 ends

DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
25 Packet Pg. 172 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 20 of 39 ends

DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
26 Packet Pg. 173 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 21 of 39 ends

DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
27 Packet Pg. 174 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 22 of 39 ends

EXHIBIT C-1

SCHEDULE OF RATES

CONSULTANT’s schedule of rates is as follows: N/A

DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
28 Packet Pg. 175 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 23 of 39 ends

EXHIBIT D

INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
29 Packet Pg. 176 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 24 of 39 ends

DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
30 Packet Pg. 177 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 25 of 39 ends

DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
31 Packet Pg. 178 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 26 of 39 ends

EXHIBIT E (NOT REQUIRED)

DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
32 Packet Pg. 179 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 27 of 39 ends

EXHIBIT F (NOT REQUIRED)

DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
33 Packet Pg. 180 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 28 of 39 ends

EXHIBIT G

INFORMATION PRIVACY POLICY

DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
34 Packet Pg. 181 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 29 of 39 ends

DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
35 Packet Pg. 182 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 30 of 39 ends

DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
36 Packet Pg. 183 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 31 of 39 ends

DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
37 Packet Pg. 184 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 32 of 39 ends

DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
38 Packet Pg. 185 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 33 of 39 ends

DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
39 Packet Pg. 186 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 34 of 39 ends

DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
40 Packet Pg. 187 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 35 of 39 ends

DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
41 Packet Pg. 188 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 36 of 39 ends

EXHIBIT “H”

CYBERSECURITY TERMS AND CONDITIONS

In order to assure the privacy and security of the personal information of the City's customers and people who do business with the City, including, without limitation, vendors, utility customers, library patrons, and other individuals and companies, who are required to share such information with the City, as a condition of receiving services from the City or selling goods and services to the City, including, without limitation, the Software as a Service services provider (the "Consultant") and its subcontractors, if any, including, without limitation, any Information Technology ("IT") infrastructure services provider, shall design, install, provide, and maintain a secure IT environment, described below, while it renders and performs the Services and furnishes goods, if any, described in the Statement of Work, Exhibit B, to the extent any scope of work implicates the confidentiality and privacy of the personal information of the City's customers. The Consultant shall fulfi ll the data and information security requirements (the "Requirements") set forth in Part A below.

A "secure IT environment" includes (a) the IT infrastructure, by which the Services are provided to the City, including connection to the City's IT systems; (b) the Consultant's operations and maintenance processes needed to support the environment, including disaster recovery and business continuity planning; and (c) the IT infrastructure performance monitoring services to ensure a secure and reliable environment and service availability to the City. "IT infrastructure" refers to the integrated framework, including, without limitation, data centers, computers, and database management devices, upon which digital networks operate.

In the event that, after the Effective Date, the Consultant reasonably determines that it cannot fulfill the Requirements, the Consultant shall promptly inform the City of its determination and submit, in writing, one or more alternate countermeasure options to the Requirements (the "Alternate Requirements" as set forth in Part B), which may be accepted or rejected in the reasonable satisfaction of the Information Security Manager (the "ISM").

Part A. Requirements:

The Consultant shall at all times during the term of any contract between the City and the Consultant:

(a) Appoint or designate an employee, preferably an executive officer, as the security liaison to the City with respect to the Services to be performed under this Agreement. (b) Comply with the City's Information Privacy Policy:
(c) Have adopted and implemented information security and privacy policies that are documented, are accessible to the City, and conform to ISO 27001/2 – Information Security Management Systems (ISMS) Standards. See the following:
http://www.iso.org/iso/home/store/catalogue_tc/catalogue_detail.htm?csnumber=42103 http://www.iso.org/iso/iso_catalogue/catalogue_tc/catalogue_detail.htm?csnumber=5029 7 DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
42 Packet Pg. 189 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 37 of 39 ends

(d) Conduct routine data and information security compliance training of its personnel that is appropriate to their role.
(e) Develop and maintain detailed documentation of the IT infrastructure, including software versions and patch levels.
(f) Develop an independently verifiable process, consistent with industry standards, for performing professional and criminal background checks of its employees that (1) would permit verification of employees' personal identity and employment status, and (2) would enable the immediate denial of access to the City's confidential data and information by any of its employees who no longer would require access to that information or who are terminated.
(g) Provide a list of IT infrastructure components in order to verify whether the Consultant has met or has failed to meet any objective terms and conditions. (h) Implement access accountability (identification and authentication) architecture and support role- based access control ("RBAC") and segregation of duties ("SoD") mechanisms for all personnel, systems, and Software used to provide the Services. "RBAC" refers to a computer systems security approach to r estricting access only to authorized users. "SoD" is an approach that would require more than one individual to complete a security task in order to promote the detection and prevention of fraud and errors.
(i) Assist the City in undertaking annually an assessment to assure that: (1) all elements of the Services' environment design and deployment are known to the City, and (2) it has implemented measures in accordance with industry best practices applicable to secure coding and secure IT architecture.
(j) Provide and maintain secure intersystem communication paths that would ensure the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of the City's information. (k) Deploy and maintain IT system upgrades, patches and configurations conforming to current patch and/or release levels by not later than one (1) week after its date of release.

Emergency security patches must be installed within 24 hours after its date of release. (l) Provide for the timely detection of, response to, and the reporting of security incidents, including on-going incident monitoring with logging.
(m) Notify the City within one (1) hour of detecting a security incident that results in the unauthorized access to or the misuse of the City's confidential data and information. (n) Inform the City that any third party service provider(s) meet(s) all of the Requirements. (o) Perform security self-audits on a regular basis and not less frequently than on a quarterly basis, and provide the required summary reports of those self -audits to the ISM on the annual anniversary date or any other date agreed to by the Parties. (p) Accommodate, as practicable, and upon reasonable prior notice by the City, the City's performance of random site security audits at the Consultant's site(s), including the site(s) of a third-party service provider(s), as applicable. The scope of these audits will extend to the Consultant's and its third-party service provider(s)' awareness of security policies and practices, systems configurations, access authentication and authorization, and incident detection and response.
(q) Cooperate with the City to ensure that to the extent required by applicable laws, rules and regulations, and the Confidential Information will be accessible only by the Consultant and any authorized third-party service provider's personnel. (r) Perform regular, reliable secured backups of all data needed to maximize the availability of the Services. Adequately encrypt the City of Palo Alto's data, during the operational process, hosted at rest, and the backup stage at the Vendors' environment (incl uding Vendor's contracting organization's environment).
(s) Maintain records relating to the Services for a period of three (3) years after the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement and in a mutually agreeable storage medium.

Within thirty (30) days after the effective date of expiration or earlier termination of this DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
43 Packet Pg. 190 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 38 of 39 ends

Agreement, all of those records relating to the performance of the Services shall be provided to the ISM.
(t) Maintain the Confidential Information in accordance with applicable federal, state, and local data and information privacy laws, rules, and regulations. (u) Encrypt the Confidential Information before delivering the same by electronic mail to the City and or any authorized recipient.
(v) Provide Network Layer IP filtering services to allow access only from the City of Palo Alto's IP address to the Vendor environment (primarily hosted for the City of Palo Alto). (w) Offer a robust disaster recovery and business continuity (DR -BCP) solutions to the City for the systems and services the Vendor provides to the City. (x) Provide and support Single Sign-on (SSO) and Multifactor Authentication (MFA) solutions for authentication and authorization services from the "City's environment to the Vendor's environment," and Vendor's environment to the Vendor's cloud services/hosted environment." The Vendor shall allow two employees of the City to have superuser and super-admin access to the Vendor's IT environment, and a cloud- hosted IT environment belongs to the City.
(y) Unless otherwise addressed in the Agreement, shall not hold the City liable for any direct, indirect or punitive damages whatsoever including, without limitation, damages for loss of use, data or profits, arising out of or in any way connected with the City's IT environment, including, without limitation, IT infrastructure communications. (z) The Vendor must provide evidence of valid cyber liability insurance policy per the City’s
EXHIBIT “D” INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS.

DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
44 Packet Pg. 191 of 1352

Professional Services
Rev. Dec.15, 2020

Page 39 of 39 ends

EXHIBIT I:

ACME TECHNOLOGIES SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
45 Packet Pg. 192 of 1352

SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

1. Customer Platform Support Post-launch, all software support issues should be directed to the ACME Product Support team. a. ACME Product Support Hours
b. Business Hours: ACME Product Support is available
i. Monday - Friday 7:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. PT.
ii. Weekends and nonmajor holidays: between 7:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. PT c. Major Holidays: ACME Product Support is closed on New Years Day, MLK Jr. Day (US), President’s Day (US), Cesar Chavez Day (US), Memorial Day (US), Juneteenth (US), Independence Day (US), Labor Day (US) Thanksgiving Day (US), Day after Thanksgiving (US), Christmas Eve, Christmas Day.

2. Platform Support Channels. CUSTOMER to identify up to 5 designated platform managers. Each platform manager can reach ACME Product Support via the following channels:
a. Online:  https://support.acmeticketing.com/
b. Email:  [email protected]

3. Platform Regularly Scheduled Maintenance . Regularly scheduled maintenance time does not count as downtime.  Maintenance notifications are communicated via ACME customer support emails and ACME’s Status Page: https://acmetechnologies.statuspage.io/ . Maintenance time is considered regularly scheduled if it is communicated at least 24 hours in advance.

4. Platform Availability - Service Level Agreement Terms a. Uptime. ACME shall maintain 99.9% uptime with respect to the Mission Critical aspects of the Services during each calendar quarter of the Term of this Agreement, excluding regularly scheduled maintenance windows (as described below).  A “ Mission Critical ” issue occurs when ACME sales channel flows are unable to process purchase orders and such failure is not caused by a third-party service used by ACME (e.g. payment processors, decryption services, hosting service, etc.) or an internet/network provider to ACME or any on-site issues not related to the ACME Platform (e.g. the Ticketing Hardware, used by the POS application failing or changes to the front desk hardware/IT configuration causing an interruption of service)   The measurement of uptime shall be based solely on reporting provided from monitoring tools utilized by ACME. For clarity, system failures directly resulting from Customer’s servers, Customer’s internet access, or catastrophic events beyond the control of ACME shall not be counted as downtime.
b. Service Level Agreement Terms :

Issue Type Description Support First Response Outcome Service
Interruptions
P0 - Complete Service Failure:  The ACME Platform
is unavailable across all sales channels
P1 - Severely Impaired Service with No
Workaround:   One or more sales channels are
offline, and tickets cannot be sold using another
sales channel.

P2 - Intermittent/Delayed Performance:  One or
more sales channels on the ACME platform are
experiencing significant delays or intermittent service that is outside of the normal operating parameters of
ACME.

Within 1 Operating Hour of
confirmed Service Interruption,
ACME Product Support will
engage the ACME Engineering
team.

P0 - ACME will use commercially reasonable efforts to resolving all Severity Level 0 incidents as soon as possible until the issue has a temporary repair /workaround in place. A permanent repair will be performed during normal Business Hours.

P1 & P2 - ACME will work to resolve all P1 and P2 incidents during normal business hours until the issue has a temporary repair or workaround in place and then work to provide
permanent repair.

Other Issues
Tasks, Questions, Troubleshooting Assistance  -
This category includes all requests that can be
addressed by Product Support and do not require
the assistance of the Engineering team.

Bug Reports  - Issues where the ACME Platform is
not behaving as designed.

Enhancement Requests  - Any idea, new feature, or
enhancement to existing features submitted by the
client.

Urgent  - 1 Operating Hour
High  - 4 Business Hours
Medium  - 8 Business Hours
Low  - 24 Business Hours
Urgent issues are any issues
that have a significant impact
on the venue’s ability to sell a
ticket.

Tasks, Questions, Troubleshooting Assistance  - ACME
Support will work with the customer to resolve issues as appropriate.

Bug Reports  - Bugs and tickets requiring Engineering
assistance will be reported to the Engineering team for further investigation.

Enhancement Requests  - Customer requests for
enhancements will be reported to the Product Management team for consideration.

5. Hardware Support . ACME Product Support will provide troubleshooting assistance to the IT Staff of the venue if necessary. General maintenance, cleaning, troubleshooting, and basic ACME approved hardware support is the responsibility of the client.   For advanced assistance, the venue IT staff should contact the equipment manufacturer directly.  Costs associated with consumables, equipment repair or replacement is the responsibility of the client. ACME strongly discourages the use of sticker stock with the BOCA ticket printer.

Should the venue choose to use sticker stock with their ticket printers, the venue is responsible for all maintenance of the ticket printer and should work directly with BOCA.

6. Network Support . All network configuration, maintenance, troubleshooting, service, and upkeep is the responsibility of the venue’s IT Staff.  As a cloud-based platform, ACME requires a strong, stable internet connection at all times.  Issues that are caused by an unstable network are not covered under this agreement.

7. General
a. SLA timers are not active when a ticket is waiting for a response from a customer. b. For the purposes of SLA, Bug Reports and Enhancement Requests are considered resolved when they have been reported to the Engineering and/or Product Management teams.
c. Bug Reports and Enhancement Requests will be prioritized against all other Bugs and Enhancements in the backlog and will be resolved in order of priority. Tickets that require Engineering work are explicitly excluded from the SLA. d. Not all Enhancement Requests will be accepted or scheduled for inclusion in the ACME Platform.

EXHIBIT I
DocuSign Envelope ID: 1CE300AF-B09D-4796-9A6C-3D63DBD84A33 Item 10
Attachment A - ACME
Contract C24188409B

Item 10: Staff Report
Pg.
46 Packet Pg. 193 of 1352

City Council
Staff Report
From: City Manager
Report Type: CONSENT CALENDAR
Lead Department: City Manager
Meeting Date: June 3, 2024
Report #:2405-3031
TITLE
Approve New Pre-Approved Parklet Designs; Approve Amendments to the Ongoing Parklet Regulations; and Adopt an Ordinance and Resolution Extending the Interim Parklet Program to the Car-Free Portion of Ramona Avenue through March 2025; CEQA Status – Categorically Exempt.

RECOMMENDATION
Staff recommends that the City Council:

1. Adopt the attached interim ordinance and resolution to:
a) Extend the interim parklet program for parklets and at-grade dining on the car-free portion of Ramona Street until March 31, 2025, or until outdoor dining standards are adopted for Ramona Street, whichever is sooner; b) Implement license fees under the interim ordinance for this same section of Ramona Street for use of the right-of-way as previously established under the Ongoing Parklet Program;

2. Approve and direct staff to adopt the Revised Ongoing Parklet Program Regulations, including allowing the use of planters on parklets.

3. Approve Pre-Approved Parklet Designs and the Associated Draft User Guide as recommended by Architectural Review Board (ARB).

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
This staff report outlines proposed revisions to the Ongoing Parklet Program Design Standards and Regulations (Attachment C), Pre-Approved Parklets Designs and the associated draft User Guide (Attachment D). Revisions to the Interim Parklet Program Design Standards and Regulations are also proposed to accommodate existing parklets on the car-free portion of Ramona Street through Resolution (Attachment B). These revisions for Ramona Street are Item 11
Item 11 Staff Report

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
1 Packet Pg. 194 of 1352

designed to better align with the timing of work on the future of Ramona Street projected to begin in Q4 of 2024 and avoid a start-stop-start process with those establishments.

City Council approved the Ongoing (formerly Permanent) Parklet Program and Fees on September 11, 2023 1, and directed staff to work with the Architectural Review Board (ARB) to develop pre-approved parklet designs, based on the newly adopted parklet design standards.

Staff introduced the pre-approved parklet design project scope, outreach strategy, and timeline to the ARB in a study session on February 15, 2024 2. Board members provided feedback on the approach and design standards and established an ad hoc committee, consisting of Chair Baltay and Vice-Chair Rosenberg. With the ARB and ad hoc committee’s feedback incorporation, the ARB moved to support the pre-approved designs on May 2, 20243.

The proposed refinements to the adopted ongoing parklet standards (Attachment C) reflect feedback from the ARB and are attached for reference. The Pre-Approved Parklet Designs and draft User Guide are available in Attachment D.

BACKGROUND
In 2021 4, Council directed staff to develop an ongoing parklet program with the input of the Architectural Review Board (ARB). Staff worked with the ARB, and City Council received updates and provided feedback on the Parklet Program in May 20225, October 20226, and March 20237. 1 City Council, September 11, 2023; Agenda Items #10, SR #2308-1917 https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/v/1/public-works/engineering-services/parklet- program/sr2308-1917-parklet-program-9.11.2023.pdf
2ARB Staff Report. February 15, 2024; Agenda Item #2
https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/v/1/public-works/engineering-services/parklet-program/arb- staff-report-2.15.2024-study-session-parklet-prototypes.pdf 3 ARB Staff Report, May 2, 2024; Agenda Item #3
https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/v/1/public-works/engineering-services/parklet- program/5.2.2024-arb-study-session-on-the-pre-approved-parklet-designs.pdf 4 City Council, April 19, 2021; Agenda Item #8, Staff Report #12041 https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/v/1/public-works/engineering-services/parklet-program/sr- 12041-parklet-program-4.19.2021.pdf
5 City Council, May 9, 2022; Agenda Item #10, Staff Report #14311https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/v/1/public-works/engineering-services/parklet- program/sr-14311-parklet-program-5.9.2022.pdf
6 City Council, October 24, 2022; Agenda Item #10, Staff Report #14692 https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/v/1/public-works/engineering-services/parklet-program/sr- 14692-permanent-parklet-program-10.24.2022.pdf
7 City Council March27, 2023, Agenda Item #11, Staff Report #2303-1166 https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/v/1/public-works/engineering-services/parklet-program/sr- 2303-1166-parklet-program-3.27.2023-contd-from-3.13.2023.pdf Item 11
Item 11 Staff Report

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
2 Packet Pg. 195 of 1352

On September 11, 2023 8, Council approved the Ongoing (formerly Permanent) Parklet Program and fees and directed staff to work with the Architectural Review Board to develop parklet designs, based on the newly adopted parklet design standards, citing the Beverly Hills Parklet Guide as an example for parklet prototypes. The adopted standards included parklet enclosure and traffic safety regulations that prohibit planters and require an enclosure height of 42-inches to be consistent with guardrail standards. The full background and traffic memorandum can also be found in the associated staff report.

On February 15, 2024 9, the ARB provided feedback on the pre-approved parklet designs and ongoing parklet design standards and established an ad hoc committee, consisting of Chair Baltay and Vice-chair Rosenberg.

On March 11, 202410, Council extended the Interim Parklet Program to July 31, 2024, and phased in enforcement for the Ongoing Parklet Program through November 1, 2024. Existing interim parking lot eating/drinking uses were extended through December 31, 2024. The extended timeline aligns with the Emerson Street re-paving project and allows many parklets to remain open for outdoor dining during the summer months.

On March 19, 2024, an ad hoc committee consisting of Chair Baltay and Vice-chair Rosenberg provided additional feedback on the pre-approved parklet designs. With the ARB and ad hoc committee’s feedback incorporation, the ARB moved to support the pre-approved designs on May 2, 2024 11. A full history of the temporary and ongoing parklet program is available in Attachment E.

8 City Council, September 11, 2023; Agenda Items #10, SR #2308-1917 https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/v/1/public-works/engineering-services/parklet- program/sr2308-1917-parklet-program-9.11.2023.pdf
9 ARB Staff Report. February 15, 2024; Agenda Item #2
https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/v/1/public-works/engineering-services/parklet-program/arb- staff-report-2.15.2024-study-session-parklet-prototypes.pdf 10 City Council, March 11, 2024, Agenda Item #10, SR #2401-2483 https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/v/1/public-works/engineering-services/parklet- program/sr2401-2483-3.11.2024-extend-intermin-ordinance-for-parklets-to-7.31.2024.pdf 11 ARB Staff Report, May 2, 2024; Agenda Item #3
https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/v/1/public-works/engineering-services/parklet- program/5.2.2024-arb-study-session-on-the-pre-approved-parklet-designs.pdf

Item 11
Item 11 Staff Report

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
3 Packet Pg. 196 of 1352

ANALYSIS

1. Revisions to Interim Ordinance and Resolution regarding the area of Ramona Street closed to vehicles
In 2023, the City Council adopted the ongoing parklet program, which is set to take effect this year. The portion of Ramona Street closed to vehicles is part of this program.12 However, as the ongoing parklet standards are designed primarily for roads with vehicular traffic, staff recommend that the interim program standards remain in place for this portion of Ramona Street while the future of the street's closure is discussed. To make sure the entire University Avenue area is treated fairly, the ordinance will apply license fees for use of the right of way to the closed portion of Ramona Street as would be applied to every other street in the University Area downtown parklet program.

In Fall 2024, staff will be initiating stakeholder engagement and evaluating options for the future of Ramona Street, including permanently closing this portion of Ramona Street to vehicular traffic. Based on the stakeholder discussions and Council direction, separate outdoor dining guidelines may be developed for this portion of Ramona Street in early 2025 or, alternatively, the street may be opened to vehicular traffic.

2. Refinements to the Ongoing Parklet Program Design Standards, including changes regarding the use of planters on parklets.

Following ARB feedback, staff recommend refinements to the adopted Ongoing Parklet Design Standards. Attachment C includes the redlined ongoing parklet program standards with proposed revisions for reference.

The ARB and ad hoc committee recommended several refinements and clarifications to the Ongoing Parklet Design Standards including:
•Reduce the gap between parklets for parklets in angled parking spaces to align with their existing setback requirement from the edge of the parking space. •Clarify the 3-foot emergency access every 20 feet requirement. •Reduce the 3-foot setback from the travel lane for angled-parking spaces to 2-feet (which is the setback standard for parallel parking space parklets). •Reduce the 42” enclosure height requirement to allow for sightlines across the public right-of-way.
•Remove the minimum roof height requirement and change the maximum roof height to 11’ from 12’.
•Require minimum 7’- 6” head clearance under any roof, in accordance with code requirements.
12 Resolution 10121
https://portal.laserfiche.com/Portal/DocView.aspx?id=68129&repo=r-704298fc Item 11
Item 11 Staff Report

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
4 Packet Pg. 197 of 1352

•Remove the requirement for gutters and leaders.
•Allow planters in parklet designs.
•Remove regulations on furnishings.
•Allow 12-inch roof overhang on the sidewalk side and 6-inch roof overhang on all other sides.
•Prohibit the following roof materials: corrugated acrylic, and heavy materials such as clay or stone tile.

The ARB strongly recommended permitting planters on parklets to enhance aesthetics and ambiance. The engineering firm REI Buildup (REI), consulting on the pre-approved parklet designs, provided additional information to supplement the Parklet Force Protection Memorandum provided by Siegfried dated August 1, 2023 (Attachment F). Siegfried's analysis describes that the planters, usually 18” to 24” wide and 8-feet to 10-feet long and filled with soil, are heavy but still cannot meet the 6,000 pounds force requirement to qualify as traffic barriers.

Therefore, planters should not be used as traffic barriers. The analysis also highlights that the construction of a planter is crucial, as some materials could shatter and create hazardous debris if impacted.

To supplement this analysis, REI recommends using flexible materials for planters, as they would be the safest option. Flexible materials do not shatter, minimizing hazards for parklet occupants and reducing damage. REI emphasizes the following points:
•Durability: Flexible materials are generally more durable than brittle ones. They can withstand minor impacts and deformation without fracturing or shattering. •Adaptability: Flexible materials offer more creative and custom designs to suit specific aesthetic or functional requirements due to their greater adaptability in design.

Specifically, REI recommends the following materials for planters in conjunction with parklets:
wood, steel, cold form steel, plastic, and fiberglass.

Staff recommend incorporating several of the ARB’s recommendations. Attachment C includes the redlined ongoing parklet program standards with proposed revisions and Table 1 (below) summarizes the key changes.

Table 1 (below) shows a matrix organized by topic that cross-walks from the current adopted standards, the ARB and ARB ad hoc’s recommendations, staff’s recommendations, and the proposed revisions to the current adopted standards.

Item 11
Item 11 Staff Report

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
5 Packet Pg. 198 of 1352

Table 1: Summary of Ongoing Parklet Program Standard Refinements Topic
Current Adopted
Standard
ARB/ad hoc
Recommendation
Staff
Recommendation
Proposed Revisions to
Adopted Standards
Gap between
Parklets (pg.
3 Attachment
A)
8ft gap required
between all parklets
(4ft for each parklet)
Consider reducing the
gap requirement.

Recommend
reevaluating the
required gap for
angled spaces given
their different setback
standards
Implement ARB
recommendation.

Angled parklets
require 3ft setback
from adjacent parking
space. Parklets will
not require
adjustment when
added/removed next
to each other.
8ft gap between
parallel pkg space
parklets (4ft each)
- 6ft gap between
angled pkg space
parklets (3ft each)
3ft
Emergency
Access every
20 ft (pg. 14)
Fire may require
parklets to
implement a 3ft gap
in their parklet every
20 ft for fire access.

Clarify the 3-foot
emergency access
every 20 feet
requirement. Consider
removing as it is
duplicative of gap
between parklet
requirement above.

Implement ARB
recommendation. Fire
confirmed the gap
between parklets will
be sufficient. To
reduce confusion, Fire
confirmed this can be
removed.

Standard removed.

Roof height
(pg. 11)
Min. 8’ max 12’ Remove the minimum
roof height
requirement and
require minimum 7’6”
head clearance under
any roof, in
accordance with code
requirements. Reduce
the maximum roof
height from 12’ to 11’.

Implement ARB
recommendation.

Min. head clearance:
7’6”, max height 11’
Gutters/leade
rs (pg. 11)
Gutters/leaders
required
Remove requirement
for gutters and
leaders.

Implement ARB
recommendation.

Standard removed.

Furnishing
standards
(pg. 17)
Furnishings must be
high-quality, durable,
outdoor-rated, and
non-reflective. Street
furniture incl. tables,
chairs, benches, etc.
shall be all-weather
and of a high-quality
material.

Remove furniture
aesthetic standards.

Implement ARB
recommendation.

Standards removed.

Planters (pg.
14-15)
Not permitted Planters shall be
permitted and
incorporated into the
design of parklets.

Implement ARB
recommendation.

Following additional
analysis (see
Attachment D) staff
Planters may be
incorporated into
parklet designs.

Planters shall be made
of either wood, steel,
Item 11
Item 11 Staff Report

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
6 Packet Pg. 199 of 1352

Topic
Current Adopted
Standard
ARB/ad hoc
Recommendation
Staff
Recommendation
Proposed Revisions to
Adopted Standards
recommend that
decorative planters
made of only wood,
steel, plastic, or
fiberglass may be
permitted on parklets.

Planters made of
brittle materials that
are at risk of
shattering on impact,
such as clay,
porcelain, and
concrete would
remain prohibited.
cold form steel,
plastic, or fiberglass.

Roof
overhang (pg.
11)
No overhang
permitted
Allow 12” overhang
along the sidewalk
side and 6” overhang
on all other sides.

Implement modified
ARB recommendation.

Staff recommend
allowing overhangs on
the sidewalk and
travel lane side of the
parklets. However, do
not recommend an
overhang on the sides
of parklets due to fire
access. See discussion
below.

Allow 6” overhang
along sidewalk side
and travel lane side.

No overhang
permitted on parklet
sides.

Setback from
rear-edge of
angled
parking space
(pg. 6)
3-feet Consider reducing to
2-feet, consistent with
parallel parking space
setback.

Staff do not
recommend changes
to this standard due
to traffic safety and
sightlines for turning
vehicles from
driveways and
alleyways. See
discussion below.

No change; maintain
3-feet.

Enclosure
Height (pg.
13)
42-inches enclosure Lower height to align
with handrail
requirement of 34-38”
to allow for sightlines
across the public
right-of-way
Staff do not
recommend changes
to this standard due
to safety concerns;
enclosure could be
constructed to allow a
visual connection.

No change; maintain
42-inches enclosure
height
Item 11
Item 11 Staff Report

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
7 Packet Pg. 200 of 1352

3. Pre-approved Parklet Designs and Associated User Guide Staff recommends that Council approve the pre-approved parklet designs and associated draft user guide (Attachment D). The purpose of the pre-approved designs is to provide Palo Alto businesses with pre-approved parklet options that meet the ongoing parklet standards, allow for design customization, and have a streamlined approval process through the City’s Public Works Department. Pre-approved parklets would not be mandatory; businesses can continue to develop custom parklets with a discretionary review process. The pre-approved parklets will include plan sets and shop drawings as well as a user-guide for designing a parklet.

The proposed pre-approved parklets include two key elements:

1. A basic structural parklet frame. The pre-approved design will provide prescriptive details and specification for connections and structural standards to meet parklet standards. The structural frame design can be scaled up to any sized parklet and can be made using either light-gauge steel or pressure-treated wood.

2. Pre-approved design standards and materials for parklet finishes including:
•Roof coverings
•Flooring
•Rails
•Sidewalls
•Planters
This approach allows businesses to customize the finishes of their parklet as long as they meet the pre-approved specifications. The User Guide will guide businesses through the design and application process for a pre-approved parklet.

Following Council action, staff will prepare shop drawings and specifications for the pre-approved designs and finalize the User Guide. The final User Guide and shop drawings will become available in early August (see Project Timeline below).

4. Project Timeline
Late-March/early-
April 2024
Stakeholder outreach / ARB review for Pre-approved parklet designs May 2, 2024 ARB review of draft pre-approved parklet designs June 3, 2024 Council consideration of pre-approved parklet designs and proposed revisions to Ongoing Parklet Design Standards.

July 1, 2024 1. Adopted Standards for ongoing parklets go into effect

2. Parklet Pre-applications due to City
Item 11
Item 11 Staff Report

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
8 Packet Pg. 201 of 1352

•Indicate intent to build/continue parklet
•Indicate interest in pre-approved parklet design

3. Parklet License Fees due

4. Emerson Street parklets must be removed
July/August 2024 Emerson Street repaving project
August 1, 2024 Any parklet without a pre-application must be removed August 2024 1. Pre-approved parklet design and associated drawings available for use

2. Parklet Applications accepted; pre-approved parklet applications will have shorter review time
September 2024 Parklet construction (with applicable permits) November 1, 2024 Parklets (except for the car-free portion of Ramona Street) must be in compliance with adopted standards for ongoing parklets; parklets on Ramona Street must continue to comply with the modified temporary/interim standards
March 31, 2025* Parklets on car-free portion of Ramona Street must comply with new outdoor dining guidelines, if adopted by Council
*This date may change based on Council direction for outdoor dining on the car-free portion of Ramona Street

FISCAL/RESOURCE IMPACT
Fees for the parklet program have been adopted by the City Council and incorporated into the FY 2025 Proposed Operating Budget. There are no additional fiscal impacts related to this action.

STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
On February 21 and April 24, 2024, staff hosted meetings with business and property owners as well as restauranters to provide an update on the timeline, phased-in enforcement, and receive feedback on the draft pre-approved parklet designs. Both meetings were very well attended, with over 30 attendees participating, the majority being existing parklet owners, and served as forums for staff to not only present updates but to also listen to stakeholder concerns and suggestions.

Additionally, staff followed up on individual stakeholder inquiries and conducted site visits to discuss specific requests and site conditions. Feedback received from the stakeholder meetings and ongoing engagement informed the staff recommendations and proposed revisions to parklet standards discussed in Table 1.

Item 11
Item 11 Staff Report

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
9 Packet Pg. 202 of 1352

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
The recommended actions are categorically exempt from environmental review pursuant to CEQA guidelines sections 15301 (existing facilities), 15303 (new construction or conversion of small structures), and 15304(e) (minor alterations to land).

ATTACHMENTS
Attachment A: Interim Ordinance Extending At-grade and Parklet Dining on Ramona Street Closed to Vehicles through March 2025
Attachment B: Interim Parklet Resolution Extending the Interim Parklet Program through March 2025
Attachment C: Proposed changes to Ongoing Parklet Design Standards (redlined) Attachment D: Draft Pre-approved Parklet Designs and Draft User-Guide Attachment E: Overview of the History of the Parklet Program Attachment F: Supplemental Planter Analysis
APPROVED BY:

Ed Shikada, City Manager
Item 11
Item 11 Staff Report

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
10 Packet Pg. 203 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
110_20240521_ts24 1

Ordinance No. _____
Interim Ordinance of the Council of the City of Palo Alto Temporarily Continuing the Expansion of Outdoor Dining, Retail and Other Activities on Public and Private Property and Relaxing Regulations Regarding Onsite Parking, On-Sale of Alcohol, Design/Architectural Review, Permit Fees, and Alcohol Consumption in Public Places, All to Facilitate Such Outdoor Use; and Delaying Enforcement of the Permanent Parklet Ordinance Until November 1, 2024.

The Council of the City of Palo Alto ORDAINS as follows:

SECTION 1. Findings and Declarations. The City Council finds and declares as follows:

A. On June 23, 2020, the City Council adopted Ordinance 5500, an emergency ordinance, in response to COVID -19 and its effects on local businesses. At that time and since then, county and state regulations related to COVID -19 have limited or curtailed many indoor activities, including dining, bars, retail, performances, and other recreational uses.

B. In June 2021, the City Council adopted Ordinance 5526, which amended and restated Ordinance 5500 on a non-emergency basis (among other changes).

C. On November 8, 2022, the City Council adopted Ordinance 5533, which amended and restated Ordinance 5526 with a sunset date of June 30, 2022.

D. In May 2022, t he City Council adopted Ordinance 5551, which amend ed and restate d Ordinance 5533 to extend its provisions through December 31, 2022.

E. In October and November 2022, the City Council adopted Ordinance 5572, which amended and restated Ordinance 5551 to extend its parklet provisions through June 30, 2023 and the remainder of its provisions through December 31, 2023.

F. In May 2023, the City Council adopted Ordinance 5584 to extend the parklet provisions of this ordinance until March 31, 2024. The remainder of the ordinance will sunset on December 31, 2023 as previously adopted.

G. In November 2023, t he City Council adopted Ordinance 5603 to extend the on -street dining provisions of this ordinance until December 31, 2024.

H. In March 2024, the City Council adopted Ordinance 5618 to extend the parklet provisions of this ordinance until August 1 , 2024; delay aspects of enforcement of the permanent (ongoing) parklet ordinance 5594 to November 1, 2024 for parklets in transition ; and extend parking lot uses through December 2024.

Item 11
Attachment A - Interim
Ordinance Extending At-
grade and Parklet Dining
on Ramona Street Closed
to Vehicles through
March 2025

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
11 Packet Pg. 204 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
110_20240521_ts24 2

I. The City Council now desires to allow this ordinance to continue to be applied to the area of Ramona Avenue currently closed to vehicular traffic through March 2025, and apply license fees to this area consistent with the fees imposed under the ongoing par klet program.

SECTION 2. City Manager Authorization
The City Manager or his or her designee(s) may promulgate guidelines and implementing regulations for the uses and programs described in this Ordinance as long as such regulations do not conflict with this Ordinance.

SECTION 3. Fees and Fee Waivers for Encroachment Permits and Parking Space Closures A. The permit fees set forth in the Municipal Fee Schedule are temporarily waived for applications for encroachment permits under Palo Alto Municipal Code Section 12.12.010 and Section 12.12.020, as modified by this Ordinance, to place structures and equipment in the public right-of-way (including closed streets and sidewalks) for purposes of outdoor dining and outdoor retail sales and display of wares.

B. The parking space closure fee in the Municipal Fee Schedule collected by the Department of Planning and Development Services is temporarily waived for the use of a parking space(s) on-street or in a parking lot for purposes of outdoor dining and outdoor retail sales and display of wares as authorized through an encroachment permit, license, or agreement with the City.

C. As a requirement for a permit issued under this Ordinance, a fee shall be imposed and collected to use the right-of-way on the portion of Ramona Avenue closed to vehicular traffic. The fee imposed shall be same fee and rate established for the license fee for parklets under PAMC Chapter 12.11.

SECTION 4. Modified Review Process for Commercial Sidewalk Encroachment Permits Notwithstanding contrary provisions of PAMC Section 12.12.020, permits may be granted for commercial sidewalk encroachments for outdoor retail sales and display areas and outdoor eating areas. Permits for these purposes shall not be required to undergo and complete design review by the Planning Department described in subsection (d) of Section 12.12.020. Except as expressly modified herein, the provisions of Section 12.12.020 shall apply to commercial sidewalk encroachments.

SECTION 5. Eating and Drinking Establishments
Eating establishments, and drinking establishments may temporarily relocate some or all of their existing indoor seating capacity to outdoor seating capacity, as follows:

A. Location. Outdoor eating areas may be placed in one or more of the following areas:

Item 11
Attachment A - Interim
Ordinance Extending At-
grade and Parklet Dining
on Ramona Street Closed
to Vehicles through
March 2025

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
12 Packet Pg. 205 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
110_20240521_ts24 3

1. Public streets temporarily closed by the City of Palo Alto, through issuance of an encroachment permit under PAMC Section 12.12.010;

2. Sidewalks through issuance of an encroachment permit under PAMC Section

12.12.020, as modified by Section 4 of this Ordinance;

3. In on -street parking spaces approved for use as temp orary parklets, in accordance with the Pilot Parklet Demonstration Project as first approved by Council Resolution No. 9909 and continued by subsequent resolutions;

4. Surface p arking lots that currently provide required onsite parking for the eating/drinking establishment, through issuance of an approval by the Director of Planning, or his or her designee , as described in subsections C and D of this Section, below;

5. Other outdoor areas on the eating /drinking establishment site not originally permitted for outdoor seating in the establishment’s approved site plan or planning entitlement ( such as landscaped areas ), through issuance of an approval by the Director of Planning, or his or her designee, in accordance with subsections C and D of this Section, below; and

6. In other areas that the Council identifies by resolution or ordinance.

B. Use of Private Parking Lots – Temporary Reduction of Parking Requirements.

1. Notwithstanding the parking requirements applicable to eating /drinking establishments in Title 18 (Zoning) of the PAMC or in individual planning entitlements or approvals for eating /drinking establishments, an eating/drinking establishment may place outdoor eating areas in its parking lot, so long as at least half of the parking spaces on the subject site remain available for use by vehicles. If the establishment’s parking lot has ten or fewer parking spaces, up to 100 percent of the parking lot may be used for outdoor eating, subject to review and approval of the Planning Director or his or her designee.

2. Notwithstanding the parking requirements applicable to shopping centers and their tenant businesses in Title 18 (Zoning) of the PAMC or in individual pla nning entitlements or approvals for shopping centers or their tenant businesses, a shopping center with an eating /drinking establishment tenant(s) may place outdoor eating areas for such tenant business(es) in the shopping center parking lot, so long as at least half of the parking spaces on the subject site remain available for use by vehicles.

C. Application. A n application in a form approved by the Director of Planning shall be submitted to the Planning and Development Services Department to relocate some or all of an eating /drinking establishment’s permitted indoor restaurant seating to outdoor Item 11
Attachment A - Interim
Ordinance Extending At-
grade and Parklet Dining
on Ramona Street Closed
to Vehicles through
March 2025

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
13 Packet Pg. 206 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
110_20240521_ts24 4

seating in privately-owned areas on the eating/drinking establishment site not originally permitted for outdoor eating. The Director of Planning is authorized to establish submittal requirements and procedures. Temporary Use Permit s (TUP) under PAMC Section 18.42.050 may be utilized for this purpose. A TUP issued for this purpose may be valid for a specified period longer than 45 days, notwithstanding subsection (d) of Section

18.42.050. The Planning Director may extend a TUP issued prior to the effective date of this Ordinance to be valid beyond 45 days.

D. Seating Layout Review. A Seating Layout Review is required to relocate some or all of an eating/drinking establishment’s permitted indoor seating to outdoor seating in privately- owned areas on the eating /drinking establishment site not originally permitted for outdoor eating. The Seating Layout Review shall be conducted by a transportation planner, planner, and/or fire inspector who will review and either approve or require modifications to the proposed outdoor seating layout based on the following criteria:

1. Seating layout does not create a safety risk and adequate pedestrian and vehicular separation is maintained, including with movable barriers as appropriate where outdoor seating is to be placed in parking lots or on-street parking spaces.

2. Seating layout accommodates appropriate vehicle and pedestrian circulation and maintains adequate paths of travel and complies with accessibility requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act.

3. Any tents must comply with fire codes and Palo Alto Fire Department issued standards for tents, and safety standards set forth by the National Fire Protection Association for fire-resistant tents and must include an affixed manufacturer’s label stating the tent meets NFPA requirements. A State Fire Marshal seal on the tent or a certi ficate is needed to prove treatment.

4. Any heaters must comply with fire codes.

5. An adequate and visible barrier is placed that clearly separates the retail area from the parking area and provides sufficient protection for patrons. Adequacy shall be defined in standards and guidelines issued by the Director of Planning.

6. Other requirements established in the standards and guidelines issued by the Director of Planning.

E. Fee. No fee will be charged for submittal and review of the Application and for conducting a Seating Layout Review.

F. Occupancy. Total seating occupancy (including all indoor and outdoor seating) shall not exceed the overall occupancy for which the restaurant is permitted.

Item 11
Attachment A - Interim
Ordinance Extending At-
grade and Parklet Dining
on Ramona Street Closed
to Vehicles through
March 2025

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
14 Packet Pg. 207 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
110_20240521_ts24 5

G. Alcohol Service. Establishments that are allowed by the City to serve alcohol for onsite consumption by issuance of a conditional use permit (“CUP”) as required by PAMC Section

18.42.090 or as a legal nonconforming use, and that both have an on -sale license from the Department of Alcoholic Beverage Control (“ABC”) and are duly authorized by ABC to serve alcohol in outdoor areas, shall be allowed to serve alcohol for onsite consumption in such outdoor areas, notwithstanding any prohibition on outdoor alcohol service or consumption in the PAMC or planning entitlement issued under Title 18 (Zoning) of the PAMC. During the effective period of this Ordinance, establishments that meet the preceding requirements may expand their footprint to outdoor areas without an amendment of the CUP, notwithstanding PAMC Section 18.42.090(c). Outdoor alcohol service shall be in full compliance with ABC regulations, as amended.

H. No Architectural Review . Notwithstanding PAMC Sections 18.77.077 and 18.76.020, architectural review shall not be required for proposed outdoor eating areas or signage related to such areas during the effective period of this Ordinance.

SECTION 6. Retail Establishments
Retail establishments may temporarily relocate some or all of their existing customer-accessible square footage to outdoor spaces as follows:

A. Location. Outdoor retail sales and display areas and outdoor eating areas may be placed in one or more of the following areas:

1. Public streets temporarily closed by the City of Palo Alto, through issuance of an encroachment permit under PAMC Section 12.12.010;

2. Sidewalks through issuance of an encroachment permit under PAMC Sec tion

12.12.020, as modified by Section 4 of this Ordinance;

3. Surface parking lots that currently provide required onsite parking for the retail establishment, through issuance of an approval by the Director of Planning , or his or her designee, as described in subsections C and D of this Section, below;

4. Other outdoor areas on the retail establishment site not originally permitted for retail sales and display or dining in the retail establishment’s approved site plan or planning entitlement (such as landscaped areas), through issuance of an approval by the Director of Planning or his or her designee in accordance with subsections C and D of this Section, below; and

5. In other areas that the Council identifies by resolution or ordinance.

B. Use of Private Parking Lots – Temporary Reduction of Parking Requirements.

Item 11
Attachment A - Interim
Ordinance Extending At-
grade and Parklet Dining
on Ramona Street Closed
to Vehicles through
March 2025

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
15 Packet Pg. 208 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
110_20240521_ts24 6

1. Notwithstanding the parking requirements applicable to retail establishments in Title 18 (Zoning) of the PAMC or in individual planning entitlements or approvals for retail establishments, a retail establishment may conduct outdoor retail sales and display and may place outdoor eating areas in its parking lot, so long as at least half of the parking spaces on the subject site remain available for use by vehicles. If the establishment’s parking lot has ten or fewer parking spaces, up to 100 percent of the parking lot may be used for outdoor dining/retail , subject to review and approval of the Planning Director or his or her designee.

2. Notwithstanding the parking requirements applicable to shopping centers and their tenant businesses in Title 18 (Zoning) of the PAMC or in individual planning entitlements or approvals for shopping centers or their tenant businesses, a shopping center with a retail establishment tenant(s) may place outdoor retail sales and display areas and outdoor eating areas for such tenant business(es) in the shopping center parking lot, so long as at least half of the parking spaces on the subject site remain available for use by vehicles.

C. Application. An application in a form approved by the Director of Planning shall be submitted to the Planning and Development Services Department to relocate some or all of a retail establishment’s customer-accessible square footage to outdoor retail sales and display in privately-owned areas on the retail establishment site not originally permitted for outdoor retail sales and display . The Di rector of Planning is authorized to establish submittal requirements and procedures. Temporary Use Permits (TUP) under PAMC Section 18.42.050
may be utilized for this purpose. A TUP issued for this purpose may be valid for a specified period longer than 45 days, notwithstanding subsection (d) of Section

18.42.050. The Planning Director may extend a TUP issued prior to the effective date of this Ordinance to be valid beyond 45 days.

D. Merchandise or Seating Layout Review. A Layout Review is required to relocate some or all of a retail establishment’s permitted indoor customer -accessible square footage to privately-owned areas on the retail establishment site not originally permitted for retail.

The Layout Review shall be conducted by a transportation planner, planner, and/or fire inspector who will review and either approve or require modifications to the proposed retail layout based on the following criteria:

1. The placement of the merchandise, displays, or other items does not create a safety risk and adequate pedestrian and vehicular separation is maintained, including with movable barriers as appropriate where outdoor seating is to be placed in parking lots or on-street parking spaces.

2. The layout accommodates appropriate vehicle and pedestrian circulation and maintains adequate paths of travel and complies with accessibility requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act.

Item 11
Attachment A - Interim
Ordinance Extending At-
grade and Parklet Dining
on Ramona Street Closed
to Vehicles through
March 2025

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
16 Packet Pg. 209 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
110_20240521_ts24 7

3. Any tents must comply with fire codes and Palo Alto Fire Department issued standards for tents, and safety standards set forth by the National Fire Protection Association for fire-resistant tents and must include an affixed manufacturer’s label stating the tent meets NFPA requirements. A State Fire Marshal seal on the tent or a certificate is needed to prove treatment.

4. Any heaters must comply with fire codes.

5. An adequate and visible barrier is placed that clearly separa tes the retail area from the parking area and provides sufficient protection for patrons. Adequacy shall be defined in standards and guidelines issued by the Director of Planning.

6. Other requirements established in the standards and guidelines issued by the Director of Planning.

E. Fee. No fee will be charged for submittal and review of the Application and for conducting a Layout Review.

F. No Architectural Review . Notwithstanding PAMC Sections 18.77.077 and 18.76.020, architectural review shall not be required for proposed outdoor retail areas or signage related to such areas during the effective period of this Ordinance.

SECTION 7. Compliance with Other Regulations, Orders and Approvals The uses of public and private property allowed in this Ordinance shall be conducted in compliance with any applicable state or county mandate (including executive orders and health orders), this Ordinance, Resolution No. 9909 and its successors, and all other local and state regulations, orders, and approvals, as applicable (collectively, “Applicable Law”). Any approval, allowance or permit to conduct such temporary outdoor use(s) shall be subject to revocation by the issuing City official if the use is conducted in violation of Applicable Law, or poses a threat to public health, safety or welfare.

SECTION 8. No Vested Rights
The outdoor uses of public and private property allowed in this Ordinance are temporary and shall be terminated upon the earlier of the date stated in the applicable permit/approval or the expiration of this interim Ordinance , unless earlier revoked by the City Manager or other authorized official (or their designee) or terminated by action of the City Council . The City may discontinue one or more, or all, of the allowed outdoor uses at any time if the City Manager or designee determines that the public health, safety or welfare warrant such action. Nothing in this Ordinance shall establish a vested right.

Item 11
Attachment A - Interim
Ordinance Extending At-
grade and Parklet Dining
on Ramona Street Closed
to Vehicles through
March 2025

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
17 Packet Pg. 210 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
110_20240521_ts24 8

SECTION 9. Suspension of Prohibition on Alcohol Consumption in Lytton Plaza and Cogswell Plaza
Notwithstanding PAMC Sections 22.04.330 and 22.04.331, the City Manager is authorized to suspend the prohibition on consumption of alcoholic beverages in the parking lots adjacent to Lytton Plaza and Cogswell Plaza.

SECTION 10. Use of City Parking Lots for Reopening Activities A. The City Manager, or his or her designee (“City Manager”), is authorized to permit outdoor dining, retail and other activities necessary to facilitate the reopening of businesses, in public parking lots owned by the City, subject to the City Manager’s adoption of rules, regulations, guidelines, and standards for such use (“Regulations”), and publication of such Regulations on the City’s website . Use of parking lots, or portions thereof, by a business shall require a license or other agreement, including an agreement to indemnify and hold harmless the City, and provision of insurance.

B. The City Manager is authorized to waive any fee in the Municipal Fee Schedule associated with the temporary use of parking areas for the purposes identified in Section A above.

C. Notwithstanding PAMC Section 9.04.020, the City Manager is authorized to suspend the prohibition on consumption of alcoholic beverages in any City owned parking lot.

SECTION 11. Personal Services, Indoor Recreation and Other Uses The authorized outdoor uses of public and private spaces authorized in this Ordinance may be applied to personal services, indoor recreation and other uses. Prior to authorizing these additional activities to occur, the City Manager, or his or her designee (“City Manager”), shall adopt rules, regulations, guidelines, and standards for these uses, and publish them on the City’s website.

SECTION 12. Severability
If any section, subsection, sentence, clause, or phrase of this Ordinance is for any reason held to be invalid or unconstitutional by a decision of any court of competent jurisdiction, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this Ordinance. The City Council hereby declares that it would have passed this Ordinance and each and every section, subsection, sentence, clause, or phrase not declared invalid or unconstitutional without regard to whether any portion of the Ordinance would be subsequently declared invalid or unconstitutional.

SECTION 13. Environmental Review
The Council finds that the Ordinance is categorically exempt from CEQA under CEQA Guidelines Sections 15301 (existing facilities) , 15303 (new construction of small structures), and 15304(e) (minor temporary use of land having negligible or no permanent effects on the environment).

Item 11
Attachment A - Interim
Ordinance Extending At-
grade and Parklet Dining
on Ramona Street Closed
to Vehicles through
March 2025

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
18 Packet Pg. 211 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
110_20240521_ts24 9

SECTION 14. Effective Date and Sunset Dates
This Ordinance shall be effective 31 days after adoption.

Subject to future Council action, the provisions of this ordinance allowing eating and drinking establishments, retail establishments, and other uses on temporarily closed streets and in public and private parking lots in Sections 5, 6, 10 and 11 of this O rdinance shall remain in effect until December 31, 2024. The remainder of the provisions in sections 5, 6, 10, and 11, including those provisions allowing parklets shall remain in effect until July 31, 2024.

Notwithstanding the paragraph above, only for the portion of Ramona Avenue closed to vehicular traffic: the provisions of this ordinance allowing eating and drinking establishments, retail establishments, and other uses on temporarily closed streets and in parklets in Sections 5, 6, and 11 of this Ordinance shall remain in effect until March 31, 2025 or until such portion of Ramona Avenue reopens to vehicular traffic.

The City may adopt regulations for the orderly wind-down of the programs implemented by these provisions, including setting deadlines for teardown and removal.

SECTION 15. Uncodified
This Ordinance shall not be codified.

SECTION 16. Supersedes Ordinance 5603
As of the effective date of this Ordinance, this Ordinance shall supersede Ordinance 5618, and any conflict shall be resolved in favor of this Ordinance.

SECTION 17. Delay of Enforcement of the PAMC Chapter 12.11 for Transitioning Permittees and the Portion of Ramona Avenue Closed to Vehicular Traffic The City shall delay enforcement of Ordinance 5594 as codified at PAMC Chapter 12.11 as follows:
(a) Beginning July 1, 2024, the City may begin to collect fees for the use of the right-of-way. (b) From April 1, 2024 until October 31, 2024, the City should not take enforcement action for a violation of Chapter 12.11 against a person who has (1) duly filed a pre-application for an ongoing parklet; (2) has a violation caused by the imposition of Chapter 12.11 and its regulations that did not exist prior to the imposition ; (3) has met City deadlines for transitioning parklets; and (4) is making a good-faith effort to come into compliance with Chapter 12.11 and its regulations. The City may take any other enforcement action , including if a person is (1) occupying a right of way without a valid permit or other City authorization; (2) maintaining a condition as to negatively affect public safety or welfare; or (3) for an alleged violation of any other law or regulation besides PAMC Chapter 12.11. (c) The City may adopt regulations for the orderly implementation of PAMC 12.11 that do not conflict with this Section. This includes setting deadlines for pre -applications and other submissions, as well as transition progress deadlines. (d) The City shall temporarily delay implementation and enforcement of Chapter 12.11 for the portion of Ramona Avenue closed to vehicular traffic until March 31, 2025.

Item 11
Attachment A - Interim
Ordinance Extending At-
grade and Parklet Dining
on Ramona Street Closed
to Vehicles through
March 2025

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
19 Packet Pg. 212 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
110_20240521_ts24 10

SECTION 18. Fee is not a Tax
The fee in this Ordinance is a charge imposed for the use of local government property. Pursuant to Art. XIII C, Section 1(e)(4) of the California Constitution, this fee is not a tax.

INTRODUCED:

PASSED:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSENT:

ABSTENTIONS:

NOT PARTICIPATING:

ATTEST:

____________________________ ____________________________ City Clerk Mayor

APPROVED AS TO FORM: APPROVED:

____________________________ ____________________________ Assistant City Attorney City Manager

____________________________
Director of Public Works

____________________________
Director of Planning & Development
Services
Item 11
Attachment A - Interim
Ordinance Extending At-
grade and Parklet Dining
on Ramona Street Closed
to Vehicles through
March 2025

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
20 Packet Pg. 213 of 1352

*NOT YET ADOPTED*

109_20240521_ts24 1
Resolution No. _____
Resolution of the Council of the City of Palo Alto Continuing the Pilot Parklet Demonstration Program as Continued by Resolution 10158

R E C I T A L S

A. On June 23, 2020, the City Council adopted Resolution 9909 in response to COVID-19 and its effects on local businesses. Resolution 9909 created a Pilot Parklet Demonstration Program and also permitted the City Manager to temporarily close certain streets. At that time and since then, county and state regulations related to COVID -19 have limited or curtailed many indoor activities, including dining, bars, retail, and other recreational uses.

B. On June 7, 2021, the City Council adopted Resolution 9962, which amended and rest ated Resolution 9909 on a non -emergency basis (among other changes).

C. On October 18, 2021, the City Council adopted Resolution 9992, which amended and restated Resolution 9962 to continue the pilot program until June 30, 2022.

D. On May 9, 2022, the City Council adopted Resolution 10036, which amended and restated Resolution 9962 to continue the pilot program until December 31, 2022.

E. On October 24, 2022 the City Council adopted Resolution 10081, which amended and restated Resolution 10036 to continue the pilot program until June 30, 2023.

F. On May 8, 2023, t he City Council adopted Resolution 10106, which amended and restated Resolution 10081 to continue pilot program through March 31, 2024.

G. On May 6, 2025, the City Council adopted Resolution 10158, which amended and restated Resolution 10106 to continue the pilot program through July 31, 2024.

H. The City Council now desires to continue the pilot program through March 2025.

I. This Resolution, like its predecessors, implements a temporary parklet program authorized by Ordinance 5526 and its successor ordinances.

Item 11
Attachment B - Interim
Parklet Resolution
Extending the Interim
Parklet Program through
March 2025

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
21 Packet Pg. 214 of 1352

*NOT YET ADOPTED*

109_20240521_ts24 2

NOW THEREFORE THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PALO ALTO RESOLVES AS FOLLOWS:

SECTION 1. Findings and Declarations . The Council hereby adopts the above Recitals as findings of the Council.

SECTION 2. Pilot Parklet Program and Design Requirements . The City Council hereby approves the temporary use of on-street parking spaces in Palo Alto for parklets under the Pilot Parklet Demonstration Program as first described Resolution 9909 and continued by its successor resolutions.

A. The Direct or of Public Works /City Engineer , or his or her designee (the “Director”), is delegated the authority to exercise their discretion to approve specific parklet locations, plans, designs, materials, and standards, and amendments thereto . The plans and designs shall be signed by the Director. Any existing parklet locations, plans, designs, materials, standards, and amendments to the Parklet Standards and Requirements approved by the Director under the authority of Resolution 9909 and/or its successors shall remain valid under the authority of this Resolution unless otherwise amended, rescinded, or modified in any other way.

B. The Director is authorized to issue implementing guidelines and regulations for the Pilot Parklet Demonstration Program, and to a pprove amendments to the Parklet Standards and Requirements as the Director in his or her discretion deems necessary and proper. Any existing guidelines, regulations, or amendments issued by the Director under the authority of Resolution 9909 and/or its s uccessors shall remain valid under the authority of this Resolution unless otherwise amended, rescinded, or modified in any other way.

C. A valid encroachment permit issued under Palo Alto Municipal Code Section 12.12.010 is required to operate a parklet under this Program. The Director may approve a parklet application through issuance of an Encroachment Permit , subject to the general regulations in Palo Alto Municipal Code Section 12.12.010 and the following criteria and procedures:

1. Use. Parklets shall be restricted to outdoor eating areas of eating establishments.

2. Application and Review . A complete application for a parklet encroachment permit shall be reviewed by City staff for a determination as to whether such application complies with the Item 11
Attachment B - Interim
Parklet Resolution
Extending the Interim
Parklet Program through
March 2025

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
22 Packet Pg. 215 of 1352

*NOT YET ADOPTED*

109_20240521_ts24 3
Parklet Standards and Requirements. The application shall include all information necessary fo r a determination on the application including, but not limited to a certificate of insurance and a hold harmless and indemnity agreement in favor of the C ity shall be submitted in accordance with the provisions of Palo Alto Municipal Code Section 12.08.120. The Director shall grant or deny the application.

3. Conditions. Conditions of approval may be imposed on parklet encroachment permits to maintain the public health, safety and welfare.

4. Revocation. The Director may revoke a parklet encroachment permit if he or she determines that the conditions of the permit, the provisions of this Resolution, or any applicable regulation, ordinance, or provision of the Municipal Code are being violated, or if the municipal use of the area is require d for reasons of public health, safety, welfare or convenience. The permittee shall be notified of an intent to revoke the permit and shall be entitled to a hearing before the Director whose decision shall be final.

5. Existing Permits. Any parklet encroac hment permit issued under the authority of Resolution 9909 and/or its successors shall remain valid under the authority of this Resolution unless such a permit is otherwise amended, revoked, or modified in any other way.

SECTION 3. Rules and Regulation s. In addition to the authority given to the Director of Public Works and his or her designee in Section 2 of this Resolution, t he City Manager is authorized to enact any rule or regulation or implementing guidelines to effectuate and implement this Resolution.

SECTION 4. Compliance with Other Regulations, Orders and Approvals . The uses of public and private property allowed in this R esolution shall be conducted in compliance with any applicable state or county mandate (including executive orders and health orders), and all other local, county, and state regulations, orders, and approvals, as applicable (collectively, “Applicable Law”) . Any approval, allowance or permit to conduct such temporary outdoor use(s) shall be subject to revocation by the issuing City official if the use is conducted in violation of Applicable Law, or poses a threat to public health, safety or welfare.

SECTION 5. No Vested Rights . The uses allowed in this Resolution are temporary and shall be terminated upon the earlier of the date stated in the applicable permit/approval or the expiration of this Resolution, unless earlier revoked by the City Manager or other authorized official (or their designee) or terminated by action of the Item 11
Attachment B - Interim
Parklet Resolution
Extending the Interim
Parklet Program through
March 2025

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
23 Packet Pg. 216 of 1352

*NOT YET ADOPTED*

109_20240521_ts24 4
City Council. The City may discontinue one or more, or all, of the allowed uses at any time if the City Manager or designee determines that the public health, safety or welfar e warrant such action. Nothing in this Resolution shall establish a vested right.

SECTION 6. The Council finds that this Resolution is categorically exempt from CEQA under CEQA Guidelines Sections 15301 (existing facilities), 15303 (new construction of small facilities), and 15304(e) (minor temporary use of land having negligible or no permanent effects on the environment).

SECTION 7. This Resolution supersedes Resolution 10158. Any conflict between this Resolution and Resolution 10158 shall be resolved in favor of this Resolution.

//

//

//

//

//

//

//

//

Item 11
Attachment B - Interim
Parklet Resolution
Extending the Interim
Parklet Program through
March 2025

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
24 Packet Pg. 217 of 1352

*NOT YET ADOPTED*

109_20240521_ts24 5
SECTION 8. This Resolution shall become effective immediately upon approval and shall remain in effect until March 31, 2025 unless otherwise mod ified, repealed or extended by the City Council.

INTRODUCED AND PASSED:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSENT:

ABSTENTIONS:

ATTEST:

__________________________ _____________________________ City Clerk Mayor

APPROVED AS TO FORM: APPROVED:

__________________________ _____________________________ Assistant City Attorney City Manager

_____________________________
Director of Public Works

_____________________________
Director of Planning and
Development Services
Item 11
Attachment B - Interim
Parklet Resolution
Extending the Interim
Parklet Program through
March 2025

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
25 Packet Pg. 218 of 1352

Attachment C: Proposed Changes to Ongoing Parklet Design Standards

PALO ALTO ONGOINGPERMANENT PARKLETS PROGRAM
(Proposed modifications to the adopted standards)
I. INTRODUCTION
The City of Palo Alto has developed an Permanent ongoing Parklet Program that will allow for parklet installations in eligible areas of Palo Alto. The program is designed with the intended purpose of supporting the vibrancy of the public realm and enhancing the civic experience of diners, pedestrians, motorists, and cyclists.

The following standards outline the requirements for parklet installation including location, materials, and design. The City of Palo Alto will review all parklet permit applications and will only approve parklets that are able to meet the standards. Due to the unique circumstances of each proposed parklet location, some parklets may require additional review by key departments (as outlined).

All parklets—including installations previously installed under the pilot parklet program—will require a new Permanent ongoing Parklet Permit from the City of Palo Alto. Application requirements are outlined in Section IV (A) Submittal Requirements.

Parklets are permitted in conjunction with legally existing and permitted eating and drinking establishment uses as well as commercial uses including retail establishments. Any and all business activity must be contained within the parklet space and not encroach into the sidewalk, public right‐of‐ way, or roadway.

II. GLOSSARY
Due to the unique design and placement of parklets, there are several terms with distinct meanings that should be understood in order to implement the standards.

1. Enclosure—Barrier/railing that follows the parklet edge.

2. Platform Edge—The outermost edge of the parklet platform.

3. Parklet Footprint—The total area within the platform edge that can be utilized by a project applicant.

4. Platform—Base of the parklet that is at grade with the sidewalk.

5. Travel Lane—Portion of the street with active automobile traffic. 1 DRAFT
Item 11
Attachment C - Proposed
changes to Ongoing
Parklet Design Standards
(redlined)

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
26 Packet Pg. 219 of 1352

FIGURE 1: Key Terms
III.LOCATION AND SETBACK REQUIREMENTS
A. Location
The location of a parklet is dependent on the eligibility criteria, which varies based on the type of parking space a parklet will occupy (parallel parking spaces, angled spaces, and non‐standard spaces).

1. Eligibility
a. Parklets are only permitted in the University Ave and California Ave downtown areas
b. Parklets are only permitted on streets with speed limits of 25 mph or less. c. Parklets are only permitted on streets with a running slope (grade) of 5 percent or less.
d. Parklets cannot be installed in any portion of a travel lane at any time. e. When located near an intersection, parklets must be located at least 20 feet from the rear most boundary of a crosswalk at the nearest intersection of the street corner. If there is an existing planter in the curb lane within 20 feet of the crosswalks, this distance may be reduced.
f. Parklets are not permitted in any existing restricted area (i.e., loading zone, no parking zone, bus zone, etc.).
g. Parklets must be located directly in front of the parklet operator’s storefront. i. Parklets may extend beyond the applicant’s store front but may not extend any structures above the parklet barrier (e.g., sidewalls, roofs, trellises) beyond the parklet operator’s storefront without a letter of consent (see section VI. 12).
h. If a parklet extends in front of neighboring storefront(s) or proposes to extend in front of neighboring storefront(s), written notice will be sent to the affected neighbor(s) at the time of permit application and annual renewal. The business adjacent to the affected neighbor(s) will also receive notices. 2 DRAFT
Item 11
Attachment C - Proposed
changes to Ongoing
Parklet Design Standards
(redlined)

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
27 Packet Pg. 220 of 1352

i. If the affected neighbor(s) or adjacent business wish to claim the same parking space(s) for their own parklet, they must notify the City in writing within 30 days of the notice.

1. If a competing claim for the space from the adjacent business is confirmed, the affected neighbor has first priority over the space. However, a parklet permit application must be
submitted by the affected neighbor within 60 days of the first notice to claim the space.

1. If a competing claim for the space from the adjacent business is confirmed, and the affected business
does not claim the space, the adjacent business and
original parklet permittee shall split the space.
a. The Space shall be split from the centerline.
b. For parallel parking spaces, and each
parklet shall maintain a minimum 4‐foot
setback from the centerline, creating a
minimum 8‐foot gap between parklets.
a.c. For angled parking spaces, each parklet
shall maintain a minimum 3‐foot setback
from the centerline, creating a minimum 6‐
foot gap between parklets.

2. If applicable, a parklet owner must remove and/or alter their parklet (applying for applicable permits) within 90 days of receiving notice of a competing claim for the space(s).

2. Parklet Size and Quantity
a. Parklets with roofs or trellises shall be a maximum of 350 square feet in size. b. Businesses are allowed up to two (2) parklets.

3. Parallel Parking
a. Standard parallel parking space dimensions are as follows:
i. Parallel parking space adjacent to a curb: 8‐feet wide and 20‐feet long ii. Parallel parking space adjacent to a wall: 10‐feet wide and 20‐feet long b. For parallel parking spaces, the parklet structure must be set back 48 inches (4 feet) from adjacent marked parking spaces. This 4‐foot setback must be kept clear at all times for emergency access.
c. The platform edge shall be 2 feet back from the outer edge of the parking space it occupies. For all parallel parking spaces located on public streets within the City of Palo Alto, this shall be 2 feet from the exterior edge (closest to traffic) of marked parking T’s (where they exist). This is shown in Figure 2. d. In no case shall a parklet be placed within the 2‐foot area measured from the outer edge of the parking space. These 2 feet shall be kept clear at all times. The only objects which shall lawfully occupy this space are reflective delineator posts, or their equal.
e. Parallel parking spaces adjacent to a curb typically measure 8 feet wide by 20 feet long. The dimensions of a parklet in one parking space could be 6 feet wide and 12 feet long. This is because of the 2‐foot setback from the outer edge of the parking space and the 4‐foot setbacks from the adjacent parking spaces. 3 DRAFT
Item 11
Attachment C - Proposed
changes to Ongoing
Parklet Design Standards
(redlined)

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
28 Packet Pg. 221 of 1352

f. Parallel parking space measurements may vary across the City of Palo Alto. As a result of this variation, some parklets may measure less than 6 feet wide. If the existing parking stall width is less than 8 (eight) feet, the parklet shall be 2 feet less than the parking stall width.
g. Parklets located in the downtown area that are between a bulb‐out tree planter do not require a 4‐foot setback from the adjacent parking spaces. 4 DRAFT
Item 11
Attachment C - Proposed
changes to Ongoing
Parklet Design Standards
(redlined)

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
29 Packet Pg. 222 of 1352

FIGURE 2: Dimensions of a Parallel Parking Space Parklet Image not to scale

4. Angle Parking Spaces
a. Standard angled parking space dimensions are as follows:
i. 45‐degree angle parking space: 8.5‐feet wide and 21.2‐feet long ii. 60‐degree angle parking space: 8.5‐feet wide and 19.7‐feet long iii. 75‐degree angle parking space: 8.5‐feet wide and 20.2‐feet long iv. 90‐degree angle parking space: 8.5‐feet wide and 17.5‐feet long b. A parklet in an angle parking space area shall consist ofcomprise up to 4 contiguous angles parking spaces.
c.b. A parklet platform shall be 3 feet back from the rear edge of the existing angled parking space. For angled parking spaces located on public streets within the City of Palo Alto, this shall be 3 feet from the exterior edge (closest to traffic) of the marked parking stall. This is shown in Figure 3.
d.c. In no case shall a parklet be placed within the 3‐foot area measured from the rear edge of the parking space. These 3 feet shall be kept clear at all times for emergency access.
e.d.The only objects which shall lawfully occupy this space are reflective delineator posts, or their equal.
f.e. For angled parking spaces, the edge of the parklet must be set back 3 feet from the adjacent parking space on either space.
i. Angled parking space measurements may vary across the City of Palo Alto.

As a result of this variation, some parklets may measure less than the standard 8.5‐feet wide. If the existing parking stall width is less than 8.5‐feet, the parklet shall be setback 3 feet from the parking stall striping. ii. For non‐standard angled parking spaces, the edge of the parklet structure must be set back 3 feet from the adjacent parking space on either side. (This 5 DRAFT
Item 11
Attachment C - Proposed
changes to Ongoing
Parklet Design Standards
(redlined)

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
30 Packet Pg. 223 of 1352

applies to all angle parking spaces along University Avenue as nearly all are substandard).

FIGURE 3: Dimensions of an Angled Parking Space Parklet Image not to scale
B. Parklet Setbacks

1. Setbacks
a. As stated above, all parklets in parallel parking spaces must be setback 4 feet from the adjacent parking spaces. This setback shall be delineated by a concrete wheel stop affixed to the street (see figure 2 above and ‘Traffic Safety’ below). i. The setback between two adjacent parallel space parklets shall be 8 feet (two 4‐foot setbacks).
b. As stated above, all parklets in angled parking spaces must be setback 3 feet from adjacent parking spaces and 3 feet from the rear edge of the parking space (see figure 3).
i. The setback between two adjacent angled space parklets shall be 8 6 feet (two 43‐foot setbacks).
c. All parklets are required to include 15‐foot setback from adjacent driveways, as measured from the highest point of the curb cut (i.e., the top of the adjacent driveway wing).
d. Parklets are prohibited in front of active driveways or on curved street segments. e. The setback may not contain seating and must be clear at all times for emergency access.

2. Sidewalk Area
6 DRAFT
Item 11
Attachment C - Proposed
changes to Ongoing
Parklet Design Standards
(redlined)

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
31 Packet Pg. 224 of 1352

a. Neither the construction nor operation of the parklet shall interfere with, obstruct, or otherwise diminish the adjacent sidewalk and pedestrian path of travel. b. All walkways and sidewalks shall maintain at least 8 feet clear path of travel.

C. Other Location Criteria

1. Proximity to Utilities and Public Facilities
a. Parklets must not block public utilities, bus stops, driveways, telecommunication vaults, or other in‐ground infrastructure. i. Parklets shall not be placed over gas main or gas services due to potential hazards.
b. Parklets located next to alleys (as defined under PAMC 18.04.030(a)8) must be set back at least 15 (fifteen) feet from the driveway, as measured from the highest point of the curb cut (i.e., the top of the adjacent driveway wing). c. Parklets shall be placed no closer than 50 feet from a bus stop loading zone. d. Parklets shall be placed no closer than 15 feet from fire hydrants. e. Parklets shall not be placed within a 5‐foot radius of a manhole cover to allow for maintenance access.
f. Parklets shall be placed no closer than 5 linear feet from a storm drain catch basin. Parklet construction and design must allow access to the catch basin and shall not obstruct the catch basin.
g. In the event a proposed parklet location is in conflict with public infrastructure (i.e., public signage, benches, etc.), the applicant shall reach out to Public Works to evaluate the possibility of relocating the infrastructure. If relocation is not possible, the applicant shall redesign the parklet to fit with the existing infrastructure.

2. Fire Safety
a. No portion of the parklet or associated seating shall block FDC or associated equipment.
b. The business address shall be visible from the street and shall not be fully obstructed by the parklet and associated materials.
i. Subject to direction from the Fire Marshal, address signage may be required on parklets subject to the following standards:

1. Address numbers shall be a minimum of one‐half inch (0.5") stroke by four inches (4") high.

2. The street number shall be displayed, not the street name.

3. The street number shall be a contrasting color to the background material.

3. Street Trees
a. Structures built as part of a parklet (e.g., platform, barriers, sidewalls, roofs) must be at least 3 feet away from tree trunks or major branches. i. Encroachment of structures to tree trunks or major branches closer than 3 feet must be approved by urban forestry.
b. To discourage patrons from stepping on tree wells and possibly damaging tree roots, where needed, a railing shall be installed on the parklet platform 7 DRAFT
Item 11
Attachment C - Proposed
changes to Ongoing
Parklet Design Standards
(redlined)

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
32 Packet Pg. 225 of 1352

adjacent to the tree well. This will alter the path patrons travel, limiting persons stepping on the tree roots.

4. Bike Facilities
a. Bicycle racks or other bicycle facilities shall not be removed, made unusable, or otherwise disturbed or obstructed by the construction or operation of a parklet.
i. Any parklet design that proposes such disruption shall require review by and approval of the Office of Transportation.
b. Applicants are encouraged to incorporate bike parking into their parklet design.

5. Accessibility
a. The sidewalk and parklet path of travel must comply with the appropriate Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and California Building Code (CBC) chapter 11B accessibility provisions. (See Section IV.5) b. The parklet path of travel must comply with CBC chapter 10 exiting requirements.

IV. PARKLET DESIGN
The following guidelines describe both the safety and design requirements for parklet applications including standards for:

A. Platform
B. Enclosure
C. Traffic Safety
D. Furnishings & Fixtures
A. Platform

1. Structural
a. Parklets shall be constructed with quality materials and shall be of natural durable wood (such as redwood, cedar, etc.), preservative treated wood, light‐gauge steel, or other engineered material suitable for exterior conditions. b. The parklet platform must support 100 pounds per square foot of live load. c. All fastening hardware and fasteners adjacent to and into preservative treated wood must be made of one of the following: hot‐dipped zinc coated galvanized steel, stainless steel, silicon bronze, or copper.

2. Drainage & Ventilation
a. The underside of the platform shall be constructed to allow for seasonal drainage. b. Adequate cross ventilation shall be installed to allow for the surface to dry within 12–24 hours.
c. Openings under the platform shall be screened with corrosion‐resistant material with a maximum 0.25‐inch mesh.
8 DRAFT
Item 11
Attachment C - Proposed
changes to Ongoing
Parklet Design Standards
(redlined)

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
33 Packet Pg. 226 of 1352

d. Parklets shall not impede the flow of curbside drainage. The parklet design shall include a minimum 6.5‐inch wide clearance from sidewalk curb along the entire length of the parklet. Openings at either end of the parklet shall be covered with screens to prevent debris buildup beneath the parklet and in the gutter. The closure decking must be removable for easy access for under platform inspection as needed.

See Figure 4 for suggested platform attachment design details.

3. Platform Attachment
a. The parklet shall be anchored to the City street and/or curb. Any anchoring proposed into the public street will require Underground Service Alert (USA) markings and additional staff review. Platform system shall be anchored at maximum of 6 feet apart in each direction to the roadway to avoid movement during an earthquake. See Figure 4.
i. Limit anchoring to 6‐12 inches embedment in the street. b. The grate support along the curb face shall be anchored to the curb. The anchor shall be installed perpendicular to the curb (per the detail provided in figure 4). i. The manner of anchoring shall be through a pre‐drilled hole into the curb and a concrete anchor bolt. Limit anchoring to 3‐4 inches embedment in the curb.
9 DRAFT
Item 11
Attachment C - Proposed
changes to Ongoing
Parklet Design Standards
(redlined)

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
34 Packet Pg. 227 of 1352

FIGURE 4: Platform Attachment Detail
10 DRAFT
Item 11
Attachment C - Proposed changes to
Ongoing Parklet Design Standards
(redlined)

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
35 Packet Pg. 228 of 1352

4. Roofs
a. Structural
i. Complete roof framing plan, which includes horizontal and vertical bracing, is required to be submitted with structural calculations that meet the standards in the 2022 California Building Code. A licensed civil and/or structural engineer who is registered in the State of California, shall stamp and sign the plan and associated calculations, as well as conduct an onsite structural observation to ensure the roof structural system and its supporting elements were built according to the plans prior to occupancy. ii. All connector hardware and fasteners shall be resistant to corrosion and listed as compatible to the framing material.
iii. Roofs may be a solid uniform material or open construction (i.e., trellis, pergola, etc.).
iv. Roofs shall not be attached or connected to a building. v. Roofs shall slope toward the street to ensure rainwater drains into the street.
vi. Gutters and rain leaders are required.
vii. Roofs shall not extend over the public sidewalk.
vi. The roof’s outer edges along the travel lane and sidewalk may extend 6 inches beyond parklet footprint at 8 feet or above to allow for attachment of the rain leaders and gutters only.
viii.vii. The roof shall not extend over the sides of the parklet into the setback from adjacent parking spaces or parklets.
b. Height/location
i. The roof shall have a minimum head clearance of 7 feet, 6 inches be a minimum height of 8 feet provided the adjacent sidewalk is at least 8 feet wide. If the adjacent sidewalk is less than 8 feet wide, the applicant will need to consult with the Palo Alto Fire Department.
ii. A parklet roof shall measure no taller than 12 feet,11 feet, as measured from the platform grade.
iii. Roofs are not permitted in front of any neighboring storefronts without a letter of consent (see section IV. 12).
c. Materials
i. Rooftops may be open or solid.
ii. Open roofs shall be of flame retardant fabric, pressure‐treated wood, or exterior grade wood
i.iii. Solid roofs shall be of material may be of plywood sheathing, polycarbonate sheets, or sheet metal.

1. If plywood sheathing is used, it must be painted, or stained, or shingled.
ii.iv. Rooftops shall not be made of corrugated acrylic or heavy materials, such as clay or stone tiles.
iii.v. If fabric shade sails or similar fabric coverings are proposed, the fabric cover shall be limited to the top portion of the parklet and not extend to additional sides perpendicular to the street or sidewalk. All fabrics and all 11 DRAFT
Item 11
Attachment C - Proposed
changes to Ongoing
Parklet Design Standards
(redlined)

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
36 Packet Pg. 229 of 1352

interior decorative fabrics or materials shall be flame resistant in accordance with the provisions set forth in CCR, Title 19, Division 1, chapter 8.

1. The applicant shall provide certification that the fabric covering is flame resistant with any of the following:

1. NFPA 701 certification

2. ASTM E84 or UL 723
iv.vi. Roof material may be a solid uniform material or open construction (i.e., trellis, pergola, etc.).
v.vii. All exposed wood is required to be treated for exposure to weather.

5. Accessibility
a. The parklet shall comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). b. The surface of the parklet platform must be flush with the adjacent sidewalk with a maximum gap of 0.25 inches and 0.25 inches vertical tolerance. c. A minimum 4‐foot‐wide accessible path of travel and 5‐foot‐diameter (60 inches) turnaround space must be maintained within the parklet. d. Any abrupt changes in elevation exceeding 4 inches along an accessible path of travel shall be identified by 6‐inch‐tall warning curbs. e. Parklets shall utilize outdoor grade reflective tape to mark changes in grade. f. At least 5 percent of the seating spaces and 5 percent of the standing spaces shall be accessible. Accessible spaces must meet the following requirements:
i. International Symbol of Accessibility displayed at the table. ii. Table surface between 28 to 34 inches.
iii. Minimum 27 inches of space from the floor to the bottom of the table. iv. Knee clearance extends at least 19 inches under the table. v. Total clear floor area of 30 inches by 48 inches per seat vi. Maintain an accessible path of travel to the accessible table.

FIGURE 5: Accessible Table and Chair ADA Requirements
12 DRAFT
Item 11
Attachment C - Proposed
changes to Ongoing
Parklet Design Standards
(redlined)

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
37 Packet Pg. 230 of 1352

FIGURE 6: Example Floorplan
B. Enclosures

1. Dimensions & Load
a. For user safety, parklets are required to include a continuous enclosure along the parklet’s platform edge adjacent to the travel lane and parking spaces. The sidewalk edge of the parklet may be enclosed or open.
i. All parklets in which alcoholic beverages are served shall be enclosed on all sides of the parklet edge, as required by the Department of Alcoholic Beverage Control.
b. The enclosure shall be 42 inches in height, measured from the surface of the platform.
c. Any gaps in the enclosure shall be smaller than a 4‐inch sphere. d. The enclosure must be capable of withstanding at least 200 pounds of horizontal force applied at the top of the rail.

2. Palo Alto Fire Department (PAFD) Emergency Access (Figure 7) 13 DRAFT
Item 11
Attachment C - Proposed
changes to Ongoing
Parklet Design Standards
(redlined)

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
38 Packet Pg. 231 of 1352

a. The PAFD may require a minimum 3‐foot‐wide emergency gap, with vertical and horizontal clearance, for every 20 feet of enclosure length. b. The gap must be kept clear of any tables, chairs, bike racks, poles, walls, roofs, or other elements.
c. The barrier in the emergency access gap shall be easily removable by emergency personnel and provide a latch or hinge that allows easy access. i. The latch shall be placed on the outside of the barrier, facing the travel lane. ii. The hinge shall open a minimum of 90 degrees.
iii. Any gaps in the barrier shall be smaller than a 4‐inch sphere.

FIGURE 7: Emergency Access Example

3.2. Design
a. Enclosure materials must shall be high‐quality, durable, and non‐reflective including but not limited to pressure‐treated wood, hardwood, steel, concrete planters, etc. i. Materials that are not permitted: particle board, vinyl, soft plastic or tarps. b. Street facing colors used on the exterior of enclosure must be matte‐finish paint or opaque stain.
c. Parklets shall integrate and/or incorporate vegetation into the enclosure (edge treatment) at least every 6 feet.
d. The height of any plants contained within planters in setback shall not impede or obstruct the view from the travel lane to the sidewalk and vice‐versa. 14 DRAFT
Item 11
Attachment C - Proposed
changes to Ongoing
Parklet Design Standards
(redlined)

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
39 Packet Pg. 232 of 1352

i. Plant material shall not impede or hinder pedestrian and vehicular visibility. e. Decorative planters shall be made of plastic, wood, steel, cold form steel, or fiberglass.

3. Floor
a. Parklet floor shall be made of exterior‐rated material. They shall not be made of metal, glass, or interior materials.
i. The floor shall have finishing and slip resistance (BH is a minimum of 0.6 coefficient of friction).

4. Sidewalls
a. Parklets may include sidewalls between a hard, transparent screen between the enclosure and the roof to provide a windscreen for parklet users. b. The sidewalls can be solid and transparent or open and semi‐transparent:
a.c. Solid sidewalls:
i. The sidewall screen must be completely transparent, non‐tinted, and not obstruct sightlines from the travel lane to the sidewalk and vice‐versa. ii. Materials that are not permitted: vinyl, soft plastic, glass or tarps. iii. Sidewalls are not permitted in front of any neighboring storefronts without a letter of consent (see section IV. 12).
d. Semi‐transparent sidewalls:
iii.i. The sidewall shall be made of pressure‐treated wood or exterior grade wood.

C. Traffic Safety

1. Wheel Stops
a. Parallel parking stalls:
i. When a parklet is adjacent to active parallel parking spaces, a wheel stop must shall be installed to delineate the 4‐foot setback from adjacent parking spaces (see figure 2 above). The wheel stop shall measure 3 feet long by 4 inches high (see figure 9). It shall be constructed of concrete or rubber. b. Angled parking stalls:
i. When a parklet is adjacent to an active angled parking space, a wheel stop must shall be installed in the center of the parking space next to the parklet structure (see figure 3 above).
ii. Angled parking stalls with wheel stops shall also have “No Parking” painted between the buffer zone and wheel stop.
iii. Angled parking stalls with wheel stops shall also have a planter behind the wheel stop to promote visibility.
c. Affixing Wheel Stops
i. Drilled‐in Wheel stops: A permittee will need (USA) clearance to anchor a wheel stop into the road.

FIGURE 8: Wheel Stop
DRAFT
15 Item 11
Attachment C - Proposed
changes to Ongoing
Parklet Design Standards
(redlined)

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
40 Packet Pg. 233 of 1352

d. Location (parallel parking space)
i. The wheel stop shall be placed 1 foot from the curb at the edge of the front parking space.
ii. A wheel stop shall be placed 1 foot from the curb at the edge of the rear parking space.
iii. Wheel stops shall be placed 4 feet from the parklet structure. e. Location (angled parking space)
i. The wheel stop shall be centered in the parking space next to the parklet structure (see Figure 3 above).
f. Exceptions
i. Parklets extending the length between two in‐street tree wells, as on University Avenue, may omit wheel stops.
ii. Wheel stops are not required between two adjacent parklets with no active parking stalls between them.

2. Reflective Delineators
a. The parklet shall include installation of the California Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) approved delineator posts or flexible bollards. Examples of these devices are illustrated in Figures 10 and 11.

FIGURE 9: Reflective Delineator (Left Travel FIGURE 10: Reflective Delineator (Right Travel Lane)Lane)
b. Location
i. Delineator posts shall be surface mounted to the roadway via epoxy and/or glue down methods.
16 DRAFT
Item 11
Attachment C - Proposed
changes to Ongoing
Parklet Design Standards
(redlined)

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
41 Packet Pg. 234 of 1352

ii. Reflective delineators must be installed at the outside corners of the parklet.

The channelizers or posts must align with the end of the platform and not encroach on the travel lane.
iii. Additional delineators must be placed every 10 feet (maximum spacing) in the 2‐foot buffer (parallel spaces) or 3‐foot buffer (angled spaces) zone along the lane of travel—but not in the lane of travel. c. Dimensions
i. Right side of trave lane – Delineators shall be 42 inches high and white with white reflective bands for use on the right side of a travel lane. ii. Left side of travel lane – Delineators shall be 42 inches high and be white with yellow reflective bands if used on the left edge of a travel lane. d. Maintenance
i. Maintenance of the delineator posts shall be the responsibility of the permit holder.
ii. Permittee shall replace any missing or damaged delineators within 24 hours of a delineator’s failure or within 24 hours’ notice from the City.

D. Furnishings & Fixtures

1. Materials
a. Parklet furnishings and fixtures must be high‐quality, durable, outdoor‐rated, and non‐reflective including but not limited to: hardwood, steel, concrete, etc. i. Materials that are not permitted: particle board and vinyl.

2. Electrical Power Supply
a. A weatherproof GFCI electrical outlet may be installed (with applicable permits) on the exterior of the building at a minimum of 10 feet above the walking surface. i. Electrical power supply to the parklet, including the outlet, shall comply with permanent wiring methods as outlined in the adopted California Electrical code.
b. Power cords between the building and the parklet shall be secured to one (1) single overhead guide wire between the building and the parklet structure. i. No extension cords shall be permitted for fixed lighting or heaters. c. No power cords or conduits are allowed on or under the sidewalk. d. Parklet power source shall not be pulled from city sidewalk lighting or supported by trees.
e. Generators are not allowed in association with parklets.

3. Lighting
a. The following types of lighting and fixtures are permitted:
i. String lights;
ii. Solar powered and/or rechargeable battery powered table lights; and b. The use of electrical adaptors and power strips are prohibited. c. All lighting must be rated for exterior use, listed, and carry a product certificate for its intended use by a recognized electrical testing laboratory. 17 DRAFT
Item 11
Attachment C - Proposed
changes to Ongoing
Parklet Design Standards
(redlined)

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
42 Packet Pg. 235 of 1352

d. Lighting must be LED only
e. Lighting shall be limited to the parklet area and not encroach into any portion of the public sidewalk.
f. Lighting shall be of the lowest intensity and energy use adequate for its purpose and be designed to focus illumination downward to avoid excessive illumination above the light fixture with a maximum of 100 watts or 1600 lumens, whichever is greater, per fixture.
g. Applicants interested in lighting should consider solar‐powered lighting that use a rechargeable battery.
h. If installing permanent lighting on the parklet or adding the exterior GFCI receptacle at the building per IV(D)2a, an electrical permit shall be obtained and shall comply with permanent wiring methods as outlined in the adopted California Electrical code.

4. Heaters
a. Electrical heaters are allowed on parklets.
i. Electric heaters must be an outdoor approved type
ii. Electric heaters must be located on the parklet in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and specifications.
iii. Electric heaters must be placed at least 3 feet away from any combustible materials or as required by Manufacturer’s installation instruction, whichever is more restrictive.
iv. A fire extinguisher is required to be mounted within sight and have appropriate signage per the Fire Code.
v. Use of electric heaters must comply with the power supply requirements in section IV.D.2.
vi. Any electrical equipment must be listed and carry a product certificate for its intended use by a recognized electrical testing laboratory. b. Propane heaters are permitted with a HAZMAT permit and CERS submittal. i. hazmat permit is required for storage and use of liquid propane gas. A site plan with the desired location of each heater is required at time of the hazmat permit application. A final onsite hazmat inspection will be conducted to ensure the proper spacing of heaters form combustibles and emergency access/egress and storage of LPG.

1. Proposed outdoor storage of 20‐pound containers requires plan review and inspection.

2. On‐site storage of 20‐pound propane containers (5 gal) is prohibited indoors.

3. Propane storage is not allowed in the public right‐of‐way.

4. If businesses do not have an approved private outdoor storage area, all propane containers must be removed from the
premises at the close of business every day.

5. LPG Heaters are not permitted on the sidewalk in the pedestrian path of travel
18 DRAFT
Item 11
Attachment C - Proposed
changes to Ongoing
Parklet Design Standards
(redlined)

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
43 Packet Pg. 236 of 1352

6. LPG heaters cannot be placed underneath overhead canopies, awnings, inside buildings or tents and they must have 5‐feet clearance from any flammable materials

7. Any use of a portable heater, portable generator, candles, open flame or any activity regulated by the Fire code must be approved and permitted by the Palo Alto Fire Department separately from the parklet permit.

5. Umbrellas
a. Permitted Umbrella Types:
i. Table Umbrella
ii. Tilting Umbrella
iii. Off‐set/ Cantilever Umbrella
b. No portion of an umbrella shall extend beyond the edge and/or enclosure of the parklet on any side.
c. No umbrella shall obstruct the view from the street between 3 and 8 feet, measured from the street, from any side.

6. Signage
a. Parklet signage is limited to 6 square feet and shall be limited to the name of the business and shall be non‐illuminated and non‐reflective. Letters can be no taller than 15 inches.
b. Businesses are permitted one sign on their parklet, total. c. Signs must be affixed to the outer most portion of the parklet enclosure no higher than 36 inches from the street grade.
d. No form of advertising is permitted to be painted or mounted on any surface or area of the parklet.
e. If a signage post is in conflict with the proposed parklet, the applicant shall reach out to Public Works to evaluate the possibility of relocating the post. If relocation is not possible, the applicant shall redesign the parklet to fit with the existing post. f. Any existing parking signs installed adjacent to the parklet shall be removed from the sign post by the applicant and returned to the Public Works Department.

7. Seating & Furniture
a. Accessibility
i. The establishment shallmust provide 5 percent accessible seating for each type of seating provided (table, booth, etc.) or a minimum of one seat per type, whichever is greater, in an outdoor seating area where the slope is no greater than 2 percent in any direction.
ii. Such ADA accessible seating shall be of the same size and appearance as the establishment’s other outdoor seating.
iii. Refer to Section IV(A)(5) for additional accessibility requirements iv. Street Furniture
v. Street furniture including tables, chairs, benches, etc. shall be all‐weather, and of a high‐quality material.

FIGURE 11: Street Furniture Examples
19 DRAFT
Item 11
Attachment C - Proposed
changes to Ongoing
Parklet Design Standards
(redlined)

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
44 Packet Pg. 237 of 1352

8. Landscape
a. Vegetation shall be comprised of native, low‐water use, and drought‐tolerant plants. b. No plants shall have thorns, spikes, or sharp edges. c. Poisonous or invasive plants are not permitted.

9. Televisions
a. Televisions are not permitted in parklets.

V. Operational Standards
A. Private Control

1. Parklets will be considered under the control of the permit holder. The permit holder is responsible for securing the parklet and any fixtures and furnishings contained within it at all times, including during hours when the associated business is not in operation.

Alcohol ServiceB.

1. Businesses with parklets that serve alcoholic beverages on the parklet shall include appropriate fencing or other barriers to delineate the space and adhere to Department of Alcohol Beverage Control (ABC) regulations.
a. As described in the Enclosure section above, all parklets in which alcoholic beverages are served shall be enclosed on all sides of the parklet edge, as required by the department of alcoholic beverage control.

2. All physical requirements of ABC should be reflected in the design submitted for review.

3. A Conditional Use Permit (CUP) is required to allow alcohol service at a parklet.

Site MaintenanceC.

1. Parklets and the sidewalk adjacent to the parklet shall be kept clean and litter free. Any food or drink stain shall be cleaned up immediately. Power washing is required monthly.

2. The drainage grates at the side of the parklet shall be maintained and kept clean and clear at all times to allow free flow of water. Any debris and leaves shall be removed immediately by the permittee.

D. Hours of Operation

1. The parklet shall adhere to the same approved hours of operation as the associated business.

2. In the Neighborhood Commercial (CN) or Service Commercial (CS) zone districts, a CUP is needed to operate between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. and approval conditions for 20 DRAFT
Item 11
Attachment C - Proposed
changes to Ongoing
Parklet Design Standards
(redlined)

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
45 Packet Pg. 238 of 1352

operations during these hours are to ensure the operation is compatible with the abutting (or within 50 feet of) residential property.

E. Amplified Sound

1. Amplified is not permitted on parklets. Any ambient sound may only originate from the interior of the business’s occupied building.

VI.PERMIT APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittal Requirements

1. Site Plan—Site plan shall be drawn to scale on 11 x17 tabloid paper, include all pertinent dimensions and the following information:
a. Location of the business frontage
b. Dimensions of the parklet platform
c. ADA accessibility measurements
d. Setbacks from adjacent parking spaces and the adjacent traffic lane e. Locations of traffic protection improvements including wheel stops, reflective delineators, etc.
f. Location of public utilities including any manhole covers, gutter drains, fire hydrants, and FDCs, light poles, etc. and their distances to the parklet g. Any adjacent installations on the sidewalk including utility boxes, street signs, bike racks, street furniture, street trees, tree wells, etc. and their distances to the parklet h. Existing parking space striping
i. Crosswalks, bus stops, driveways and their distances to the parklet j. Width of sidewalk
k. Planters (if applicable)
k.l. Locations and extent of affected neighbors and their adjacent businesses

2. Floor Plan
a. Floor Plan of the proposed parklet showing the following information:
i. Total number and location of tables and seats and/or benches on parklet ii. Dimensions of tables, seats, and benches on parklet

3. Elevations
a. Elevation drawing showing the following information:
b. Height and design of platform railings/enclosure
c. Height and design of roof (if applicable)
d. Heating, lighting, other electrical equipment
e. Power connection (show distance from ground to overhead wire) f. Storm water drainage
g. Cross‐section drawing of parklet

4. Construction Drawing showing the following information:
a. Structural drawings
b. Structural calculations for the enclosure
c. Complete roof framing plan (for parklets with roofs), including the following:
i. horizontal and vertical bracing,
21 DRAFT
Item 11
Attachment C - Proposed
changes to Ongoing
Parklet Design Standards
(redlined)

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
46 Packet Pg. 239 of 1352

ii. structural calculations that meet the standards in the 2022 California Building Code.
iii. Stamp and signature from a licensed civil and/or structural engineer who is registered in the State of California
d. Heating, lighting, other electrical equipment
e. Electrical power connection/source

5. Pictures of Existing Conditions—The application should include at least three photos showing existing built parklet, if applicable, the proposed parking space(s) converted into a parklet, adjacent sidewalk and store frontage

6. List of materials and equipment
a. Materials palette showing the following information:
i. Proposed materials for platform
ii. Proposed materials for railings/enclosure
iii. Proposed furnishings
iv.iii. Roof material (if applicable)
b. Equipment sheet including:
i. Image of equipment
ii. Any manufacturer instructions
c. Planters
d. Type of plants

7. Parklet Information:
a. Number of parking spaces requested
b. Perpendicular or angled spaces
c. Color of curb
d. Proposed use of parklet
e. Business hours of operation
f. Parklet Designer/ Architect/ Engineer/ Construction Firm contact (if applicable) g. Signage (if applicable)

8. Business Information
a. Business Address
b. City of Palo Alto Business License Number

9. Business Owner Information

10. Property Owner Information (if different than applicant)

11. Insurance Documents

12. Letter(s) of Consent – A parklet applicant must get a letter of consent from the neighboring ground‐floor tenant(s) if the applicant’s parklet has any structure above the enclosure (e.g., sidewall, roof, trellis) that is not in front of the applicant’s storefront (see Appendix A). a. Parklet sponsor must obtain an up‐to‐date letter of consent for any future license renewals as requested by Public Works during future permit renewal processes. i. If a parklet sponsor cannot obtain an up‐to‐date letter of consent, or if parklet occupancy is not in accordance with the terms of any applicable law, these regulations, and/or any permit requirement, the parklet sponsor is responsible for the removal of any structure of the parklet permit extending into a neighboring frontage within 90‐days.
22 DRAFT
Item 11
Attachment C - Proposed
changes to Ongoing
Parklet Design Standards
(redlined)

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
47 Packet Pg. 240 of 1352

13. Indemnity Acknowledgement
Failure to MaintainB.

A parklet sponsor who fails to properly and sufficiently maintain the cleanliness, safety, and accessibility of their parklet may be subject to violations and fines. If maintenance issues are not resolved, the City may revoke the encroachment permit and the parklet sponsor may be required by the City to remove the parklet at their own expense.

C. Utility Maintenance & Public Safety
Because a parklet may sit atop buried utilities, there may be instances where a parklet will need to be removed to access a utility beneath it. In the event of necessary utility maintenance or the unlikely event of a utility failure such as a gas leak or water main break that threatens public safety, the City or utility owner may remove parklets with little or no notice. Parklet sponsors are responsible for the cost of re‐installing and restoring any damage to the parklet.

In instances of advanced notice (such as street repaving, planned maintenance, etc., the parklet sponsor may need to remove and reinstall the parklet at their sole expense. If the sponsor cannot remove the parklet, the City will remove the parklet.

D. Parklet Removal
If for some reason the parklet sponsor decides they no longer wants to maintain a parklet, the parklet sponsor is responsible for notifying the City and removing it at the parklet sponsors’ own expense.

Immediately upon removal the parklet area shall be cleaned and restored to its previous condition to the satisfaction of the City.

E. Parklet Fees
Parklets are subject to the following fees outlined in the City’s Fee Schedule:

1. Permit Application Fee

2. Deposit Fee (refundable)

3. Permit Renewal Fee

4. Annual License Fee
a. This fee will be charged per square foot based on the total parklet platform area. 23 DRAFT
Item 11
Attachment C - Proposed
changes to Ongoing
Parklet Design Standards
(redlined)

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
48 Packet Pg. 241 of 1352

Appendix A: Sample Letter of Consent
24 DRAFT
Item 11
Attachment C - Proposed
changes to Ongoing
Parklet Design Standards
(redlined)

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
49 Packet Pg. 242 of 1352

City of Palo Alto

PRE-APPROVED PARKLET

USER GUIDE
DRAFT
Attachment D: Draft Pre-approved Parklet Design User-Guide Item 11
Attachment D - Draft Pre-
approved Parklet Designs
and Draft User-Guide

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
50 Packet Pg. 243 of 1352

The Pre-Approved Parklet User Guide provides step-by-step instructions for business owners, parklet operators, and designers to create their own parklet using pre-approved designs.

This guide is tailored to help you navigate the process of constructing your pre-approved parklet by integrating essential steps directly into each section. Here's how to use it effectively:

ABOUT THE USER GUIDE

1. Follow the Embedded Checklists: Some
pages include green checklists and
checkboxes. Checklists ensure that you
meet all necessary requirements and
adhere to City regulations. Checkboxes
prompt you to make design decisions to
allow you to tailor the pre-approved
designs to your needs and preferences.

2. Document your parklet details in "My
Parklet" Sections: Alongside the
checklists and decision points, you'll find
"My Parklet" sections. Here, you can
write the details of your choices and the
specifications of your parklet design.

This documentation will help you track
your progress and ensure that every
aspect of your parklet is planned and
executed according to plan.
2 Look out for the Green
Checklists and Checkboxes
Y N
My Parklet Design
Fill out the Green my parklet design boxes as
you work through the guide
Item 11
Attachment D - Draft Pre-
approved Parklet Designs
and Draft User-Guide

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
51 Packet Pg. 244 of 1352

1.0 ELIGIBLE LOCATIONS
The pre-approved parklet are only applicable to the areas marked below. Confirm your business is located in an eligible locations before proceeding through the parklet guide. 3 Item 11
Attachment D - Draft Pre-
approved Parklet Designs
and Draft User-Guide

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
52 Packet Pg. 245 of 1352

2.0 CAN YOU BUILD A PARKLET?
Applicable Locations
The parklet is located in an eligible area within the University Avenue and California Downtown areas. See 1.0 Eligible Locations for maps of the eligible areas.

Site Requirements
The parklet does not obstruct a restricted zone - loading zone, bus zone, no parking zone, public utilities, telecommunication vaults.

Crosswalk Clearance: minimum 20’ setback from exterior edge of cross walk striping.

Note: not applicable if there is a bulb-out between the parklet and crosswalk.

Driveway and alleyway clearance: minimum 15’ setback from any driveways and alleyways.

Note: Setback not needed if there is a bulb-out between the parklet and crosswalk.

Fire Hydrant Clearance: minimum 15’ setback from a fire hydrant.

Manhole Cover: minimum 5’ setback from a manhole cover.

Storm Drain Catch Basin: minimum 5’ setback from a storm drain catch basin.

Applicable Parking Stalls
The parklet is located in front of your business.

Note: If you would like to construct a parklet that extends beyond your business frontage, you may need a letter of consent. See pg. xx for more information.

Confirm your parklet site meets the requirements below. These requirements ensure a safe streetscape for pedestrians, vehicles, and parklet patrons.

2.1 CHECKLIST

2.1.a

2.2 2.2.a

2.2.b

2.2.c

2.2.d

2.2.e

2.2.f

2.3.a

2.3 4
Y N
Item 11
Attachment D - Draft Pre-
approved Parklet Designs
and Draft User-Guide

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
53 Packet Pg. 246 of 1352

3.0 DETERMINE THE SIZE OF YOUR PARKLET
Parallel
Angled
5 Review the requirements below and on page 6. Confirm your parklet meets the requirements below and determine your parklet size using the worksheet on page 15.

Item 11
Attachment D - Draft Pre-
approved Parklet Designs
and Draft User-Guide

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
54 Packet Pg. 247 of 1352

3.0 DETERMINE THE SIZE OF YOUR PARKLET
Parklet Size
Parklets with a roof or trellis can be a maximum of 350 square feet.

Parklets in Parallel Parking Spaces
The parklet must be setback 4’ from the adjacent marked parking space. This setback must be kept clear at all time for emergency access.

Note: Setback not needed if there is a bulb-out between the parklet and crosswalk.

The parklet must be setback 2’ from the outer edge of the parking space “T” along the travel lane.

This setback must be kept clear at all times. The only objects permitted in this setback are reflective delineator posts.

The distance between parklets in parallel parking spaces shall be minimum of 8’.

Parklets in Angled Parking Spaces
The parklet must be setback 3’ from the adjacent marked parking space. This setback must be kept clear at all time for emergency access.

Note: Setback not needed if there is a bulb-out between the parklet and crosswalk.

The parklet must be setback 3’ from the outer edge of the parking space along the travel lane. This setback must be kept clear at all times. The only objects permitted in this setback are reflective delineator posts.

The setback between parklets in angled parking spaces shall be minimum of 6’.

Confirm your parklet meets the requirements below. Determine the maximum size of your parklet size using the worksheet on page 15.

3.1 3.1.a

3.2 3.2.a

3.2.b

3.2.c

3.3 3.3.a

3.3.b
6 Planters
Parklet planters are not required however you may choose to incorporate them into your design.

Planter must be located within the required setback and will reduce the to total amount of seating space. (see example on page 5).

Parklets in parallel parking spaces can locate planters on either side of the parklet. Parklets in angled parking spaces can locate planters along the outer edge; parallel to the travel lane. (see example on page 5).

3.4 3.4.a
Letter of Consent Requirement
Parklet applicants must obtain a letter of consent from adjacent ground-floor tenant(s) to extend a roof, trellis, or sidewall, beyond their own storefront. Parklets without a roof, trellis, or sidewalls, may extend in front of a neighbor without a letter of consent.

See Appendix A for more information

3.5 3.3.c
Item 11
Attachment D - Draft Pre-
approved Parklet Designs
and Draft User-Guide

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
55 Packet Pg. 248 of 1352

4.0 SKETCH YOUR SITE
To get started, make a rough sketch of your parklet using the template below (See example in Appendix B). This will help you make design selections in the following sections of the guide. Your contractor will verify all dimensions and prepare a more detailed site plan for your parklet application.

My Parklet Site Conditions
• Identify P arking Space type (circle one): Angled Parallel • Take note of the parking “T”s and striping in front of your business and locate your frontage in relation to the
parking spaces.
• Mark any of obstructions and their setbacks from Section 2.0 above. Ensure you have enough unr
estricted space to construct a parklet.
• How many parking spaces will you use:________
My
Parklet Size
• Mark the required setbacks from Section 3.0 above. What is your parklet’s size after the setbacks:

Length (feet): _______________ Width (feet):________________ Area (square feet): ____________ My Parklet Design considerations
• Will you include P lanters: Yes No
• Select R oof type: Covered Uncovered
• Will the proposed parklet extend beyond your building: Ye s No Note: If the proposed parklet is covered and extends beyond your building frontage, you will need a Letter of consent . See Appendix A for more information.
7 Item 11
Attachment D - Draft Pre-
approved Parklet Designs
and Draft User-Guide

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
56 Packet Pg. 249 of 1352

5.0 SELECT YOUR DESIGN FEATURES ROOF STYLES
Parklet with no Roof Parklet with a Roof
Flat Roof Shed Roof
Solid Roof Lattice Roof Fabric Roof
Choose what type of parklet you want to build.

Parklet Type: Choose One
Roof Shape: Choose One2
Roof Type: Choose One3
8 1
Item 11
Attachment D - Draft Pre-
approved Parklet Designs
and Draft User-Guide

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
57 Packet Pg. 250 of 1352

6.0 SELECT YOU DESIGN FEATURES ROOF COVERINGS
If your parklet will have a roof, select the roof covering and designs for your parklet roof.

Roof coverings will be affixed to your roof frame.

Parklet Roof Covering Requirements (for parklets with a roof) Design
The parklet roof design shall be one of
the following: solid roof, open framing,
fabric shades.

Materials
The following materials are permitted for
roof coverings: pressure-treated wood,
exterior-grade wood, steel, fabric (flame
retardant), corrugated metal, plywood
(with treatment), asphalt tiles, wood
shingles.

The roof material shall be maximum
20psf in weight.

The following materials are prohibited:
clay, porcelain tile, acrylic corrugated
plastic, vinyl, soft plastic, tarps.

6.1 6.1.a

6.2.a

6.2 9
Roof Covering Examples (for parklets with or a roof)
You may select any roof covering provided it meets the requirements above. Include the product specifications for your desired roof covering in your permit submittal *Fill out the worksheet on pg. 15 with your selections
Canavas Corrugated Metal Asphalt Tiles

6.2.b

6.2.c
Item 11
Attachment D - Draft Pre-
approved Parklet Designs
and Draft User-Guide

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
58 Packet Pg. 251 of 1352

7.0: SELECT YOUR DESIGN FEATURES FLOORING
Select a flooring product for your parklet. The flooring product will be installed overtop the parklet platform frame and will be flush with the sidewalk.

Parklet Flooring Requirements (for parklets with or without a roof) Materials
The parklet flooring shall be an exterior-
grade material.

The parklet flooring shall not be one of
the following prohibited materials: metal,
glass, materials designed for interior use.

Safety
The parklet flooring has a finishing & slip
resistance of BH minimum 0.6 Coefficient
of Friction.

7.1 7.1.a

7.1.b

7.2.c
Flooring Examples (for parklets with or without a roof) You may select any flooring material provided it meets the requirements above.

Include the product specifications for your desired flooring in your permit submittal

7.2 10
*Fill out the worksheet on pg. 15 with your selections
Wood Decking Exterior Tile Composite Decking
Item 11
Attachment D - Draft Pre-
approved Parklet Designs
and Draft User-Guide

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
59 Packet Pg. 252 of 1352

Material
The parklet enclosure shall not be one of
the following prohibited materials:
particle board, vinyl, soft plastic or tarps.

Safety
The rail shall be 42” in height, as
measured from the surface of the
platform.

The rail shall withstand at least 200 lbs of
horizontal force.

Any gaps in the enclosure shall be smaller
than 4” sphere.

8.0 SELECT YOUR DESIGN FEATURES RAILING
Select a rail and enclosure finish for your parklet. The complete railing is made up : 1) the horizontal rail that extends between posts, and 2) the enclosure, which connects to the rail Parklet Enclosure Requirements (for parklets with or without a roof)

8.1 8.1.a

8.2.a
My Parklet Enclosure (for parklets with or without a roof) STEP 1: Select a rail material (see specifications attached) STEP 2: Select an enclosure finish (see examples below)

8.2 11

8.2.b

8.2.c
Wood Light-gauge Steel
You may select any enclosure materials provided they meets the requirements above.

Include the product specifications for your desired flooring in your permit submittal Wood Siding Plywood - Painted Steel Cables
Item 11
Attachment D - Draft Pre-
approved Parklet Designs
and Draft User-Guide

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
60 Packet Pg. 253 of 1352

Design
Parklets may include either a solid
transparent and un-tinted sidewall or an
open semi-transparent sidewall.

Materials
The following material is permitted for
solid sidewalls: un-tinted plexiglass.

The following materials are permitted for
open sidewalls: pressure-treated wood
(stained or painted), exterior grade wood.

The following materials are prohibited:
vinyl, soft plastic, glass, or tarps.

9.0 SELECT YOUR DESIGN FEATURES SIDEWALLS
If your parklet will have sidewalls, select the design from the options below. Sidewalls will be affixed to your posts.

Parklet Sidewall Requirements (for parklets with or without a roof)

9.1 9.1.a

9.2.a

9.2 Parallel parklet

9.2.b
12 Sidewall Examples (for parklets with or without a roof) Sidewall are an optional feature. You may select any sidewall material provided it meets the requirements above. Include the product specifications for your desired flooring in your permit submittal
*Fill out the worksheet on pg. 15 with your selections
Plexiglass Open
Pressure-treated Wood

9.2.c
Item 11
Attachment D - Draft Pre-
approved Parklet Designs
and Draft User-Guide

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
61 Packet Pg. 254 of 1352

10.0 SELECT YOUR DESIGN FEATURES PLANTERS
If your parklet will include planters, Select planter designs for your parklet. Parklets in parallel parking spaces can locate planters on either side of the parklet. Parklets in angled parking spaces can locate planters along the outer edge; parallel to the travel lane. Planter must be located within the required setbacks and will reduce the total seating space within the parklet Parklet Planter Requirements (for parklets with or without a roof) Material
The parklet planter shall be constructed
of wood, steel, cold form fiberglass, or
plastic materials.

The following materials are prohibited:
clay, porcelain, and concrete.

10.1 10.1.a
Parallel parklet
Angled parklet
13 10.1.b
Planter Examples (for parklets with or without a roof)
You may select any planter material from the list above. Include the product specifications for your desired planters in your permit submittal *Fill out the Worksheet on pg. 15 with your selections
Wood Steel Fiberglass
Note: Planters must be within the setback and
therefore will reduce the total seating space within
a parklet. See Section 3.0 for more details.

Item 11
Attachment D - Draft Pre-
approved Parklet Designs
and Draft User-Guide

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
62 Packet Pg. 255 of 1352

11.0 STRUCTURAL OPTIONS: PLATFORM
Consult your contractor and review your site plan and the specification sheets with them to determine your parklet platform, posts and roof framing materials.

Materials
The parklet platform shall be constructed
of light-gauge steel or pressure-treated
wood.

A 4" minimum curb height is required for
installation of a pressure-treated wood
platform

11.1 11.1.a
14 Parklet Platform Requirements (for parklets with or without a roof)

12.0 STRUCTURAL OPTIONS: POSTS AND ROOF FRAMING
Parklet Post and Roof Requirements (for parklets with or without a roof) Material
The parklet posts and roof framing shall
be constructed of light-gauge steel or
pressure-treated wood
Design
Light-gauge steel shall be painted
Pressure-treated wood shall be stained or
painted

12.1 12.1.a

12.2 12.2.a
Note: The permitted platform material will depend
on site conditions including curb height and street
slope. Consult your contractor to determine which
material is best suited to your parklet design.

11.1.b
Wood Light-gauge Steel
Uncovered parklet
Parklet with a roof

12.2.b
Item 11
Attachment D - Draft Pre-
approved Parklet Designs
and Draft User-Guide

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
63 Packet Pg. 256 of 1352

5.0 Roof Styles

Parklet Type (circle one): Covered Uncovered

Roof Type (circle one): Solid Lattice Fabric
Roof Shape (circle one): Flat Shed

6.0 Roof Covering(s)
Roofing Product(s) Name: _______________________ Spec Sheet(s) Attached:

7.0 Flooring
Flooring Product Name: _________________________ Spec Sheet Attached:

8.0 Railing
Railing Material (circle one): Wood Light-Gauge Steel Enclosure Product Name: ________________________ Spec Sheet Attached:

9.0 Sidewalls
Include Sidewalls (circle one ): Yes No
Sidewall Product Name: __________________________ Spec Sheet Attached:

10.0 Planters
Include Planters (circle one): Yes No
Planter Product Name: ___________________________ Spec Sheet Attached:

11.0 Platform
Choose Material (circle one): Wood Light-Gauge Steel

12.0 Posts/ Roof Framing
Choose Material (circle one): Wood Light-Gauge Steel

13.0 MY PARKLET DESIGN FEATURES WORKSHEET
Fill out the following worksheet based on the design options from the previous sections.

Include this page along with product specifications with your permit submittal. 15 Item 11
Attachment D - Draft Pre-
approved Parklet Designs
and Draft User-Guide

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
64 Packet Pg. 257 of 1352

t

14.0 HEATING
Heaters are not required but are permitted in parklets in accordance with Section IV.D.4 of the Parklet Standards. Review the requirements below and indicate your selection.

Electric Heaters
Electric heaters must be an outdoor approved type.

Electric heaters must be located in accordance with manufacturing instructions and placed at least 3 feet away from any combustible materials or as required by manufacturer’s instruction, whichever is more restrictive.

A fire extinguisher is required to be mounted within sight and have appropriate signage per the Fire Code.

Use of electric heaters must comply with the power supply requirements in section IV.D.2 of the parklet standards.

Any electrical equipment must be listed and carry a product certificate for its intended use by a recognized electrical testing laboratory.

Propane Heaters
Propane heaters are permitted with a valid HAZMAT permit from the Palo Alto Fire Department and CERS submittal.

Propane heaters are prohibited in parklets with a roof or trellis.

My Parklet
Parklet heater and type:

No heaters
Electric heaters
Propane heaters (if yes, see section below)
If using propane:

Your parklet will not have a roof
You will obtain a HAZMAT permit
IMPORTANT: If using propane heaters, parklet applications will not be approved until a valid HAZMAT permit is provided.

Heating Devices (for parklets with or without a roof)
Heating devices are not required for operation, however, if a parklet wishes to include heating in conjunction with their parklet, they shall comply with the requirements below:

14.1 CHECKLIST

14.1.a

14.2.b

14.2.c

14.2.d

14.2 14.2.e

14.2.a

14.2.b
16 Item 11
Attachment D - Draft Pre-
approved Parklet Designs
and Draft User-Guide

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
65 Packet Pg. 258 of 1352

15.0 TRAFFIC SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
Review the requirements below for parklet traffic safety. These measures will apply to all parklets following parklet design, approval, and construction.

Wheel Stops (see section IV.C of the parklet standards for full details) When a parklet is adjacent to active parallel parking spaces, a wheel stop must be installed to delineate the 4-foot setback from adjacent parking spaces.

When a parklet is adjacent to an active angled parking space, a wheel stop must be installed in the center of the parking space next to the parklet structure.

The wheel stop shall measure 3 feet long by 4 inches high. It shall be constructed of concrete or rubber.

Parklets extending the length between two in-street tree wells, as on University Avenue, may omit wheel stops.

Wheel stops are not required between two adjacent parklets with no active parking stalls between them.

Reflective Delineator
The parklet shall include installation of the California Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) approved delineator posts or flexible bollards.

Delineator posts shall be surface mounted to the roadway via epoxy and/or glue down methods.

Reflective delineators must be installed at the outside corners of the parklet.

Additional delineators must be placed at least every 10 feet.

15.1 15.1.a

15.1.b

15.1.c

15.1.d

15.2 15.1.e

15.2.a

15.2.b
Parallel Angled

15.2.c
17 CHECKLIST
Item 11
Attachment D - Draft Pre-
approved Parklet Designs
and Draft User-Guide

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
66 Packet Pg. 259 of 1352

16.0 OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE
Review the requirements below for parklet operations and maintenance. These measures will apply to all parklets following parklet design, approval, and construction.

Site Maintenance
Parklets and the adjacent sidewalk shall be kept clean and litter free. Any food or drink stain shall be cleaned up immediately. Power washing is required monthly.

The drainage grates at the side of the parklet shall be maintained and kept clean and clear at all times to allow free flow of water. Any debris and leaves shall be removed immediately by the permittee.

Planters on parklets shall be kept clean and free of litter at all times. Plants should be well-maintained with regular watering and pruning, and weeds promptly removed.

Hours of Operation
The parklet shall adhere to the same approved hours of operation as the associated business.

In the Neighborhood Commercial (CN) or Service Commercial (CS) zone districts, a CUP is needed to operate between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. and approval conditions for operations during these hours are to ensure the operation is compatible with the abutting (or within 50 feet of) residential property.

Amplified Sound
Amplified sound and speakers are not permitted on parklets. Any ambient sound may only originate from the interior of the business’s occupied building.

Alcohol Service
Businesses with parklets that serve alcoholic beverages on the parklet shall include appropriate fencing or other barriers to delineate the space and adhere to Department of Alcohol Beverage Control (ABC) regulations.

All physical requirements of ABC should be reflected in the design submitted.

A Conditional Use Permit (CUP) is required to allow alcohol service at a parklet.

Parklet Removal
If a business with a parklet decides they no longer want a parklet, the business is responsible for notifying the City and removing it at the business’s own expense.

Immediately upon removal, the parklet area shall be cleaned and restored to its previous condition to the satisfaction of the City.

In instances of advanced notice (such as street repaving, planned maintenance, etc.), a business may need to remove and reinstall the parklet at their sole expense. If the sponsor cannot remove the parklet, the City will remove the parklet.

16.1 16.1.a

16.1.b

16.2.a

16.3 16.4

16.3.a

16.4.a

16.2 16.2.b

16.4.b

16.4.c
18 CHECKLIST

16.5 16.5.a

16.5.b

16.5.c

16.1.c
Item 11
Attachment D - Draft Pre-
approved Parklet Designs
and Draft User-Guide

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
67 Packet Pg. 260 of 1352

PERMITTING PROCESS CHECKLIST
Review and confirm your parklet design. Compile your application documents.

Parklet Design Standards
Preparation
Review the User Guide
Design your parklet
Determine if you need a Letter of Consent
Consult with your contractor and finalize parklet design Pre-Approved Parklet Application
Prepare and submit:

Detailed Site Plan
Completed User Guide
All material product specifications
Completed Pre-approved parklet shop drawings
Letter of Consent (if applicable)
Neighbor notice (if applicable)
If your parklet (with or without a roof) encroaches over a neighbor’s storefront, notify both the affected neighbor and the neighbor adjacent to them via email at submit a copy of that email with your application.

Ministerial Review
Plan Approval, Permit Payment & Permit Issuance
Construction and Installation (Inspections during Construction) Inspections
Continued Maintenance
Parklet Renewal (every year)
Parklet Removal
(as desired/needed)
Application & PermittingInstallationRemoval 19
Maintenance
Item 11
Attachment D - Draft Pre-
approved Parklet Designs
and Draft User-Guide

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
68 Packet Pg. 261 of 1352

APPENDIX A: LETTER OF CONSENT (LOC) REQUIREMENT
Letter of Consent Requirement
Parklet does not have a roof or sidewalls: letter of consent not required.

Parklet does have a roof or sidewalls:
• Does not extend beyond applicant’s storefront: letter of consent not required. • Does extend beyond applicant’s storefront: letter of consent is required.

2.1 2.1.a
Parklet applicants must obtain a letter of consent from adjacent ground-floor tenant(s) to extend a roof, trellis, or sidewall, beyond their own storefront. Parklets without a roof, trellis, or sidewalls, may extend in front of a neighbor without a letter of consent.

No LOC
Needed

2.1.b
Parklet with a
roof extending
over their
neighbor
Parklet with no
roof
20 No LOC
Needed
LOC
Needed
Parklet with no
roof extending
over their
neighbor
Item 11
Attachment D - Draft Pre-
approved Parklet Designs
and Draft User-Guide

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
69 Packet Pg. 262 of 1352

APPENDIX B: SITE SKETCH EXAMPLE
21 Item 11
Attachment D - Draft Pre-
approved Parklet Designs
and Draft User-Guide

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
70 Packet Pg. 263 of 1352

Other Resources and Links
Project Team
Architectural Review Board
City Manager Office
Public Works Department
Fire Department
Transportation Department
Planning & Development Department
Planning Team – Urban Planning Partners
Architect – Syncopated Architecture
Structural Engineer – REI BuildUp
City’s webpage on parklets at www.cityofpaloalto.org/Parklets

Ongoing Parklet Design Standards (link to be updated)
Parklet Cleanliness Standards
Hazmat Permit application (section D)
Electrical Permit application
22 Item 11
Attachment D - Draft Pre-
approved Parklet Designs
and Draft User-Guide

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
71 Packet Pg. 264 of 1352

Attachment E: Overview of the History of the Parklet Program • Ju
ne 23, 20201 (City Council): City Council adopted a pilot parklet program with Ordinance No. 5500, which temporarily permitted businesses to operate outdoors in lieu of normal zoning and parking requirements, and Resolution No. 9909, which provided additional implementation guidelines for the pilot parklet program.
• April 19, 20212 (City Council): Council directed staff to develop a permanent parklet program with the input of the Architectural Review Board and extend the pilot program to December 31, 2021.
• September 13, 20213 (City Council): The pilot program was extended to June 30, 2022. • April 27th, 2022 (Community Engagement): Staff met with nine (9) members of the Palo Alto business community to provide a preview of proposed permanent parklet program standards.

The group included restaurant owners and property owners in the Downtown and one restaurant/business owner from California Avenue.
• May 5, 2022
4 (ARB): Staff presented draft standards for the permanent parklet program to the ARB to receive initial feedback on the draft program standards. • May 9, 2022 5(City Council): Staff presented draft standards for the permanent parklet program to City Council to receive initial feedback on the draft program standards. The City Council extended the pilot program to the end of 2022.
• June 1, 2022 (ARB ad-hoc): An ARB ad-hoc committee provided further feedback on the draft program standards.
• July 21, 20226 (ARB): Staff presented revised standards to the ARB based on the May 5th ARB meeting, May 9th Council meeting and June 1st ARB ad-hoc committee meeting. o ARB recommendations included in the permanent standards include: allowing clear pa
nels above the enclosure, prohibiting televisions, allowing greater flexibility in the size of plants permitted, prohibiting tent-like structures and vinyl materials. • October 24, 20227 (City Council): City staff returned to the City Council to present the refined permanent parklet standards based on ARB and staff input, receive feedback on the program standards and operations, and extend the temporary parklet program through June 30, 2023.

Council directed staff to do the following:
o Implement the draft permanent standards upon adoption of a permanent parklet o
rdinance,
1 Staff report:
https://cityofpaloalto.primegov.com/Public/CompiledDocument?meetingTemplateId=3031&compileOutputType=1 2 Staff report:
https://cityofpaloalto.primegov.com/Public/CompiledDocument?meetingTemplateId=3457&compileOutputType=1 3 Staff Report:
https://cityofpaloalto.primegov.com/Public/CompiledDocument?meetingTemplateId=3325&compileOutputType=1. 4 Staff report: https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/agendas-mi nutes-reports/agendas- minutes/architectural-review-board/2022/arb-05.05.2022-public-agenda.pdf 5 Staff report:
https://cityofpaloalto.primegov.com/Public/CompiledDocument?meetingTemplateId=3643&compileOutputType=1 6 Staff Report: https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/agendas-mi nutes-reports/agendas- minutes/architectural-review-board/2022/arb-07.21.2022-public-agenda.pdf 7 Staff report:
https://cityofpaloalto.primegov.com/Public/CompiledDocument?meetingTemplateId=9096&compileOutputType=1 Item 11
Attachment E - Overview
of the History of the
Parklet Program

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
72 Packet Pg. 265 of 1352

o Require a letter of consent in if a parklet used 50% or more of a parking space not in front of their store, and
o Return to Council with a recommendation continuing propane use, establishing parklet fees, and limiting amplified sound to only come from buildings. • March 13, 2023
8 (continued March 27, 2023) (City Council): Staff returned to Council to present revised standards implementing Council’s previous direction, and to receive Council’s feedback on limiting the size and scale of parklets, parklet fees, and letter of consent requirements. Staff recommended that the Council limit parklet size to a maximum of two parallel parking spaces or three angled spaces and require letters of consent consistent with the October 2022 direction.

Staff presented several factors that affected the maximum size recommendation; these included fire safety and electrical panel capacity, providing greater certainty around restaurant occupancy increases, and limiting encroachment over neighboring storefronts. After a robust discussion, Council directed staff to implement the following standards:
o Require a letter of consent for parklets that extend structures (e.g., sidewalls, roofs, t
rellises) beyond the applicant’s storefront. Non-structured parklet areas are allowed to extend beyond the applicant’s storefront without a letter of consent. o Tenants who wish to utilize a parking space in front of their store may do so after 90 days.
o Limit the size of covered parklets to 350 square feet but allow businesses up to two (2) parklets, provided they are limited in location to the tenant’s street frontage. o Require parklet owners to keep parklet areas and sidewalks clean.

Council also directed staff to return with the following:
o Incentives for the use of electric heating.
o Proposals on greater safety from vehicles such as k-rail or concrete barrier on the leading-edge corners.
o A fee recommendation on the low end of fees.
• May 8, 2023
9 (City Council): Council extended the pilot program to March 31, 2024. • September 11, 202310 (City Council): Council adopted the permanent parklet ordinance No. 5594 and standards with changes including: allowing sidewalk dining, and removing references to charging parklet renters to relocate/add bike facilities. Council also adopted fees for the Permanent Parklet Program (No. 5593). In addition, Council directed staff to work with the Architectural Review Board (ARB) to create design standards and uniform guidelines as soon as possible. Council also adopted new permit and license fees for the permanent parklet program. • February 15, 2024 (A
RB)11: Staff presented the pre-approved parklet design approach for feedback on the potential pre-approved design options, recommended outreach strategy, and timelines for the design process.
8 Staff report:
https://cityofpaloalto.primegov.com/Public/CompiledDocument?meetingTemplateId=1093&compileOutputType=1 9 Staff report:
https://cityofpaloalto.primegov.com/Public/CompiledDocument?meetingTemplateId=11199&compileOutputType=1 10 Staff report:
https://cityofpaloalto.primegov.com/Public/CompiledDocument?meetingTemplateId=13022&compileOutputType=1 11 Staff report:
https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/v/1/agendas-m inutes-reports/agendas-minutes/architectural- review-board/2024/arb-2.15-parklets.pdf

Item 11
Attachment E - Overview
of the History of the
Parklet Program

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
73 Packet Pg. 266 of 1352

• March 11, 2024 (City Council)12: Council extended the Interim Parklet Program to July 31, 2024, and phased in enforcement for the Ongoing Parklet Program through November 1, 2024.

Existing interim parking lot eating/drinking uses were extended through December 31, 2024. • March 19, 20 24 (ARB Ad-hoc): An ARB ad-hoc committee consisting of Chair Baltay and Vice- chair Rosenberg provide feedback on initial design concepts for the pre-approved parklet designs, including post-beam connections, roof design options, overhang, and materials. • Ma y 2, 2024 ( ARB)13: Staff presented revised pre-approved parklet designs and proposed revisions to the ongoing parklet design standards for Council consideration. The ARB moved to s
upport the pre-approved designs and proposed revisions as presented. 12 Staff Report:
https://cityofpaloalto.primegov.com/Public/CompiledDocument?meetingTemplateId=13515&compileO utputType=1
13 Staff report:
https://cityofpaloalto.primegov.com/Public/CompiledDocument?meetingTemplateId=13844&compileOutputType =1
Item 11
Attachment E - Overview
of the History of the
Parklet Program

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
74 Packet Pg. 267 of 1352

Date: April 18, 2024
SUB: CITY OF PALO ALTO PARKLET FORCE PROTECTION MEMORANDUM

PALO ALTO, CALIFORNIA
The following memorandum provides supplemental information to the Parklet Force Protection Memorandum provided by Siegfried dated August 1, 2023.

As described in Siegfried's analysis, Planters are usually 18” to 24” wide and length may vary between 8ft to 10ft filled with soil. Although these planters are heavy due to presence of soil in it but that is not enough to resist the 6000 lb force requirement for qualifying as a barrier. Therefore, planters wouldn’t qualify as a traffic barrier.

The Siegfried analysis also states that the way a planter is constructed is an important consideration, as some materials could shatter and result in flying debris if impacted.

To add to this analysis, REI recommends that the use of flexible material would be the safest option for the planter considering that it won’t shatter and cause any hazards for the parklet occupants and minimize the damage. Some of the additional reasons are listed below:
o Durability: Flexible materials are generally more durable than brittle ones. They are capable of withstanding minor impacts and deformation without fracturing or shattering.
o Adaptability: Flexible materials offer more crea4ve and custom designs to suit specific aesthe4c or requirements due to their greater adaptability in design.

Specifically, REI recommends the following material types be used for planters in conjunction with parklets:

1. Wood

2. Steel

3. Cold form Steel

4. Plas4c

5. Fiberglass
Attachment F: Supplemental Planter Analysis
Item 11
Attachment F -
Supplemental Planter
Analysis

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
75 Packet Pg. 268 of 1352

STOCKTON SAN JOSE SACRAMENTO MODESTO
3428 Brookside Rd. 111 N. Market St., #300 900 Howe Ave., #200 101 Sycamore Ave, #100 Stockton, CA 95219 San Jose, CA 95113 Sacramento, CA 95825 Modesto, CA 95354 t: 209.943.2021 t: 408.754.2021 t: 916.520.2777 t: 209.762.3580

F:\17projects\17240 Palo Alto On-Call Survey\Civil\Parklet Protection Memorandum\17240 Palo Alto Parklet Protection Memorandum - Rev 1.docx PAGE - 1 -

August 1, 2023

Holly Boyd, P.E.

Assistant Director
Public Works Department
City of Palo Alto

RE: CITY OF PALO ALTO PARKLET FORCE PROTECTION MEMORANDUM

PALO ALTO, CALIFORNIA

I. PROJECT DESCRIPTION AND ASSUMPTIONS

The City of Palo Alto (City) is transitioning the te
mporary parklet program to a permanent parklet program. To make this transition, the City’s goal is to provide guidelines for the construction of improvements to provide a safe parklet experience. The inherent risk to parklets and their occupants is the danger posed by adjacent vehicular traffic. Various solutions have been deployed in other jurisdictions ranging from pedestrian guardrails to permanent or detached highway type barriers. The following is a summary of our review of these options and our findings.

I
I. BACKGROUND

I
n conducting our investigation, we reviewed a sample of other Parklet Guidelines and Standards from other jurisdictions and organizations in California. In our limited review of this literature, we found the following design features to be fairly consistent;

a. A vehicular speed limit of 25 mph as the roads are typically narrow and have low posted speed limits. b. A minimum of one foot between the edge of traveled way and any barrier. c. Barrier heights ranging from 32 to 48 inches in height. d. Barriers are required to be designed and approved by a professional engineer. e. Barriers were either guardrails, as defined by building codes, or in some cases planter boxes or similar structures used to create a physical separation between parklet occupants and vehicular traffic. f. The barriers were not designed as highway type traffic railings or crash barriers and appeared to act as a deterrent as opposed to a crash barrier.

The design requirements for barriers vary. The following is a summary of those prescribed by jurisdictional requirements.

A. Guards
Guards as prescribed by the California Building Code Section 1015 fall into two categories;

1. Guard railing to keep pedestrians from entering hazardous areas or conditions. Pedestrian guard rails are required to;
a. Be a minimum or 42 inches in height.
b. Not allow a sphere of 4” to pass through the guardrail. The intent of this provision is to prevent small children from passing through the guardrail.
c. Be designed to resist a lateral force of either 50 pounds per lineal foot or a concentrated load of 200 pounds applied at the top of the rail.

Item 11
Attachment F -
Supplemental Planter
Analysis

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
76 Packet Pg. 269 of 1352

STOCKTON SAN JOSE SACRAMENTO MODESTO
3428 Brookside Rd. 111 N. Market St., #300 900 Howe Ave., #200 101 Sycamore Ave, #100 Stockton, CA 95219 San Jose, CA 95113 Sacramento, CA 95825 Modesto, CA 95354 t: 209.943.2021 t: 408.754.2021 t: 916.520.2777 t: 209.762.3580

F:\17projects\17240 Palo Alto On-Call Survey\Civil\Parklet Protection Memorandum\17240 Palo Alto Parklet Protection Memorandum - Rev 1.docx PAGE - 2 -

2. Vehicle barriers used along the sides of parking garages more than one foot above adjacent grades not subject to bus or truck traffic. Vehicle barriers are required to resist a 6,000 pound load 18 to 27 inches above the pavement.

B. Traffic Railings
Traffic railings are generally barriers designed to prevent vehicles from going off the roadway. The requirements for traffic railings are specified in Caltrans and AASHTO (American Association of State Highway Transportation Officials) standards. These barriers are generally required to be tested at various speeds and approved by governing agencies. Some of the approved railings available for use in parklets may include the following Caltrans standards, however they may not meet the aesthetic goals of the parklet program and will require more area;

1. Type K Temporary Railing (Plan T3A and T3B). Type K Rails are 32 inches in height. Though the title of the plan is “Temporary”, it does provide for long term use if pinned to the pavement as described in plan T3B.

2. Concrete Barrier Type 60M (Plan A76A). This is an unanchored barrier and is 42 inches in height.

Caltrans Standards include many other types of barriers such as metal beam guard rails and crash cushions. In addition, Caltrans approves the use of some proprietary pre-manufactured barriers.

III. FINDINGS

I
n addition to the barriers described above, we considered the possible use of other barriers such as planters or bollards. The following represents our findings for all barriers investigated;

1. Type K Railing
As previously described, Type K railing meets Caltrans requirements for a traffic barrier, however;

a. At only 32 inches in height, the railing does not meet the height limit of a 42 inch tall guard rail. Additional railing would need to be attached on top of the K rail to meet this requirement. b. A K rail is intended to deflect the vehicle back into the roadway. This does not mean that it will not move. Any pedestrian or table abutting this barrier could still be affected by a vehicle impact.

Type K railing anchored into a foundation could further restrict barrier movement, however, without a testing program, this system performance is unknown and cannot be verified.
c. The railing does not protect the pedestrian from flying vehicle debris that may be associated with a vehicle hitting the barrier.

2. Type 60M Railing
The comments for K Railing above also apply to Type 60M barriers except that the 60M barrier does meet the requirement for guard railing height.

Item 11
Attachment F -
Supplemental Planter
Analysis

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
77 Packet Pg. 270 of 1352

STOCKTON SAN JOSE SACRAMENTO MODESTO
3428 Brookside Rd. 111 N. Market St., #300 900 Howe Ave., #200 101 Sycamore Ave, #100 Stockton, CA 95219 San Jose, CA 95113 Sacramento, CA 95825 Modesto, CA 95354 t: 209.943.2021 t: 408.754.2021 t: 916.520.2777 t: 209.762.3580

F:\17projects\17240 Palo Alto On-Call Survey\Civil\Parklet Protection Memorandum\17240 Palo Alto Parklet Protection Memorandum - Rev 1.docx PAGE - 3 -

Other Barriers Investigated

We reviewed other various types of barriers. Our analysis assumed the following; a. Factor of safety of 1.5 against sliding and overturning. b. Vehicle bumper height of 24 inches.
c. Pavement coefficient of friction of 0.35.
d. Soil passive force capacity of 200 pcf for foundations, 400 pcf for poles.

1. 500 Pound Water or Soil Filled Structure
A 500 pound, 18 inch wide, unanchored structure is only capable of resisting a 117 pound lateral force. This does not meet the requirement for a guard rail. This option is not recommended for use as a safety barrier.

2. Planter
A planter 42 inches tall by 18 inches wide by 10 feet long filled with soil (80 pcf) is capable of resisting a 490 lb lateral force. This assumes the vehicle hits near the end of the planter causing it to rotate. This meets the requirement of a guard rail but is not sufficient to serve as a traffic barrier. Another consideration is, depending on how the planter is constructed, flying debris from a broken planter may hit a parklet occupant creating an additional hazard. If the planter is constructed of structural concrete or masonry and is anchored to a foundation 48 inches wide by 18 inches deep the lateral force capacity increases to 2,540 pounds.

3. Bollards
Bollards typically consist of a concrete filled steel pipe embedded into a concrete foundation.

Bollards are commonly used as a device to protect equipment in traffic areas or prevent vehicular access into restricted areas. A Bollard with a 24 inch diameter foundation 36 inches deep is capable of resisting a lateral force of 550 pounds. Bollards, with added horizontal railings, can meet the requirement of a guard rail but are not sufficient to serve as a traffic barrier.

IV. CONCLUSION

E
ach type of barrier described and investigated will provide varying levels of protection. Guard rails restrict the parklet occupant from entering the traveled way while traffic railings restrict vehicles from leaving the traveled way. A summary of each barrier’s lateral force capacity is as follows:

1. Guardrails – 200 lbs. at 42 inch height, see the attached detail for minimum configuration and requirements.

Barriers with loads applied at 24 inch bumper height;

1. 500 lb. Object – 117 lbs.

2. Planter – Unanchored – 490 lbs.

3. Planter – Anchored – 2,450 lbs.

4. Bollard – 550 lbs.

5. Type K Railing – Capacity per test data.

6. Type 60M Railing – Capacity per test data.

Item 11
Attachment F -
Supplemental Planter
Analysis

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
78 Packet Pg. 271 of 1352

STOCKTON SAN JOSE SACRAMENTO MODESTO
3428 Brookside Rd. 111 N. Market St., #300 900 Howe Ave., #200 101 Sycamore Ave, #100 Stockton, CA 95219 San Jose, CA 95113 Sacramento, CA 95825 Modesto, CA 95354 t: 209.943.2021 t: 408.754.2021 t: 916.520.2777 t: 209.762.3580

F:\17projects\17240 Palo Alto On-Call Survey\Civil\Parklet Protection Memorandum\17240 Palo Alto Parklet Protection Memorandum - Rev 1.docx PAGE - 4 -

The values presented provide a degree of magnitude with respect to each barrier’s capacity. However, none of the barriers investigated can guarantee a parklet occupant will not be harmed when a vehicle hits the barrier.

We trust the information provided herein will assist you in assessing acceptable risk levels and help provide guidance in the development of your Parklet Design Standards.

If you have any questions regarding this proposal, please do not hesitate to call me directly.

_________________________________
Paul J. Schneider, QSD, QSP, P.E.

President | Managing Principal

SIEGFRIED

Attachments:

Typical Guard Rail Detail.pdf
Item 11
Attachment F -
Supplemental Planter
Analysis

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
79 Packet Pg. 272 of 1352

Item 11
Attachment F -
Supplemental Planter
Analysis

Item 11: Staff Report
Pg.
80 Packet Pg. 273 of 1352

City Council
Staff Report
From: City Manager
Report Type: CONSENT CALENDAR
Lead Department: Planning and Development Services
Meeting Date: June 3, 2024
Report #:2405-3033
TITLE
CONSENT: Adoption of an Ordinance extending the Term of Ordinance No. 5517 by an Additional 12 Months from June 16, 2024 to June 30, 2025. Ordinance 5517 Amends Title 18 (Zoning) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code to Update Definitions, Broaden Permitted Uses and Provide Limits on Certain Uses through Updates to the Conditional Use Permit Thresholds. Environmental Review:

CEQA Exemption 15061(b)(3)

RECOMMENDATION
Staff recommend the City Council adopt the attached ordinance extending the existing temporary Ordinance 5517 to June 30, 2025.

BACKGROUND
On December 12, 2022, the City Council extended Ordinance #5517 to June 16, 2024. The temporary ordinance was a response to Council direction for minor amendments to the definitions section of the zoning code and adjustments to the thresholds to determine when a conditional use permit (CUP) is required.

The purpose of the amendments was to promote retail activity and decrease commercial vacancies. Amendments were to the ‘eating and drinking’ establishments, ‘personal service’, ‘retail services’ and ‘take-out service’ definitions. The threshold for requiring a CUP increased for ‘commercial recreation’, ‘medical office’ and some ‘personal services’ uses in various commercial districts. The temporary ordinance includes the Council’s additional amendments for exceptions to the thresholds for certain uses located along University Avenue, California Avenue and Town & Country Village Shopping Center. The changes were relatively minor and reserved more significant policy recommendations to future Planning and Transportation Commission (PTC) public hearings and analysis.

Between Fall 2023 and Spring 2024, the PTC held seven study sessions to discuss a Retail Study conducted by the City’s consultant, Michael Baker International. The PTC also created an ad hoc committee that met with the consultant on four occasions. A final draft Retail Study Report was presented to the PTC on May 8, 2023, with the hope that the study’s recommendations will inform permanent changes to the City’s zoning code, modifying or replacing the provisions of Item 12
Item 12 Staff Report

Item 12: Staff Report
Pg.
1 Packet Pg. 274 of 1352

Ordinance 5517. Staff anticipate continuing work with the PTC, Council, and Council’s Retail Ad Hoc Committee on steps following the Retail Study report in the coming months. Because the final draft Retail Study Report was only recently completed, neither the PTC nor City Council have provided direction on a replacement for Ordinance no. 5517, and it is necessary to further extend that ordinance.

The first reading of the attached ordinance on June 3, 2024 Council Consent agenda would be followed by a second reading of the ordinance June 18, 2024. Staff anticipates returning to the Council in June or August for further Council direction for short- and mid-term actions.

FISCAL/RESOURCE IMPACT
There is no fiscal impact associated with this action.

STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
The consultant retail study and June 18, 2024 staff report will contain information about outreach efforts and stakeholder recommendations.

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
The project is exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) in accordance with CEQA Guidelines 15061(b)(3) in that it can be seen with certainty that ordinance will not have a significant impact on the environment. The ordinance extends an existing ordinance that made minor adjustments to land use definitions and modest changes to the thresholds for discretionary review.

ATTACHMENTS
Attachment A: Ordinance Temporarily Extending Ord 5517 Amending PAMC Ch 18.04 18.16

18.18 18.30
Attachment B: Ordinance 5517
APPROVED BY:

Jonathan Lait, Planning and Development Services Director Item 12
Item 12 Staff Report

Item 12: Staff Report
Pg.
2 Packet Pg. 275 of 1352

NOT YET ADOPTED
1 0160070_20220420_ay16
Ordinance No. ____
Ordinance of the Council of the City of Palo Alto Temporarily Extending Ordinance 5517, Amending Palo Alto Municipal Code (PAMC) Title 18 (Zoning), Chapters 18.04 (Definitions), 18.16 (Neighborhood, Community, and Service Commercial (CN, CC and CS) Districts), 18.18 (Downtown Commercial (CD) Districts) and 18.30 (A) and (C) – the Retail and Ground Floor combining districts
The Council of the City of Palo Alto does ORDAIN as follows:

SECTION 1.Findings and Declarations. The City Council finds and declares as follows:

A. On April 5, 2021 the City Council adopted Ordinance 5517 to temporarily relax certain zoning regulations in the City’s commercial zoning districts to address some of the economic challenges created by the COVID-19 pandemic and to spur economic activity.

B. The City Council directed the Planning and Transportation Commission (PTC) to review certain elements of the temporary ordinance and provide a recommendation to the City Council.

C. On March 30, 2022 the PTC recommended that the term of Ordinance 5517 be extended to allow additional time for consideration of whether the temporary relaxation of zoning regulations should remain indefinitely, and whether such regulations should be otherwise amended.

D. On May 16, 2022, the City Council adopted Ordinance 5549, extending the term of Ordinance 5517 to expire on December 16, 2022.

E. On August 31, 2022, the PTC was unable to recommend a replacement ordinance and recommended instead that the term of Ordinance 5517 be further extended.

F. On December 12, 2022, the City Council adopted Ordinance 5573, extending the term of Ordinance 5517 to expire on June 16, 2024.

G. Between Fall 2023 and Spring 2024, the PTC held seven study sessions and an ad hoc committee of the PTC met on four occasions to discuss a draft Retail Study Report that will inform permanent changes to the City’s zoning code, modifying or replacing the provisions of Ordinance 5517.

H. Because the PTC and City Council have yet to receive the final Retail Study Report and provide direction for a replacement ordinance, it is necessary to further extend Ordinance 5517.

Item 12
Attachment A - Ordinance
Temporarily Extending
Ord 5517 Amending
PAMC Ch 18.04 18.16

18.18 18.30

Item 12: Staff Report
Pg.
3 Packet Pg. 276 of 1352

NOT YET ADOPTED
2 0160070_20220420_ay16
SECTION 2.The effective date of Ordinance 5517 of the Palo Alto City Council, incorporated herein by reference, is hereby extended so that the Ordinance shall expire upon the earlier of June 30, 2025 or adoption of replacement legislation by the City Council. Upon expiration of Ordinance 5517, the City Clerk shall direct the City’s codifier to update the Palo Alto Municipal Code as appropriate.

SECTION 3. If any section, subsection, sentence, clause, or phrase of this Ordinance is for any reason held to be invalid or unconstitutional by a decision of any court of competent jurisdiction, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this Ordinance. The City Council hereby declares that it would have passed this Ordinance and each and every section, subsection, sentence, clause, or phrase not declared invalid or unconstitutional without regard to whether any portion of the ordinance would be subsequently declared invalid or unconstitutional.

SECTION 4.The Council finds that the adoption of this ordinance is exempt from the provisions of the California Environmental Quality Act pursuant to CEQA Guideline sections 15061(b)(3) because it can be seen with certainty that temporary relaxation of minor land use regulations will not have a significant, adverse impact on the environment.

SECTION 5. This ordinance shall be effective on the thirty-first date after the date of its adoption.

INTRODUCED:

PASSED:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSENT:

ABSTENTIONS:

NOT PARTICIPATING:

ATTEST:
____________________________ ____________________________ City Clerk Mayor
APPROVED AS TO FORM: APPROVED:
____________________________ ____________________________ Assistant City Attorney City Manager
____________________________
Director of Planning & Development
Services
Item 12
Attachment A - Ordinance
Temporarily Extending
Ord 5517 Amending
PAMC Ch 18.04 18.16

18.18 18.30

Item 12: Staff Report
Pg.
4 Packet Pg. 277 of 1352

1 0160034_20210330_ay16
Ordinance No. 5517

Ordinance of the Council of the City of Palo Alto Amending Palo Alto Municipal Code (PAMC) Title 18 (Zoning), Chapters 18.04 (Definitions), 18.16 (Neighborhood, Community, and Service Commercial (CN, CC and CS) Districts), 18.18 (Downtown Commercial (CD) Districts) and 18.30 (A) and (C) – the Retail and Ground Floor Combining Districts

The Council of the City of Palo Alto does ORDAIN as follows:

SECTION 1. Findings and Declarations. The City Council finds and declares as follows:

A. On March 4, 2020, California Governor Gavin Newsom declared a State of Emergency due to the threat of Coronavirus Disease 2019 (“COVID-19”).

B. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and the public health response, restaurant, retail, tourism, and hospitality business has significantly declined and the nation is experiencing a recession.

C. The City Council desires to relax certain zoning regulations in the City’s commercial zoning districts to address some of the economic challenges created by the COVID-19 pandemic and to spur economic activity.

D. The public health, safety, or welfare require that such changes to the City’s zoning regulations be enacted for a temporary period and as expediently as possible, without review by the Planning and Transportation Commission pursuant to Palo Alto Municipal Code section 18.80.090.

SECTION 2. Section 18.04.030 (Definitions) of Chapter 18.04 (Definitions) of Title 18 (Zoning) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code is amended to read as follows:

18.04.030 Definitions
(a) Throughout this title the following words and phrases shall have the meanings ascribed in this section.
[. . .]
(45) “Drive-in/drive-through service” means a feature or characteristic of a use involving sales of products or provision of services to occupants in vehicles, including drive-in or drive-up windows and drive- through services such as mechanical automobile washing, pharmacy windows, coffee stands, automatic teller machines, etc. [. . .]
DocuSign Envelope ID: 2FFD3DF9-38C6-4D8A-8AAD-4B626E119FA7 Item 12
Attachment B - Ordinance
5517

Item 12: Staff Report
Pg.
5 Packet Pg. 278 of 1352

2 0160034_20210330_ay16
(47) “Eating and drinking service” means a use providing preparation and retail sale of food and beverages with a full menu and providing indoor seating area. Eating and drinking service include presence of a full commercial kitchen and commercial dishwasher. including restaurants, fountains, cafes, coffee shops, sandwich shops, ice cream parlors, taverns, cocktail lounges and similar uses. For establishments with incidental sale alcoholic beverages, a minimum of 50% of revenues from an ‘eating and drinking service’ must be derived from the sale of food. Related definitions are provided in subsections (45) (Drive-in/drive-through service), (125)(B) (Intensive retail service) and (136) (Take-out service). [. . .]
(95) “Medical office” means a use providing consultation, diagnosis, therapeutic, preventive, or corrective personal treatment services by doctors, dentists, medical and dental laboratories, and similar practitioners of medical and healing arts for humans, licensed for such practice by the state of California. Incidental medical and/or dental research within the office is considered part of the office use, where it supports the on-site patient services. Medical office use does not include the storage or use of hazardous materials in excess of the permit quantities as defined in Title 15 of the Municipal Code. Medical gas storage or use shall be allowed up to 1,008 cubic feet per gas type and flammable liquids storage and use shall be allowed up to 20 gallons total (including waste).
(95.1) (A) “Medical research” means a use related to medical and/or dental research, testing and analysis, including but not limited to trial and clinical research. Biomedical and pharmaceutical research and development facilities are not included in this definition. Medical Research does not include the storage or use of quantities of hazardous materials above the exempt quantities listed in Title 15 of the Municipal Code nor any toxic gas regulated by Title

15. Additionally, Medical Research may include storage and use of etiological (biological) agents up to and including Risk Group 2 or Bio Safety Level 2 (Center for Disease Control). (95.2) (B) “Medical support retail” means a retail use providing sales, rental, service, or repair of medical products and services to consumers or businesses, and whose location near hospitals or medical offices facilitates the provision of medical care or medical research.

Examples of medical retail uses typically include, but are not limited to, pharmacies, sale of prosthetics, and sale of eyeglasses or other eye care products. (95.3) (C) “Medical support service” means a use providing administrative support functions for healthcare providers or facilities, intended to support the operations of hospitals or of medical and dental office uses, and whose location near those medical facilities enhances the interaction between medical providers and/or facilitates the provision of medical care or medical research. Examples of medical support service uses typically include, but are not limited to, administration and billing services, public relations, training, and fundraising.

Hospitals and ambulance services are not included in this definition. [. . .]
DocuSign Envelope ID: 2FFD3DF9-38C6-4D8A-8AAD-4B626E119FA7 Item 12
Attachment B - Ordinance
5517

Item 12: Staff Report
Pg.
6 Packet Pg. 279 of 1352

3 0160034_20210330_ay16
(114) “Personal service” means a use providing services of a personal convenience nature, and cleaning, repair or sales incidental thereto, including:
(A) Beauty shops, nail salons, day spas, and barbershops; (B) Self-service laundry and cleaning services; laundry and cleaning pick-up stations where all cleaning or servicing for the particular station is done elsewhere; and laundry and cleaning stations where the cleaning or servicing for the particular station is done on site, utilizing equipment meeting any applicable Bay Area Air Quality Management District requirements, so long as no cleaning for any other station is done on the same site, provided that the amount of hazardous materials stored does not at any time exceed the threshold which would require a permit under Title 17 (Hazardous Materials Storage) of this code; (C) Repair and fitting of clothes, shoes, and personal accessories; (D) Quick printing and copying services where printing or copying for the particular service is done on site, so long as no quick printing or copying for any off-site printing or copying service is done on the same site;
(E) Internet and other consumer electronics services; (F) Film, data and video processing shops, including shops where processing for the particular shop is done on site, so long as no processing for any other shop is done on the same site;
(G) Art, dance or music studios intended for an individual or small group of persons in a class (see “commercial recreation” for other activities); and (H) Fitness and exercise studios, or similar uses, in a space having of 1,800 5,000 square feet or fewer of gross floor area (see “commercial recreation” for uses exceeding 5,000 square feet other activities).
(I) Learning centers intended for individual or small group settings, including tutoring, standardized test preparation, language classes, after-school programs, cooking classes, and similar uses.
[. . .]
(125) “Retail service” means a use open to the public during typical business hours and predominantly engaged in providing retail sale, rental, service, processing, or repair of items primarily intended for consumer or household use.
(A) “Extensive retail service,” as used with respect to parking requirements, means a retail sales use having more than seventy-five percent of the gross floor area used for display, sales, and related storage of bulky commodities, including household furniture and appliances, lumber and building materials, carpeting and floor covering, air conditioning and heating equipment, and similar goods, which uses have demonstrably low parking demand generation per square foot of gross floor area.

DocuSign Envelope ID: 2FFD3DF9-38C6-4D8A-8AAD-4B626E119FA7 Item 12
Attachment B - Ordinance
5517

Item 12: Staff Report
Pg.
7 Packet Pg. 280 of 1352

4 0160034_20210330_ay16
(B)  “Intensive retail service” as used with respect to parking requirements, means any retail service use not defined as extensive retail service and including limited food service (i.e. ‘ready-to-eat’ food and/or beverage shops without a full commercial kitchen, where food and/or beverages are ready to consume at the time of sale and any seating area is limited; examples include sandwiches, frozen desserts, non-alcoholic beverages, and baked items). [. . .]
(136) “Take-out service” means a characteristic of an eating or drinking service which encourages, on a regular basis, consumption of food or beverages, such as prepared or prepackaged items, outside of a building, in outdoor seating areas where regular table service is not provided, in vehicles parked on the premises, or off-site. Take-out service does not include intensive retail service uses, as defined in subsection (125)(B). [. . .]
SECTION 3. Section 18.16.040 (Land Uses) of Chapter 18.16 (Neighborhood, Community, and Service Commercial (CN, CC, CS) Districts) of Title 18 (Zoning) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code is amended to read as follows:

The uses of land allowed by this chapter in each commercial zoning district are identified in the following tables. Land uses that are not listed on the tables are not allowed, except where otherwise noted. Where the last column on the following tables ("Subject to Regulations in") includes a section number, specific regulations in the referenced section also apply to the use; however, provisions in other sections may apply as well. (a) Commercial Zones and Land Uses
Permitted and conditionally permitted land uses for each commercial zone are shown in Table 1:

TABLE 1

PERMITTED AND CONDITIONALLY PERMITTED USES
P = Permitted Use CUP = Conditional Use Permit Required LAND USE CN(4) CC, CC(2) CS (4) Subject to Regulations In:

ACCESSORY AND SUPPORT
USES

Accessory facilities and activities
customarily associated with or
essential to permitted uses, and
operated incidental to the principal
use.

P P P 18.42
Drive-in services or take-out
services associated with permitted
uses(3)
CUP CUP CUP 18.42
DocuSign Envelope ID: 2FFD3DF9-38C6-4D8A-8AAD-4B626E119FA7 Item 12
Attachment B - Ordinance
5517

Item 12: Staff Report
Pg.
8 Packet Pg. 281 of 1352

5 0160034_20210330_ay16
Tire, battery, and automotive service
facilities, when operated incidental to
a permitted retail service or
shopping center having a gross floor
area of more than 30,000 square
feet.

CUP 18.42, 18.40.160
Safe Parking 18.42.160

EDUCATIONAL, RELIGIOUS, AND

ASSEMBLY USES

Business and Trade Schools P P
Churches and Religious Institutions P P P
Private Educational Facilities CUP P P
Private Clubs, Lodges, or Fraternal
Organizations

CUP P P

MANUFACTURING AND

PROCESSING USES

Recycling Centers CUP CUP CUP
Warehousing and Distribution CUP

OFFICE USES
Administrative Office Services P 18.16.050
Medical Offices CUP
(5)
CUP (5) CUP (5) 18.16.050
Professional and General Business
Offices
P P P 18.16.050

PUBLIC/QUASI-PUBLIC USES
Utility Facilities essential to provision
of utility services but excluding
construction or storage yards,
maintenance facilities, or corporation
yards.

CUP CUP CUP

RECREATION USES
Commercial Recreation CUP
(5)
CUP (5) CUP (5) 18.40.160
Outdoor Recreation Services CUP CUP CUP
DocuSign Envelope ID: 2FFD3DF9-38C6-4D8A-8AAD-4B626E119FA7 Item 12
Attachment B - Ordinance
5517

Item 12: Staff Report
Pg.
9 Packet Pg. 282 of 1352

6 0160034_20210330_ay16

RESIDENTIAL USES
Multiple-Family P(1) P(1) P(1) 18.16.060(b) and (c)
Home Occupations P P P
Residential Care Homes P P P

RETAIL USES
Eating and Drinking Services,
excluding drive-in and take-out
services
P P P 18.40.160
Retail Services, excluding liquor
stores
P P P 18.40.160
Liquor stores CUP P P 18.40.160
Shopping Centers P 18.16.060(e), 18.40.160

SERVICE USES
Ambulance Services CUP CUP CUP
Animal Care, excluding boarding
and kennels
P P P
Boarding and Kennels CUP
Automobile Service Stations CUP CUP CUP 18.30(G)
Automotive Services CUP
Convalescent Facilities CUP P P
Day Care Centers P P P 18.40.160
Small Family Day Care Homes P P P
Large Family Day Care Homes P P P
Small Adult Day Care Homes P P P
Large Adult Day Care Homes CUP P P
Banks and Financial Services V CUP P(2) P(2)
General Business Services CUP P
Hotels P P 18.16.060(d), 18.40.160
DocuSign Envelope ID: 2FFD3DF9-38C6-4D8A-8AAD-4B626E119FA7 Item 12
Attachment B - Ordinance
5517

Item 12: Staff Report
Pg.
10 Packet Pg. 283 of 1352

7 0160034_20210330_ay16
Mortuaries CUP P P
Neighborhood Business Services P 18.16.060(f)
Personal Services P P (6) P 18.16.060(f), 18.40.160
Reverse Vending Machines P P P

TEMPORARY USES
Farmer's Markets CUP CUP CUP
Temporary Parking Facilities,
provided that such facilities shall
remain no more than five years.

CUP CUP CUP

TRANSPORTATION USES
Parking as a principal use CUP CUP
Transportation Terminals CUP CUP
P = Permitted Use CUP = Conditional Use Permit Required

(1) Residential is only permitted: (i) as part of a mixed use development, pursuant to the provisions of Section 18.16.060(b), or (ii) on sites designated as housing inventory sites in the Housing Element of the Comprehensive Plan, (iii) on CN or CS sites on El Camino Real, or (iv) on CC(2) sites, all pursuant to the provisions of Section 18.16.060(b) and (c).
(2) Except drive-in services.
(3) So long as drive up facilities, excluding car washes, provide full access to pedestrians and bicyclists. A maximum of two such services shall be permitted within 1,000 feet, and each use shall not be less than 150 feet from one another.
(4) For properties in the CN and CS zone districts, businesses that operate or have associated activities at any time between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. require a conditional use permit. (5) A conditional use permit is not required for medical office or commercial recreation uses up to 5,000 square feet of gross floor area, with the following exceptions, for which a conditional use permit is always required: (A) medical office fronting on California Avenue and in the Midtown Shopping District; (B) commercial recreation uses fronting on California Avenue and in the Town and Country Village Shopping Center.
(6) A conditional use permit is required for the following uses when fronting on California Avenue: (A) Fitness or exercise studios, and similar uses exceeding 1,800 square feet in gross floor area; and (B) Learning centers intended for individual or small group settings. A conditional use permit is required for DocuSign Envelope ID: 2FFD3DF9-38C6-4D8A-8AAD-4B626E119FA7 Item 12
Attachment B - Ordinance
5517

Item 12: Staff Report
Pg.
11 Packet Pg. 284 of 1352

8 0160034_20210330_ay16
fitness or exercise studios, and similar uses exceeding 1,800 square feet in gross floor area in Town and Country Village Shopping Center.
[. . .]
SECTION 4. Section 18.16.060 (Development Standards) of Chapter 18.16 (Neighborhood, Community, and Service Commercial (CN, CC, CS) Districts) of Title 18 (Zoning) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code is amended to read as follows:

18.16.060 Development Standards
[. . .]
(f) Size of Establishments in the CN District
In the CN district, permitted commercial uses shall not exceed the floor area per individual use or business establishment shown in Table 5.  Such uses may be allowed to exceed the maximum establishment size, subject to issuance of a conditional use permit in accord with Section

18.76.010.  The maximum establishment size for any conditional use shall be established by the director and specified in the conditional use permit for such use.

TABLE 5

MAXIMUM SIZE OF ESTABLISHMENT

Type of Establishment Maximum Size (sq ft)
Personal Services 2,500 3,000
Retail services, except grocery stores 15,000
Grocery stores 20,000
Eating and drinking services 5,000
Neighborhood business services 2,500 3,000

[. . .]
(h) Outdoor Sales and Storage
(2) In the CC district and in the CC (2) district, the following regulations shall apply to outdoor sales and storage:
(A) Except in shopping centers, all permitted office and commercial activities shall be conducted within a building, except for:
(i) Incidental sales and display of plant materials and garden supplies occupying no more than 2,000 square feet of exterior sales and display area, (ii) Outdoor eating areas operated incidental to permitted eating and drinking services or intensive retail uses,
(iii) Farmers’ markets that have obtained a conditional use permit, and DocuSign Envelope ID: 2FFD3DF9-38C6-4D8A-8AAD-4B626E119FA7 Item 12
Attachment B - Ordinance
5517

Item 12: Staff Report
Pg.
12 Packet Pg. 285 of 1352

9 0160034_20210330_ay16
(iv) Recycling centers that have obtained a conditional use permit. (B) Any permitted outdoor activity in excess of 2,000 square feet shall be subject to a conditional use permit.

SECTION 5. Sections 18.18.050 (Land Uses) of Chapter 18.18 (Commercial Downtown (CD) District) of Title 18 (Zoning) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code is amended to read as follows:

18.18.050 Land Uses
The uses of land allowed by this chapter in each commercial zoning district are identified in the following table. Land uses that are not listed on the tables are not allowed, except where otherwise noted. Where the last column on the following tables ("Subject to Regulations in") includes a section number, specific regulations in the referenced section also apply to the use; however, provisions in other sections may apply as well.

Permitted and conditionally permitted land uses for the CD district are shown in Table 1:

Table 1
CD Permitted and Conditionally Permitted Uses
P Permitted Use • CUP Conditional Use Permit Required CD-C CD-S CD-N Subject to
regulations in
Chapter:

ACCESSORY USES
Accessory facilities and activities associated with or
essential to permitted uses, and operated incidental
to the principal use
P P P
Drive-in or Take-out Services associated with
permitted uses (2)

CUP CUP CUP
Tire, battery, and automotive service facilities, when
operated incidental to a permitted retail service or
shopping center having a gross floor area of more
than 30,000 square feet
CUP 18.40.160
Safe Parking 18.42.160

EDUCATIONAL, RELIGIOUS, AND ASSEMBLY
USES

Business and Trade Schools P P
Churches and Religious Institutions P P P
DocuSign Envelope ID: 2FFD3DF9-38C6-4D8A-8AAD-4B626E119FA7 Item 12
Attachment B - Ordinance
5517

Item 12: Staff Report
Pg.
13 Packet Pg. 286 of 1352

10 0160034_20210330_ay16
Private Educational Facilities P P CUP
Private Clubs, Lodges, or Fraternal Organizations P P CUP

MANUFACTURING AND PROCESSING USES
Recycling Centers CUP CUP CUP
Warehousing and Distribution CUP

OFFICE USES
Administrative Office Services P 18.18.060(f)
Medical, Professional, and General Business Offices P P P 18.18.060(f)

PUBLIC/QUASI-PUBLIC FACILITY USES
Utility Facilities essential to provision of utility
services but excluding construction or storage yards,
maintenance facilities, or corporation yards

CUP CUP

RECREATION USES
Commercial Recreation CUP
(3)
CUP
(3)
CUP
(3)

Outdoor Recreation Services CUP CUP CUP

RESIDENTIAL USES
Multiple-Family P (1) P (1) P (1) 18.18.060(b)
Home Occupations P P P
Residential Care Homes P P P

RETAIL USES
Eating and Drinking Services, except drive-in or take-
out services
P P P 18.18.060(g) , 1

8.40.160
Retail Services, excluding liquor stores P P P 18.18.060(g) , 1

8.40.160
Shopping Centers P 18.18.060(g) , 1
DocuSign Envelope ID: 2FFD3DF9-38C6-4D8A-8AAD-4B626E119FA7 Item 12
Attachment B - Ordinance
5517

Item 12: Staff Report
Pg.
14 Packet Pg. 287 of 1352

11 0160034_20210330_ay16

8.40.160
Liquor Stores P P CUP 18.40.160

SERVICE USES
Animal Care, excluding boarding and kennels P P P
Ambulance Services CUP CUP CUP 18.30(G)
Automobile Service Stations CUP CUP CUP
Automobile Services CUP
Convalescent Facilities P P CUP
Day Care Centers P P P 18.40.160
Small Family Day Care Homes P P P
Large Family Day Care Homes P P P
Small Adult Day Care Homes P P P
Large Adult Day Care Homes
Financial Services, except drive-up services P P CUP
General Business Services CUP P P
Hotels P P P 18.18.060(d) , 1

8.40.160
Mortuaries P P CUP
Personal Services P (4) P (4) P (4) 18.18.060(g) , 1

8.40.160
Reverse Vending Machines P P P

TRANSPORTATION USES
Parking as a principal use CUP CUP
Passenger Transportation Terminals CUP
DocuSign Envelope ID: 2FFD3DF9-38C6-4D8A-8AAD-4B626E119FA7 Item 12
Attachment B - Ordinance
5517

Item 12: Staff Report
Pg.
15 Packet Pg. 288 of 1352

12 0160034_20210330_ay16

TEMPORARY USES
Indoor Farmers’ Markets CUP CUP CUP
Temporary Parking Facilities, provided that such
facilities shall remain no more than five years

CUP CUP CUP
P Permitted Use CUP Conditional Use Permit Required (1) Residential is only permitted as part of a mixed use development, pursuant t o the provisions of Section 18.18.060(b), or on sites designated as Housing Opportunity Sites in the Housing Element of the Comprehensive Plan, pursuant to the provisions of Section 18.18.060(c). (2) Drive-up facilities, excluding car washes, provide full access to pedestrians and bicyclists. A maximum of two such services shall be permitted within 1,000 feet and each use shall not be less than 150 ft from one another.
(3) A conditional use permit is not required for commercial recreation uses up to 5,000 square feet of gross floor area, with the following exceptions, for which a conditional use permit is always required: (A) medical office fronting on University Avenue; (B) commercial recreation uses fronting on University Avenue.
(4) A conditional use permit is required for the following uses when fronting on University Avenue: (A) Fitness or exercise studios, and similar uses; and (B) Learning centers intended for individual or small group settings.

SECTION 6. Section 18.18.060 (Development Standards) of Chapter 18.18 (Commercial Downtown (CD) District) of Title 18 (Zoning) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code is amended to read as follows:
[. . .]
(g) Restrictions on Size of Commercial Establishments in CD-N Subdistrict In the CD-N subdistrict, permitted commercial uses shall not exceed the floor area per individual use or business establishment shown in Table 4. Such uses may be allowed to exceed the maximum establishment size, subject to the issuance of a conditional use permit in accordance with Chapter 18.76. The maximum establishment size for any conditional use shall be established by the director and specified in the conditional use permit for such use. //
//
DocuSign Envelope ID: 2FFD3DF9-38C6-4D8A-8AAD-4B626E119FA7 Item 12
Attachment B - Ordinance
5517

Item 12: Staff Report
Pg.
16 Packet Pg. 289 of 1352

13 0160034_20210330_ay16
TABLE 4

MAXIMUM SIZE OF ESTABLISHMENT

Type of Establishment Maximum Size (ft 2 )
Personal Services 2,500 3,000
Retail services, except grocery stores 15,000
Grocery stores 20,000
Eating and drinking services 5,000

(h) Outdoor Sales and Storage.

The following regulations shall apply to outdoor sales and storage in the CD district:
(1) CD-C Subdistrict
In the CD-C subdistrict, the following regulations apply:
(A) Except in shopping centers, all permitted office and commercial activities shall be conducted within a building, except for:
(i) Incidental sales and display of plant materials and garden supplies occupying no more than 2,000 square feet of exterior sales and display area, (ii) Outdoor eating areas operated incidental to permitted eating and drinking services or intensive retail uses,
(iii) Farmers' markets which have obtained a conditional use permit, and (iv) Recycling centers that have obtained a conditional use permit. (B) Any permitted outdoor activity in excess of 2,000 square feet shall be subject to a conditional use permit.
(C) Exterior storage shall be prohibited, except recycling centers which have obtained a conditional use permit.
(2) CD-S Subdistrict
In the CD-S subdistrict, outdoor sales and display of merchandise, and outdoor eating areas operated incidental to permitted eating and drinking services and intensive retail uses shall be permitted subject to the following regulations:
(A) Outdoor sales and display shall not occupy a total site area exceeding the gross building floor area on the site, except as authorized by a conditional use permit.

DocuSign Envelope ID: 2FFD3DF9-38C6-4D8A-8AAD-4B626E119FA7 Item 12
Attachment B - Ordinance
5517

Item 12: Staff Report
Pg.
17 Packet Pg. 290 of 1352

14 0160034_20210330_ay16
(B) Areas used for outdoor sales and display of motor vehicles, boats, campers, camp trailers, trailers, trailer coaches, house cars, or similar conveyances shall meet the minimum design standards applicable to off-street parking facilities with respect to paving, grading, drainage, access to public streets and alleys, safety and protective features, lighting, landscaping, and screening.
(C) Exterior storage shall be prohibited, unless screened by a solid wall or fence of between 5 and 8 feet in height.
(3) CD-N Subdistrict
In the CD-N subdistrict, all permitted office and commercial activities shall be conducted within a building, except for:
(A) Incidental sales and display of plant materials and garden supplies occupying not more than 500 square feet of exterior sales and display area, and (B) Farmers' markets that have obtained conditional use permits. [. . .]
SECTION 7. Section 18.30(A).040 (Permitted Uses) of Chapter 18.30(A) (Retail Shopping (R) Combining District Regulations) of Title 18 (Zoning) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code are amended to read as follows:

Except to the extent a conditional use permit is required pursuant to Section 18.30(A).050, the following uses shall be permitted in an R district:
(a) Eating and drinking services, except drive-in and take-out services. (b) Personal services, except the following on California Avenue: beauty shops; nail salons; barbershops; and laundry and cleaning services as defined in Section 18.04.030(114)(B); fitness or exercise studios exceeding 1,800 square feet in gross floor area; and learning centers intended for individual or small group settings.
(c) Retail services.
(d) All other uses permitted in the underlying commercial district, provided they are not located on a ground floor.

SECTION 8. Section 18.30(A).050 (Conditional Uses) of Chapter 18.30(A) (Retail Shopping (R) Combining District Regulations) of Title 18 (Zoning) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code are amended to read as follows:

The following uses may be conditionally permitted in an R district, subject to the issuance of a conditional use permit in accord with Chapter 18.76 (Permits and Approval):
(a) Financial services, except drive-in services, on a ground floor. (b) All other conditional uses allowed in the underlying commercial district provided they are not located on a ground floor.
(c) Formula retail businesses on California Avenue.

DocuSign Envelope ID: 2FFD3DF9-38C6-4D8A-8AAD-4B626E119FA7 Item 12
Attachment B - Ordinance
5517

Item 12: Staff Report
Pg.
18 Packet Pg. 291 of 1352

15 0160034_20210330_ay16
(d) Beauty shops, nail salons, and barbershops, fitness or exercise studios exceeding 1,800 square feet in gross floor area; and learning centers intended for individual or small group settings.

SECTION 9. Section 18.30(C).020 (Permitted Uses) of Chapter 18.30(C) (Ground Floor (GF) Combining District Regulations) of Title 18 (Zoning) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code are amended to read as follows:
(a) The following uses shall be permitted in the GF combining district, subject to restrictions in Section 18.40.160180:
(1) Eating and drinking;
(2) Hotels;
(3) Personal services, except for parcels with frontage on University Avenue, where uses defined in Section 18.04.030(114)(B), (G), and (H), and (I) are not permitted; (4) Retail services;
(5) Theaters;
(6) Travel agencies;
(7) Commercial Recreation up to 5,000 square feet in gross floor area, except for parcels with frontage on University Avenue;
(78) All other uses permitted in the underlying district, provided such uses are not on the ground floor.
(b) Elimination or conversion of basement space currently in retail or retail-like use or related support purposes is prohibited.
(c) Entrance, lobby, or reception areas serving non-ground floor uses may be located on the ground floor to the extent reasonably necessary, provided they do not interfere with the gound ground floor use(s), and subject to the approval of the Director.

SECTION 10. Section 18.30(C).030 (Conditional Uses) of Chapter 18.30(C) (Ground Floor (GF) Combining District Regulations) of Title 18 (Zoning) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code are amended to read as follows:
(a) The following uses may be conditionally allowed on the ground floor in the GF ground floor combining district, subject to issuance of a conditional use permit in accord with Chapter 18.76 (Permits and Approvals) and with the additional finding required by subsection (b), subject to restrictions in Section 18.40.160:
(1) Business or trade school;
(2) Commercial recreation over 5,000 square feet in gross floor area or with frontage on University Avenue;
(3) Day care;
(4) Financial services, except drive in services;
(5) General business service;
(6) Learning centers intended for individual or small group settings; DocuSign Envelope ID: 2FFD3DF9-38C6-4D8A-8AAD-4B626E119FA7 Item 12
Attachment B - Ordinance
5517

Item 12: Staff Report
Pg.
19 Packet Pg. 292 of 1352

16 0160034_20210330_ay16
(7) All other uses conditionally permitted in the applicable underlying district, provided such uses are not on the ground floor.
(b) The director may grant a conditional use permit under this section only if he or she makes the following findings in addition to the findings required by Chapter 18.76 (Permits and Approvals):
(1) The location, access or design of the ground floor space of the existing building housing the proposed use, creates exceptional or extraordinary circumstances or conditions applicable to the property involved that do not apply generally to property in the same district. (2) The proposed use will not be determined to the retail environment or the pedestrian-oriented design objectives of the GF combining district. (c) Any use conditionally permitted pursuant to this section shall be effective only during the existence of the building that created the exceptional circumstance upon which the finding set forth in subsection (b) was made.

SECTION 11. Any provision of the Palo Alto Municipal Code or appendices thereto inconsistent with the provisions of this Ordinance, to the extent of such inconsistencies and no further, is hereby repealed or modified to that extent necessary to effect the provisions of this Ordinance.

SECTION 12. If any section, subsection, sentence, clause, or phrase of this Ordinance is for any reason held to be invalid or unconstitutional by a decision of any court of competent jurisdiction, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this Ordinance. The City Council hereby declares that it would have passed this Ordinance and each and every section, subsection, sentence, clause, or phrase not declared invalid or unconstitutional without regard to whether any portion of the ordinance would be subsequently declared invalid or unconstitutional.

SECTION 13. The Council finds that the adoption of this ordinance is exempt from the provisions of the California Environmental Quality Act pursuant to CEQA Guideline sections 15061(b)(3) because it can be seen.

//

//

//

//

//

//
DocuSign Envelope ID: 2FFD3DF9-38C6-4D8A-8AAD-4B626E119FA7 Item 12
Attachment B - Ordinance
5517

Item 12: Staff Report
Pg.
20 Packet Pg. 293 of 1352

17 0160034_20210330_ay16
SECTION 14. This ordinance shall be effective on the thirty-first date after the date of its adoption and shall expire upon the earlier of June 30, 2022 or adoption of replacement legislation by the City Council. Upon expiration of this ordinance, the City Clerk shall direct the City’s codifier to update the Palo Alto Municipal Code as appropriate.

INTRODUCED: March 8, 2021
PASSED: April 12, 2021
AYES: BURT, DUBOIS, FILSETH, KOU, STONE
NOES: CORMACK, TANAKA
ABSENT:

ABSTENTIONS:

NOT PARTICIPATING:

ATTEST:

____________________________ ____________________________ City Clerk Mayor

APPROVED AS TO FORM: APPROVED:

____________________________ ____________________________ Assistant City Attorney City Manager

____________________________
Director of Planning & Development
Services
DocuSign Envelope ID: 2FFD3DF9-38C6-4D8A-8AAD-4B626E119FA7 Item 12
Attachment B - Ordinance
5517

Item 12: Staff Report
Pg.
21 Packet Pg. 294 of 1352

Certificate Of Completion
Envelope Id: 2FFD3DF938C64D8A8AAD4B626E119FA7
Status: Completed
Subject: Please DocuSign: ORD 5517 Ordinance Amending PAMC Title 18 Ch 18.04 Definitions 18.16 Neighborh...

Source Envelope:

Document Pages: 17
Signatures: 5
Envelope Originator:

Certificate Pages: 2
Initials: 0
Danielle Kang
AutoNav: Enabled
EnvelopeId Stamping: Enabled
Time Zone: (UTC-08:00) Pacific Time (US & Canada)
250 Hamilton Ave
Palo Alto , CA 94301
[email protected]
IP Address: 199.33.32.254
Record Tracking
Status: Original
4/16/2021 4:40:29 PM
Holder: Danielle Kang
[email protected]
Location: DocuSign
Security Appliance Status: Connected
Pool: StateLocal
Storage Appliance Status: Connected
Pool: City of Palo Alto
Location: DocuSign
Signer Events
Signature
Timestamp
Albert Yang
[email protected]
Assistant City Attorney
City of Palo Alto
Security Level: Email, Account Authentication
(None)
Signature Adoption: Pre-selected Style
Using IP Address: 97.113.131.147
Sent: 4/16/2021 4:45:43 PM
Viewed: 4/19/2021 10:27:07 AM
Signed: 4/19/2021 10:28:38 AM
Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure:

Not Offered via DocuSign
Jonathan Lait
[email protected]
Interim Director Planning and Community
Environment
City of Palo Alto
Security Level: Email, Account Authentication
(None)
Signature Adoption: Uploaded Signature Image
Using IP Address: 99.88.42.180
Sent: 4/19/2021 10:28:40 AM
Viewed: 4/19/2021 4:12:00 PM
Signed: 4/19/2021 4:12:27 PM
Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure:

Not Offered via DocuSign
Ed Shikada
[email protected]
Ed Shikada, City Manager
City of Palo Alto
Security Level: Email, Account Authentication
(None)
Signature Adoption: Pre-selected Style
Using IP Address: 199.33.32.254
Sent: 4/19/2021 4:12:30 PM
Viewed: 4/19/2021 5:07:55 PM
Signed: 4/19/2021 5:08:31 PM
Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure:

Not Offered via DocuSign
Tom DuBois
[email protected]
Security Level: Email, Account Authentication
(None)
Signature Adoption: Pre-selected Style
Using IP Address: 24.5.55.204
Sent: 4/19/2021 5:08:33 PM
Viewed: 4/26/2021 10:08:06 AM
Signed: 4/26/2021 10:08:30 AM
Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure:

Not Offered via DocuSign
Item 12
Attachment B - Ordinance
5517

Item 12: Staff Report
Pg.
22 Packet Pg. 295 of 1352

Signer Events
Signature
Timestamp
Beth Minor
[email protected]
City Clerk
City of Palo Alto
Security Level: Email, Account Authentication
(None)
Signature Adoption: Pre-selected Style
Using IP Address: 199.33.32.254
Sent: 4/26/2021 10:08:32 AM
Viewed: 4/26/2021 10:09:22 AM
Signed: 4/26/2021 10:09:45 AM
Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure:

Not Offered via DocuSign
In Person Signer Events
Signature
Timestamp
Editor Delivery Events
Status
Timestamp
Agent Delivery Events
Status
Timestamp
Intermediary Delivery Events
Status
Timestamp
Certified Delivery Events
Status
Timestamp
Carbon Copy Events
Status
Timestamp
Witness Events
Signature
Timestamp
Notary Events
Signature
Timestamp
Envelope Summary Events
Status
Timestamps
Envelope Sent
Hashed/Encrypted
4/16/2021 4:45:43 PM
Certified Delivered
Security Checked
4/26/2021 10:09:22 AM
Signing Complete
Security Checked
4/26/2021 10:09:45 AM
Completed
Security Checked
4/26/2021 10:09:45 AM
Payment Events
Status
Timestamps
Item 12
Attachment B - Ordinance
5517

Item 12: Staff Report
Pg.
23 Packet Pg. 296 of 1352

City Council
Staff Report
Report Type: CONSENT CALENDAR
Lead Department: City Clerk
Meeting Date: June 3, 2024
Report #:2405-3028
TITLE
SECOND READING: PUBLIC HEARING / QUASI-JUDICIAL. 800 San Antonio Road [23PLN-00010]:

Recommendation on Applicant’s Request for a Rezone from Service Commercial to Planned Community/Planned Home Zoning (PC/PHZ). The Project Includes Construction of 75 Residential Condominium Ownership Units Including 15 Below-Market Rate Units (20% of the Units) in a Five Story Building with Two Levels of Subterranean Parking. A Subdivision Map will be Required. An Addendum to the Previously Certified Environmental Impact Report for the Housing Incentive Program Expansion and 788 San Antonio Mixed Use Project (SCH # 2019090070) was Prepared. Zoning District: CS (Commercial Service). (FIRST READING: May 6, 2024 PASSED 6-1, Kou no)

BACKGROUND
This was heard by the City Council on May 6, 2024 for a first reading and was approved 6-1, Kou no. No changes were made to the ordinance; it is now before you for a second reading.

ATTACHMENTS
Attachment A - Ordinance Amending Section 18.08.040 of the Palo Alto Municipal Code (The Zoning Map)
APPROVED BY:

Mahealani Ah Yun, City Clerk
Item 13
Item 13 Staff Report

Item 13: Staff Report
Pg.
1 Packet Pg. 297 of 1352

NOT YET ADOPTED
0160140_20240417_ay16 1
Ordinance No. ____
Ordinance of the Council of the City of Palo Alto Amending Section

18.08.040 of the Palo Alto Municipal Code (The Zoning Map) to Change the Classification of Property Located a t 800-814 San Antonio Road f rom Service Commercial ( CS) to PC Planned Community Zone (PC -______) for the Construction of Multifamily Residential Units.

The Council of the City of Palo Alto does ORDAIN as follows:

SECTION 1. Findings and Declarations.
(a) On January 19, 2023, Architect Mark Donahue, on behalf of TS 800 SA, LLC (“Applicant”) submitted an application for Rezoning to Planned Community/Planned Home Zoning (PHZ) and Major Architectural Review to redevelop the 800-814 San Antonio Road site with 75 condominium residential units and 1,078 sf of commercial s pace (the “800 San Antonio Project”).
(b) Following Staff Review, the Planning and Transportation Commission (Commission) reviewed the project on June 14, 2023 and recommended the project to the Architectural Review Board.
(c) The Architectural Review Board reviewed the project on August 17, 2023 and March 7, 2024; and recommended approval of the project to the City Council. (d) The Planning and Transportation Commission reviewed the project on April 10, 2024; and recommended approval of the project to the City Council. (e) Approval of the Planned Community Project would constitute a project under the provisions of the California Environmental Quality Act of 1970, together with related state and local implementation guidelines promulgated thereunder (“CEQA”). (f) The City is the Lead Agency pursuant to Public Resources Code section 21067 as it has the principal responsibility to approve and regulate the Planned Community Project.
(g) The City, in compliance with CEQA, prepared an Environmental Impact Report (EIR) Addendum to provide an assessment of the potential environmental consequences of approving and constructing the 800 San Antonio Project. (h) The Council is the decision-making body for approval of the Planned Community Project.

Item 13
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending Section

18.08.040 of the Palo Alto
Municipal Code (The
Zoning Map)

Item 13: Staff Report
Pg.
2 Packet Pg. 298 of 1352

NOT YET ADOPTED
0160140_20240417_ay16 2
SECTION 2. Amendment of Zoning Map.

Section 18.08.040 of the Palo Alto Municipal Code, the “Zoning Map,” is hereby amended by changing the zoning of Subject Property from Service Commercial (CS) to “PC Planned Community Zone _____”.

SECTION 3. Project Description.

The Project as a whole is described in the Project Plans. With respect to the Subject Property, the project comprises the uses included in this Ordinance, depicted on the Project Plans, incorporated by reference, including the following components:
(a) Demolition of three existing commercial buildings, as described in more detail in the Project Plans, to facilitate the c onstruction of a 5-story building with 1,0 78 square feet of retail space, and 75 residential condominium units, including 15 units to be sold at below market rates (BMR) in accordance with the City’s BMR guidelines ( 6 units affordable to Very-Low Income households, 5 units affordable to Low Income households, 4 units affordable to Moderate Income households).

SECTION 4. Land Uses.
(a) The following land uses shall be permitted:
(1) Multiple family residential, subject to BMR requirements stated in the project description.
(2) Accessory Facilities and uses customarily incidental to permitted uses
(3) Home Occupations, when accessory to permitted residential uses.
(b) The following land uses shall be permitted on the ground floor, in an area neither greater nor lesser than approximately 1,078 square feet:
(1) Eating and Drinking Services, excluding drive-in and take-out services
(2) Retail Services, excluding liquor stores
(3) Personal Services
(4) Banks and Financial Services
SECTION 5. Site Development Regulations and Development Schedule. (a) Development Standards:

Item 13
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending Section

18.08.040 of the Palo Alto
Municipal Code (The
Zoning Map)

Item 13: Staff Report
Pg.
3 Packet Pg. 299 of 1352

NOT YET ADOPTED
0160140_20240417_ay16 3
Development standards for the Subject Property shall be those conforming to the Project Plans.
(b) Parking and Loading Requirements:

The Owner shall provide parking and loading as set forth in the Project Plans.
(c) Modifications to the Development Plan, Land Uses and Site Development R egulations:

Once the project has been constructed consistent with the approved Development Plan, any modifications to the exterior design of the Development Plan or any new construction not specifically permitted by the Development Plan or the site development regulat ions contained in Section 5 (a) – (b ) above shall require an amendment to this Planned Community zone. Any use not specifically permitted by this ordinance shall require an amendment to the PC ordinance.
(d) Development Schedule:

Construction of the project shall commence within two years of the effective date of this ordinance. Prior to expiration of this timeline, the Owner may seek a one year extension from the Director of Planning and Development Services. All cons truction and development of the project shall be complete within 3 years of the start of construction.

SECTION 6. Public Benefits.
(a) Public Benefits:

Development of the Project Site under the provisions of the PC Planned Community District will result in public benefits not otherwise attainable by application of the regulations of general districts or combining districts.

The public benefits provided by the Project include deed-restricted BMR units in excess of the minimum required , retail commercial space on the ground floor, and space for future expansion of bicycle and pedestrian infrastructure along San Antonio Road.
(b) Monitoring of Conditions and Public Benefits:

Not later than three (3) years following issuance of a certificate of occupancy and at least every three (3) years thereafter, the Owner shall request that the City review the for compliance with the PC district regulations and the conditions of approval for the associated development. The applicant shall provide adequate funding to reimburse Item 13
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending Section

18.08.040 of the Palo Alto
Municipal Code (The
Zoning Map)

Item 13: Staff Report
Pg.
4 Packet Pg. 300 of 1352

NOT YET ADOPTED
0160140_20240417_ay16 4
the City for these costs. If conditions or benefits are found deficient by staff, the applicant shall correct such conditions in not more than 90 days from notice by the City. If correction is not made within the prescribed timeframe, the Director of Planning and Development Services will schedule review of the project before the Planning and Transportation Commission and Council to determine appropriate remedies, fines or other actions.

SECTION 7. Environmental Review.

An Addendum to the EIR for the Housing Incentive Program (HIP) on San Antonio Road was prepared in accordance with the California Environmental Quality Act. The City Council adopted Resolution No. 9925 certifying the adequacy of the EIR and making findings, including a statement of overriding considerations.

//

//

//

//

//

//

//

Item 13
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending Section

18.08.040 of the Palo Alto
Municipal Code (The
Zoning Map)

Item 13: Staff Report
Pg.
5 Packet Pg. 301 of 1352

NOT YET ADOPTED
0160140_20240417_ay16 5
SECTION 8. Effective Date.

This ordinance shall be effective on the thirty -first day after the date of its adoption (second reading).

INTRODUCED:

PASSED:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSENT:

ABSTENTIONS:

ATTEST:

____________________________ ____________________________ City Clerk Mayor

APPROVED AS TO FORM: APPROVED:

____________________________ ____________________________ Assistant City Atorney City Manager

____________________________
Director of Planning and
Development Services

Exhibit A: Subject Property Plat and Legal Description
Item 13
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending Section

18.08.040 of the Palo Alto
Municipal Code (The
Zoning Map)

Item 13: Staff Report
Pg.
6 Packet Pg. 302 of 1352

City Council
Staff Report
Report Type: CONSENT CALENDAR
Lead Department: City Clerk
Meeting Date: June 3, 2024
Report #:2405-3027
TITLE
SECOND READING: Adoption of an Ordinance Updating Chapter 18.15 (Density Bonus) of Title 18 (Zoning) to Reflect Recent Changes in State Density Bonus Law and Revising Regulations for Provision of On‐Site Affordable Rental Units Under the City’s Inclusionary Housing Ordinance; Recommended by the Planning and Transportation Commission March 13, 2024. CEQA Status:

Exempt under CEQA Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3). (FIRST READING: May 6, 2024 PASSED 7-0)

BACKGROUND
This was heard by the City Council on May 6, 2024 for a first reading and was approved 7-0. No changes were made to the ordinance; it is now before you for a second reading.

ATTACHMENTS
Attachment A - Draft Ordinance Amending PAMC Chapter 18.15 and Updating Rental Alternative Regulations
APPROVED BY:

Mahealani Ah Yun, City Clerk
Item 14
Item 14 Staff Report

Item 14: Staff Report
Pg.
1 Packet Pg. 303 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
1 0160139_20240416_ay16
Ordinance No. _____

Ordinance of the Council of the City of Palo Alto Amending Chapter 18.15 (Density Bonus) of Title 18 (Zoning) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code to Incorporate Changes in State Density Bonus Law and Revising

SECTION 1. Findings and Declarations. The City Council finds and declares as follows:

A. On October 11, 2023, the Governor approved AB 1287, which substantially revised the provisions of State Density Bonus law (Government Code Section 65915), which requires a city to provide a developer that proposes a housing development within the jurisdictional boundaries of that city with a density bonus and other incentives or concessions for the production of lower income housing units, or for the donation of land within the development, if the developer agrees to construct a specified percentage of units for very low income, low- income, or moderate-income households or qualifying residents and meets other requirements.

B. In 2023 and previous years, the Governor has approve d additional revisions to State Density Bonus Law, including AB 323, SB 713, AB 682, AB 2334, SB 290, and SB 728.

C. The City Council is therefore updating Chapter 18.15 (Density Bonus) of Title 18 (Zoning) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code to incorporate these revisions in state law.

SECTION 2. Chapter 18.15 (Density Bonus) of Title 18 (Zoning) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code is amended to read as follows [additions are underlined and deletions struck-through].

18.15.010 Purpose and Applicability
(a) The purpose of this chapter is to:
(a1) Comply with the state density bonus law under California Government Code s Section 65915. To the extent this chapter conflicts with California Government Code Section 65915, the provisions of Section 65915 shall prevail. (b2) Establish procedures fo r implementing state density bonus requirements as set forth in California Government Code Section 65915, as amended. (c3) Facilitate the development of affordable housing consistent with the goals, objectives, and policies of the City’s Comprehensive Plan Housing Element. (b) This chapter applies to all development applications, as defined herein, except:
(1) Developments proposed in conjunction with a rezoning to the Planned Community zone district, which shall be entitled to densities and specific development plans Item 14
Attachment A - Draft
Ordinance Amending
PAMC Chapter 18.15 and
Updating Rental
Alternative Regulations

Item 14: Staff Report
Pg.
2 Packet Pg. 304 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
2 0160139_20240416_ay16
approved as part of the rezoning and shall not be entitled to a density bonus in addition to the units entitled by the rezone.
(2) Developments proposed in conjunction with a development agreement, pursuant to Government Code section 65864- 65869.5, where the development agreement specifies the densities and/or development standards permitted thereunder. (c) Utilization of the benefits afforded by this chapter will preclude an applicant from taking advantage of some local alternatives to state density bonus law, such as the Housing Incentive Program or El Camino Real Focus Area standards set forth in Chapter 18.14.

18.15.020 Definitions
Whenever the following terms are used in this chapter, they shall have the meaning established by this section. To the extent these terms are defined in California Government Code Section 65915, the definitions provided therein shall govern and the following definitions are provided for convenience only:
(a) “Affordable rent” means monthly rent, including a reasonable allowance for utilities and all fees for housing services, for rental restricted affordable units reserved for very low or lower income households, as further defined in the California Health and Safety Code Section 50053. that does not exceed the following:
(i) Very low income: 50% of the area median income for Santa Clara County, adjusted for presumed household size, multiplied by 30% and divided by 12. (ii) Lower income: 60% of the area median income for Santa Clara County, adjusted for presumed household size, multiplied by 30% and divided by 12. (b) “Affordable sales price” means the maximum sales price at which very low, lower and moderate income households can qualify for the purchase of restricted affordable units as set forth in the City of Palo Alto’s Below Market Rate Housing Program. The sales price sh all be considered affordable only if it is based on a reasonable down payment, and monthly housing payments (including interest, principal, mortgage insurance, property taxes and assessments, fire and casualty insurance, homeowners association fees, proper ty maintenance and repairs, and a reasonable allowance for utilities), all as determined by the city, that are equal to or less than the monthly housing costs provided in Health and Safety Code Section 50052.5:
(i) Very low income: 50% of the area median income for Santa Clara County, adjusted for presumed household size, multiplied by 30% and divided by 12. (ii) Lower income: 80% of the area median income for Santa Clara County, adjusted for presumed household size, multiplied by 30% and divided by 12. (iii) Moderate income: 120% of the area median income for Santa Clara County, adjusted for presumed household size, multiplied by 30% and divided by 12.

Item 14
Attachment A - Draft
Ordinance Amending
PAMC Chapter 18.15 and
Updating Rental
Alternative Regulations

Item 14: Staff Report
Pg.
3 Packet Pg. 305 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
3 0160139_20240416_ay16
(c) “Applicant” means any person, firm, partnership, association, joint venture, corporation, or any entity or combination of entities who seeks development permits or approvals from the City of Palo Alto.
(d) “Approval authority” means the person or body that is authorized to approve a development as specified in the City of Palo Alto Municipal Code. Approval Authority shall also include recommending bodies such as the Architectural Review Board and the Planning and Transportation Commission.
(e) “Below market rate housing program” means Chapter 18.14 16.65 of the Palo Alto Municipal Code and the Administrative Guidelines adopted thereunder for the below market rate program.
(f) “Child care facility” means a child day care facility other than a family day care home, including, but not limited to, infant centers, preschools, extended day care facilities, and school age child care centers.
(g) “Concession or incentive” as used interchangeably means such regulatory concessions as specified in Government Code Section 65915(k) to include:
(i) (1) A reduction of site development standards or architectural design requirements which exceed the minimum applicable building standards approved by the State Building Standards Commission pursuant to Part 2.5 (commencing with Section 18901) of Division 13 of the Health and Safety Code, including, but not limited to, a reduction in setback, coverage, and/or parking requirements which result in identifiable , financially sufficient and actual cost reductions;
(ii) (2) Allowing mixed use development in conjunction with the proposed residential development, if nonresidential land uses will reduce the cost of the residential project and the nonresidential land uses are compatible with the residential project and existing or planned development in the area where the development will be located; and (iii) (3) Other regulatory concessions proposed by the applicant or the city which result in identifiable financially sufficient, and actual cost reductions. (h) “Density bonus” means a density increase , granted pursuant to Government Code Section 65915 and this ordinance , over the otherwise maximum allowable gross residential density as of the date of application granted pursuant to Government Code Section 65915 and this ordinance, or, if elected by the applicant, a lesser percentage of density increase, including, but not limited to, no increase in density.
(i) “Density bonus units” means those dwelling units granted pursuant to the provisions of this chapter which exceed the otherwise maximum allowable gross residential density for the development site.”
(j) “Development” means all developments pursuant to a single application proposal to construct or place five (5) or more additional dwelling units on a lot or contiguous lots including, without limitation, a planned unit development, site plan, subdivision, or conversion Item 14
Attachment A - Draft
Ordinance Amending
PAMC Chapter 18.15 and
Updating Rental
Alternative Regulations

Item 14: Staff Report
Pg.
4 Packet Pg. 306 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
4 0160139_20240416_ay16
of a non- residential building to dwelling units , or substantial rehabilitation of an existing multifamily building where the result of the rehabilitation would be a net increase in available residential units.
(k) “Development standard” means a site or construction condition, other than a control on maximum density, such as a height limitation, a setback, or a floor-area ratio, an onsite open- space requirement, a minimum lot area per unit requirement, or a parking ratio that applies to a development pursuant to any ordinance, general plan element, specific plan, charter, or other city condition, law, policy, resolution, or regulation , including regulations enacted by the electorate exercising the local initiative or referendum power. In zones lacking a dwelling-units- per-acre standard, Floor Area Ratio or FAR acts as a limitation on density and is therefore no t considered a development standard subject to wa iver, incentive, or concession . A “site and construction condition” is a development regulation or law that specifies the physical development of a site and buildings on the site in a development. (l) “Discretionary permit” means any permit issued for the development which requires the exercise of judgment or deliberation from the Approval Authority, including but not limited to conditional use permits, variances, site plans, design review, planned development permits, general and specific plan approvals and amendments, zoning amendments, and tentative and parcel maps.
(m) “Lower, very low, or moderate income” means annual income of a household that does not exceed the maximum income limits for the income category, as adjusted for household size, applicable to Santa Clara County, as published and periodically updated by the State Department of Housing and Community Development pursuant to Sections 50079.5, 50105, or 50093 of the California Health and Safety Code.
(n) "Lower income student" means a student who has a household income and asset level that does not exceed the level for Cal Grant A or Cal Grant B award recipients as set forth in Section 69432.7(k) of the Education Code. The eligibility of a unit for lower income students under this section shall be verified by an affidavit, award letter, or letter of eligibility provided by the institution of higher education in which the student is enrolled or by the California Student Aid Commission t hat the student receives or is eligible for financial aid, including an institutional grant or fee waiver from the college or university, the California Student Aid Commission, or the federal government.
(o) "Major transit stop" has the same meaning as defined in subdivision (b) of Section 21155 of the California Public Resources Code.
(1) “Located within one -half mile of a major transit stop” means that any point on a proposed development is within one -half mile of any point on the property on which a major transit stop is located, including any parking lot owned by the transit authority or other local agency operating the major transit stop.
(n p) “Maximum allowable residential density” or “base density” means the maximum greatest number of dwelling units permitted in the development by the city’s Comprehensive Item 14
Attachment A - Draft
Ordinance Amending
PAMC Chapter 18.15 and
Updating Rental
Alternative Regulations

Item 14: Staff Report
Pg.
5 Packet Pg. 307 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
5 0160139_20240416_ay16
Plan Land Use Element, a specific plan, an area plan, or and Zoning Ordinance at the time of application, excluding the provisions of this chapter. If a range of density is permitted, the greatest number of units allowed by the specific zoning range, specific plan, or Comprehensive Plan Land Use Element shall apply. If the maximum density allowed by the zoning ordinance is inconsistent with the density allowed by the land use element of the city’s Comprehensive Plan, the land use element density shall prevail. However, if the applicable zoning ordinance, specific plan, or land use element does not provide a dwelling -units-per-acre standard for density, then the maximum allowable residential density shall be calculated by:
(1) Estimating the realistic development capacity of the site based on the objective development standards applicable to the project, including, but not limited to, floor area ratio, site coverage, maximum building height and number of stories, building setbacks and stepbacks, public and private open -space requirements, minimum percentage or square footage of any nonresidential component, and parking requirements, unless not required for the base project. Parkin g requirements shall include considerations regarding number of spaces, location, design, type, and circulation. A developer may provide a base density study and the local agency shall accept it, provided that it includes all applicable objective development standards. (2) Maintaining the same average unit size and other project details relevant to the base density study, excepting those that may be modified by waiver or concession to accommodate the bonus units, in the proposed project as in the study. (oq) “Non-restricted unit” means all dwelling units within a development excluding the restricted affordable units.
(p r) “Qualifying mobilehome park” means a mobilehome park that limits residency based on age requirements for housing older persons purs uant to Section 798.76 and 799.5 of the Civil Code.
(q s) “Qualifying resident” means senior citizens or other persons eligible to reside in a senior citizen housing development or qualifying mobilehome park. (r t) “Regulatory agreement” means a recorded and legally binding agreement between an applicant and the city to ensure that the requirements of this chapter are satisfied. The regulatory agreement, among other things, shall establish: the number of restricted affordable units, their size, location, terms and conditions of affordability, and production schedule. (s u) “Replace” means either of the following:
(I 1) If any dwelling units described in Section 18.15.030(i) are occupied on the date that the application is submitted to the City, the proposed housing development shall provide at least the s ame number of units of equivalent size to be made available at affordable rent or affordable housing cost to, and occupied by, persons and families in the same or lower income category as those households in occupancy. For unoccupied dwelling units described in Section 18.15.030(i) in a development with occupied units, the proposed housing development shall provide units of equivalent size or type , or Item 14
Attachment A - Draft
Ordinance Amending
PAMC Chapter 18.15 and
Updating Rental
Alternative Regulations

Item 14: Staff Report
Pg.
6 Packet Pg. 308 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
6 0160139_20240416_ay16
both, to be made available at affordable rent or affordable housing cost to, and occupied by, persons and families in the same or lower income category as the last household in occupancy in the same proportion of affordability as the occupied units . If the income category of the (last) household in occupancy is not known, it shall be rebuttably presumed that lower income renter households occupied these units in the same proportion of lower income renter households to all renter households within the jurisdiction, as determined by the most recently available data from the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development’s Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy database. All replacement calculations resulting in fractional units shall be rounded up to the next whole number. If the replacement units will be rental dwelling units, these units shall be subject to a recorded affordability restriction for at least 55 years. If the proposed development is for -sale units, the units replaced shall be subject to California Government Code Section 65915(c)(2) . For purposes of this subsection (s) of Section 18.15.020, “equivalent size” means that the replacement units contain at least the same total number of bedrooms as the units being replaced. (ii2) If all dwelling units described in Section 18.15.030(i) have been vacated or demolished within the five-year period preceding the application, the proposed housing development shall provide at least the same number of units of equivalent size, as existed at the highpoint of thos e units in the five -year period preceding the application to be made available at affordable rent or affordable housing cost to, and occupied by, persons and families in the same or lower income category as those persons and families in occupancy at that time, if known. If the incomes of the persons and families in occupancy at the highpoint is not known, it shall be rebuttably presumed that low- income and very low income renter households occupied these units in the same proportion of low -income and very l ow income renter households to all renter households within the jurisdiction, as determined by the most recently available data from the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development’s Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy database. , then one-half of the required units shall be made available at affordable rent or affordable housing cost to, and occupied by, very low income persons and families and one -half of the required units shall be made available for rent at affordable housing costs to, and occupied by, low - income persons and families . All replacement calculations resulting in fractional units shall be rounded up to the next whole number. If the replacement units will be rental dwelling units, these units shall be subject to a recorded affordability restriction for at least 55 years. If the proposed development is for -sale units, the units replaced shall be subject to California Government Code Section 65915(c)(2). (t v) “Restricted affordable unit” means a dwelling unit within a development which will be available at an affordable rent or affordable sales price for sale or rent to very low, lower or moderate income households.
(u w) “Senior citizen housing development” means a Development consistent with the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (Government Code Section 12900 et. seq., including 12955.9 in particular), which has been “designed to meet the physical and social Item 14
Attachment A - Draft
Ordinance Amending
PAMC Chapter 18.15 and
Updating Rental
Alternative Regulations

Item 14: Staff Report
Pg.
7 Packet Pg. 309 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
7 0160139_20240416_ay16
needs of senior citizens,” and which otherwise qualifies as “housing for older persons” as that phrase is used in the federal Fair Housing Amendments Act of 1988 (P.L. 100 -430) and implementing regulations (24 CFR, part 100, subpart E), and as that phrase is these phrases are used in California Civil Code Sections 51.2, and 51.3, and 51.12. (x)“Shared housing building” means a residential or mixed -use structure, with five or more shared housing units and one or more common kitchens and dining areas designed for permanent residence of more than 30 days by its tenants. The kitchens and dining areas within the shared housing building shall be able to adequately accommodate all residents. If a local ordinance further restricts the attributes of a shared housing building beyond the requirements established in this section, the local definition shall apply to the extent that it does not conflict with the requirements of this section.
(y) “Total units” or “total dwelling units” means a calculation of the number of units that:
(1) Excludes a unit added by a density bonus awarded pursuant to this section or any local law granting a greater density bonus.
(2) Includes a unit designated to satisfy an inclusionary zoning requirement of a city, county, or city and county.

For purposes of calculating a density bonus granted pursuant to this section for a share d housing building, “unit” means one shared housing unit and its pro rata share of associated common area facilities.
(z) “Very low vehicle travel area” means an urbanized area, as designated by the United States Census Bureau, where the existing reside ntial development generates vehicle miles traveled per capita that is below 85 percent of either regional vehicle miles traveled per capita or city vehicle miles traveled per capita. For purposes of this paragraph, “area” may include a travel analysis zone , hexagon, or grid. For the purposes of determining “regional vehicle miles traveled per capita” pursuant to this paragraph, a “region” is the entirety of incorporated and unincorporated areas governed by a multicounty or single -county metropolitan plannin g organization, or the entirety of the incorporated and unincorporated areas of an individual county that is not part of a metropolitan planning organization.

18.15.030 Density Bonuses
This section describes the density bonuses that will be provided, at the request of an applicant, when that applicant provides restricted affordable units as described below. (a) The city shall grant a twenty percent (20%) density bonus when an applicant for a development of five (5) or more dwelling units seeks and agrees to construct at least any one of the following in accordance with the requirements of this Section and Government Code Section 65915:
(I 1) A rental or for -sale development , including a shared housing building, that provides at At least ten percent (10%) of the total dwelling units of the development as restricted affordable units affordable to lower income households. Between ten and Item 14
Attachment A - Draft
Ordinance Amending
PAMC Chapter 18.15 and
Updating Rental
Alternative Regulations

Item 14: Staff Report
Pg.
8 Packet Pg. 310 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
8 0160139_20240416_ay16
twenty percent (10 -20%), f For each one percent (1%) increase in the percentage of restricted lower income units up to twenty percent ( 20%) of total units, a development will receive an additional one and one-half percent (1.5%) density bonus up to thirty-five percent (35%) density bonus of the maximum residential density . For each one percent (1%) increase in the percentage of restricted lower income units exceeding twenty percent (20%) of total units , a development will receive an additional three and three - quarters percent (3.75%) density bonus up to fifty percent (50%) density bonus of the maximum residential density; or
(ii 2) A rental or for- sale development , including a shared housing building, that provides at At least five percent (5%) of the total dwelling units of the development as restricted affordable units affordable to very low income households. Between five and eleven percent (5 -11%), f For each one percent (1%) increase in the percentage of restricted ve ry low income units up to eleven percent (11%) of total units , a development will receive an additional two and one -half percent (2.5%) density bonus up to thirty -five percent (35%) density bonus of the maximum residential density . For each one percent (1%) increase in the percentage of restricted very low income units exceeding eleven percent (11%) of total units , a development will receive an additional three and three -quarters percent (3.75%) density bonus up to fifty percent (50%) density bonusof the maximum residential density; or
(iii 3) A senior citizen housing development; or
(iv 4) A qualifying mobilehome park; or
(v 5) At least ten percent (10%) of the total dwelling units of the development for transitional foster youth, as defined in Section 66025.9 of the Education Code, disabled veterans, as defined in Section 18541 of the Government Code, or homeless persons, as defined in the federal McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. Sec. 11301 et seq.). The units described in this subsection shall be subject to a recorded affordability restriction of 55 years and shall be provided at the same affordability level as very low income units.
(b) The city shall grant a five percent (5%) density bonus when an applicant for a development of five (5) or more additional dwelling units seeks and agrees to construct a development, in accordance with the requirements of this Section and Government Code Section 65915, in which at least 10 percent (10%) of the total dwelling units of a housing development are sold to persons and families of low or moderate income households, provided that all dwelling units in the developm ent are offered to the public for purchase. For each one percent (1%) increase in the percentage of restricted moderate income units between ten and forty percent (10-40%) of total units, a development will receive an additional one percent (1%) density bo nus up to thirty -five percent (35%) density bonus of the maximum residential density. For each one percent (1%) increase in the percentage of total dwelling units restricted for moderate income households exceeding forty percent (40%), a development will r eceive an additional three and three -quarters percent (3.75%) density bonus up to fifty percent (50%) of the maximum residential density.

Item 14
Attachment A - Draft
Ordinance Amending
PAMC Chapter 18.15 and
Updating Rental
Alternative Regulations

Item 14: Staff Report
Pg.
9 Packet Pg. 311 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
9 0160139_20240416_ay16
(c) The city shall grant a thirty -five percent (35%) density bonus when an applicant for a student housing development of five (5) or more additional dwelling units seeks and agrees to construct in accordance with the requirements of this section and Government Code Section 65915:
(i 1) At least twenty percent (20%) of the total dwelling units will be restricted and used for lower income students.
(ii 2) For purposes of calculating a density bonus granted pursuant to this subparagraph, the term "un it" as used in this subparagraph means one rental bed and its pro rata share of the associated common area facilities. The units described in this subparagraph shall be subject to an affordability restriction of 55 years. (iii 3) All units will be used e xclusively for undergraduate, graduate, or professional students enrolled full time at an institution of higher education accredited by the Western Association of Schools and Colleges or the Accrediting Commission for Community and Junior Colleges.
(iv 4) The applicant submits evidence that the applicant entered into an operating agreement or master lease with one or more institutions of higher education for the institution(s) to occupy all units of the student housing development with students from that institution(s).
(v 5) The rent provided in the applicable units of the development for lower income students shall be calculated at thirty percent (30%) of sixty -five percent (65%) of the area median income for Santa Clara County for a single-room occupancy unit type. (vi 6) The applicant will provide priority for the applicable affordable units for lower income students experiencing homelessness. A homeless service provider, as defined in paragraph (3) of subdivision (e) of Section 103577 of the Heal th and Safety Code, or institution of higher education that has knowledge of a person's homeless status may verify a person's status as homeless for purposes of this subclause. (d) The city shall grant a n eighty percent (80%) density bonus to a develo pment if the following criteria apply: one hundred percent (100%) of all units in the development, including total units and density bonus units, but exclusive of manager's unit or units, are for lower income households, as defined by Section 50079.5 of the Health and Safety Code, except that twenty percent (20%) of the units in the development, including total units and density bonus units, may be for moderate -income households, as defined in Section 50053 of the Health and Safety Code. For rental units, rents shall be restricted as set forth in Government Code section 65915(c)(1)(B)(ii). The city will not impose any maximum controls on density if either of the following apply:
(i 1) Except as otherwise provided in clause (ii), the city will grant a density bonus of eighty percent (80%) of the number of units for lower income household s The housing development is located in a very low vehicle travel area within a designated county.

Item 14
Attachment A - Draft
Ordinance Amending
PAMC Chapter 18.15 and
Updating Rental
Alternative Regulations

Item 14: Staff Report
Pg.
10 Packet Pg. 312 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
10 0160139_20240416_ay16
(ii 2) If the The development is located within one -half mile of a major transit stop, the city will not impose any maximum controls on density.
(e) When calculating the number of permitted density bonus units, any fractions of units shall be rounded to the next highest number Each component of any density calculation, including base density and bonus density, resulting in fractional units shall be separately rounded up to the next whole number. An applicant may elect to receive a density bonus that is less than the amount permitted by this section; however, the city shall not be required to similarly reduce the number of restricted affordable units required to be dedicated pursuant to this section and Government Code Section 65915(b).
(f) Each development is entitled to only one density bonus, which shall be selected by the applicant based on the percentage of very low , low, or moderate -income restricted affordable units, lower income restricted affordable units, or moderate income restricted affordable units , or the development’s status as a senior citizen housing development or qualifying mobilehome park, or the development's provision of restricted affordable units for transitional foster youth, disabled veterans , lower income students, or homeless persons. Density bonuses from more than one category may not be combined. Except as provided for in 18.15.030(d) and 18.15.035, in no case shall a development be entitled to a density bonus of more than fifty percent (50%). (g) The density bonus units shall not be included when determining the number of restricted affordable units required to qualify for a density bonus. When calculating the required number of restricted affordable units, any resulting decimal or fraction shall be rounded to the next larger integer.
(h) Any restricted affordable unit provided pursuant to the city’s below market rate housing program shall be included when determining the number of restricted affordable units required to qualify for a density bonus or other entitlement under this chapter. However, the payment of a housing impact or in lieu fee shall not qualify for a density bonus or other entitlement under this chapter.
(i) An applicant (or project) shall be ineligible for a density bonus or any other incentives or concessions under this chapter if the housing development is proposed on any property that includes a parcel or parcels on which rental dwelling uni ts are located or, if the dwelling units have been vacated or demolished in the five -year period preceding the application, have been subject to a recorded covenant, ordinance, or law that restricts rents to levels affordable to persons and families of low er or very low income; subject to any other form of rent or price control through the City’s valid exercise of its police power; or occupied by lower or very low income households, unless the proposed housing development replaces those units, and either of the following applies:
(i 1) The proposed housing development, inclusive of the units replaced pursuant to this paragraph, contains affordable units at the percentages set forth in Section 18.15.030.

Item 14
Attachment A - Draft
Ordinance Amending
PAMC Chapter 18.15 and
Updating Rental
Alternative Regulations

Item 14: Staff Report
Pg.
11 Packet Pg. 313 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
11 0160139_20240416_ay16
(ii 2) Each unit in the development, exclusive of a manager’s unit or units, is affordable to, and occupied by, either a lower or very low income household. (j) Certain other types of develo pment activities are specifically eligible for a density bonus pursuant to state law:
(i 1) A development may be eligible for a density bonus in return for land donation pursuant to the requirements set forth in Government Code Section 65915(g). (ii 2) A condominium conversion may be eligible for a density bonus or concession pursuant to the requirements set forth in Government Code Section 65915.5. (iii 3) An applicant for a commercial development who has entered into an agreement for partnered housing may be eligible for a density bonus pursuant to the requirements set forth in Government Code Section 65915.7.
(k) As provided in Section 18.15.080(c), development proposed with rezoning to the Planned Community zone district are entitled to densities approved as part of the rezoning and shall not be entitled to a density bonus in addition to the units entitled by the rezone. (l k) Notwithstanding any provision of this chapter, all developments must satisfy all applicable requirements of the city’s Below Market Rate Housing Program in Chapter 16.65, which may impose requirements for restricted affordable units in addition to those required to receive a density bonus or concessions.
(l) For sites where Title 18 , a Specific Plan, or the C omprehensive Plan do not expressly prescribe a maximum number of dwelling units per acre and FAR therefore acts as the limitation on density , the base density shall be calculated by estimating the realistic development capacity, as described in Section 18. 15.020(p). In such circumstances, the density bonus shall be granted as additional floor area in proportion to the number of bonus units proposed. The Director of Planning and Development Services may issue additional guidance on the application of this section.

Table 1 summarizes the density bonus provisions described in this Section.

Table 1
Density Bonus Summary Table
Restricted
Affordable
Units (RAUs)
or Category
Minimum
Percentage of
RAUs
Percentage of
Density Bonus
Granted
Additional
Bonus for
Each 1%
Increase in
RAUs
Percentage of
RAUs Required
for 35%
Density Bonus
Percentage of
RAUs Required
for Maximum
50% Density
Bonus
Very Low
Income
5% 20% 2.50%
(3.75% bonus
11% 15%
Item 14
Attachment A - Draft
Ordinance Amending
PAMC Chapter 18.15 and
Updating Rental
Alternative Regulations

Item 14: Staff Report
Pg.
12 Packet Pg. 314 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
12 0160139_20240416_ay16
for increases
above 11%
RAU)
Lower Income 10% 20% 1.50%
(3.75% bonus
for increases
above 20%
RAU)
20% 24%
Moderate
Income
10% 5% 1%
(3.75% bonus
for increases
above 40%
RAU)
40% 44%
Lower Income
Student
Housing
20% 35% ----- ----- -----
Senior Citizen
Housing
100% 20% ------ ------ ------
Qualifying
Mobile Park
100% 20% ------ ------ ------
100%
Affordable
Units
100% 80% (or no
maximum
density)
----- ----- -----

Note: A density bonus may be selected from only one category.

18.15.035 Additional Density Bonus
(a) Provided that the resulting housing development would not restrict more than 50 percent of the total units to moderate -income, lower income, or very low income households, the city shall grant one additional density bonus calculated pursuant to parag raph ( b) when an applicant proposes to construct a housing development that conforms to the requirements of section 18.15.030, agrees to include additional rental or for -sale units affordable to very low income households or moderate income households, and meets any of the following requirements:
(1) The housing development conforms to Section 18.15.030(a)(1) and provides twenty - four percent (24%) of the total units for lower income households.

Item 14
Attachment A - Draft
Ordinance Amending
PAMC Chapter 18.15 and
Updating Rental
Alternative Regulations

Item 14: Staff Report
Pg.
13 Packet Pg. 315 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
13 0160139_20240416_ay16
(2) The housing development conforms to Section 18.15.03 0(a)(2) and provides fifteen percent (15%) of the total units for very low income households. (3) The housing development conforms to Section 18.15.030(b) and provides forty -four percent (44%) of the total units for moderate income households. (b) The additional density bonus granted under this Section shall be calculated as follows:

Table 2
Additional Density Bonus
Percentage Very Low
Income Units
Percentage Density
Bonus
Percentage Moderate
Income Units
Percentage Density
Bonus
5 20 5 20
6 23.75 6 22.5
7 27.5 7 25
8 31.25 8 27.5
9 35 9 30
10 38.75 10 32.5
11 35
12 38.75
13 42.5
14 46.25
15 50

18.15.040 Development Standards for Affordable Units (a) Restricted affordable units shall be constructed concurrently with non -restricted units unless both the city and the applicant agree within the regulatory agreement to an alternative schedule for development.
(b) Moderate income restricted affordable units shall remain restricted and affordable to the designated inco me group for a minimum period of 55 years (or a longer period of time if required by the construction or mortgage financing assistance program, mortgage insurance program, or rental subsidy program). Very low and lower restricted affordable units shall remain restricted and affordable to the designated income group for a period of 55 years for both rental and for -sale units (or a longer period of time if required by a construction or mortgage financing assistance program, mortgage insurance program, or rent al subsidy program).

Item 14
Attachment A - Draft
Ordinance Amending
PAMC Chapter 18.15 and
Updating Rental
Alternative Regulations

Item 14: Staff Report
Pg.
14 Packet Pg. 316 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
14 0160139_20240416_ay16
(c) In determining the maximum affordable rent or affordable sales price of restricted affordable units, the presumed household size as set forth in the city’s Below Market Rate Housing Program shall be used, unless the developmen t is subject to different assumptions imposed by other governmental regulations.
(d) Restricted affordable units shall be built on- site and be dispersed within the development, except as permitted in the city’s Below Market Rate Housing Program guidelines in subsection (e) of this section. The number of bedrooms of the restricted affordable units shall be equivalent to the bedroom mix of the non- restricted units in the development; except that the applicant may include a higher proportion of restricted affordable units with more bedrooms. The design, square footage, appearance and general quality of the restricted affordable units shall be compatible with the design of the non- restricted units in the development. The development shall comply with all applicable development standards, except those which may be modified as provided by this chapter. (e) A regulatory agreement, as described in Section 18.15.100, shall be made a condition of the discretionary permits for all developments pursuant to this chapter. The regulatory agreement shall be recorded as a restriction on the development. The regulatory agreement shall be consistent with the city’s Below Market Rate Housing Program guidelines.

18.15.050 Development Concessions and Incentives
This section includes provisions for providing concessions or incentives pursuant to Government Code Section 65915.
(a) By right parking incentives. Upon request by the applicant, a development that is eligible for a density bonus may provide parking as provided in this subsection (a), consistent with Government Code Section 65915(p), inclusive of parking for persons with a disability and guests:
(i 1) Zero to one bedroom unit: one on-site parking space; (ii 2) Two to three bedroom unit: one and one-half on-site parking spaces; (iii 3) Four or more bedroom unit: two and one-half parking spaces.

If the total number of spaces required results in a fractional number, it shall be rounded up to the next whole number. For purposes of this sub section, this parking may be provided through tandem parking or uncovered parking, but not through on-street parking. (b) Additional parking incentives for transit oriented project. (i 1) For purposes of this subdivision, a development shall have un obstructed access to a major transit stop if a resident is able to access the major transit stop without encountering natural or constructed impediments. For purposes of this subdivision, "natural or constructed impediments" includes, but is not limited to , freeways, rivers, mountains, and bodies of water, but does not include residential structures, shopping centers, parking lots, or rails used for transit.

Item 14
Attachment A - Draft
Ordinance Amending
PAMC Chapter 18.15 and
Updating Rental
Alternative Regulations

Item 14: Staff Report
Pg.
15 Packet Pg. 317 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
15 0160139_20240416_ay16
(A) Notwithstanding subdivision (a) above, if a development includes at least twenty percent (20%) of low-income or at least eleven percent (11%) of very low income units provided for in section 18.15.030(a)( i 1) or (ii 2), or at least forty percent (40%) moderate -income units provided for in section 18.15.030(b), and is located within one -half mile of a major transit stop, as defined in subdivision (o) of Section 65915 of the Government Code, and there is unobstructed access to the major transit stop from the development, then, upon request of the applicant, the city shall not impose a vehicular parkin g ratio, inclusive of parking for persons with a disability and guests, that exceeds 0.5 spaces per unit. (ii 2) Notwithstanding subdivision (a) above, if a development consists solely of rental units, exclusive of a manager’s unit, with an affordable ho using cost to lower income families, as provided in Section 50052.5 of the Health and Safety Code, then, upon the request of the applicant, the city shall not impose vehicular parking standards if the development meets one of the following criteria:
(A) The development is located within one -half mile of a major transit stop, as defined in subdivision (o) of Section 65915 of the Government Code, and there is unobstructed access to the major transit stop from the development, the ratio shall not exceed 0.5 spaces per unit.
(B) The development is a for -rent housing development for individuals who are 62 years of age or older that complies with Sections 51.2 and 51.3 of the Civil Code, and the development has either paratransit service or unobstructed access, within one -half mile, to fixed bus route service that operates at least eight times per day.
(C) The development is either a special needs housing development, as defined in Section 51312 of the Health and Safety Code, or a supportive housing development, as defined in Section 50675.14 of the Health and Safety Code. A development that is a special needs housing development must have either paratransit service or unobstructed access, within one -half mile, to fixed bus route service that operates at least eight times per day. (iii 3) Notwithstanding paragraphs (b)(i), (b)(ii)(A), and (b)(ii)(B), the city may impose a higher vehicular parking ratio not to exceed the ratio described in subdivision (a) if the city has conducted an area wide or citywide park ing study in compliance with Government Code Section 65915(p)(8).
(c) Other incentives and concessions. A development is eligible for other concessions or incentives as follows:
(i 1) One concession or incentive for a development that makes at least ten percent (10%) of the total dwelling units affordable to lower income households; or at least five percent (5%) of the total dwelling units affordable to very low income households; o r at least ten percent (10%) of the total dwelling units affordable to moderate income Item 14
Attachment A - Draft
Ordinance Amending
PAMC Chapter 18.15 and
Updating Rental
Alternative Regulations

Item 14: Staff Report
Pg.
16 Packet Pg. 318 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
16 0160139_20240416_ay16
households in a development in which the units are for sale; or at least twenty percent (20%) of the total units in a student housing development for low income students , as provided for in 18.15.030(c).
(ii 2) Two concessions or incentives for a development that makes at least seventeen percent (17%) of the total dwelling units affordable to lower income households; or at least ten percent (10%) of the total dwelling units affordable to very low income households; or at least twenty percent (20%) of the total dwelling units affordable to moderate income households in a development in which the units are for sale. (iii 3) Three concessions or incentives for a development that makes at least twenty - four percent (24%) of the total dwelling units affordable to lower income households; or at least fifteen percent (15%) of the total dwelling units affordable to very low income households, or at least thirty percent (30%) of the total dwelling units affordable to moderate income households in a development in which the units are for sale. (4) Four incentives or concessions for least 16 percent (16%) of the units for very low income households or at least 45 percent (45%) for persons and families of moderate income in a development in which the units are for sale. (iv 5) Four Five concessions or incentives for a development that provides one hundred percent (100%) of the total units, exclusive of a manager's unit or units, are for lower income households, as described in Section 18.15.030, subdivision (d). If the project is located within one -half mile of a major transit stop or is located in a very low vehicle travel area in a designated county , the . Such development may additionally receive a height increase of three stories or thirty-three (33) feet.

Table 2 3 summarizes the provisions of Concessions or Incentives described in subsection (a).

Table 3 2
Concessions and Incentives Summary Table

Target Group Restricted Affordable Units
Very Low Income 5% 10% 15% 16% ---
Lower Income 10% 17% 24% --- 100%
Moderate Income (Applicable to For-Sale Units
Only)
10% 20% 30% 45% ---
Lower Income Student Housing 20% --- --- --- ---
Maximum Incentive(s)/Concession(s) 1 2 3 4 5
Item 14
Attachment A - Draft
Ordinance Amending
PAMC Chapter 18.15 and
Updating Rental
Alternative Regulations

Item 14: Staff Report
Pg.
17 Packet Pg. 319 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
17 0160139_20240416_ay16
Notes:

1. Concessions or incentives may be selected from only one category (very low, lower, moderate, low income student development)

2. No concessions or incentives are available for land donation, or for senior citizen housing developments and qualifying mobilehome parks that do not contain restricted affordable units.

3. In a student development, a “unit” is defined according to 18.15.030(c)(ii). (d) In submitting a request for concessions or incentives, an applicant may request the specific concessions set forth below. The concessions and incentives are deemed not to have a specific adverse impact as defined in Section 18.15.090 (b)(ii). (i) Up to a 25% average reduction of a side yard setback requirement if the design is consistent with the applicable design standards and guidelines, unless adjacent to R -1, R -2, RMD and other low density residential zones;
(ii) Up to a 25% average r eduction of the rear yard setback requirements so long as the setback is consistent with the applicable design standards and guidelines, unless adjacent to R - 1, R-2, RMD and other low density residential zones;
(iii) A percentage increase in the he ight limit equal to the Density Bonus percentage for which the development is eligible if necessary to accommodate the restricted affordable units, with a maximum increase of one foot per affordable unit, unless adjacent to R -1, R-2, RMD and other low density residential zones, and no event to exceed fifty (50) feet; (iv) An increase in the floor area ratio (FAR) up to 25% or up to the square footage of the restricted affordable units, whichever is less. Any FAR bonus under this section shall be consistent with the applicable height requirements and only apply to the residential portion of the mixed use project;
(v) Reduction in daylight plane requirements not to exceed 25% of the length of the adjacent lot line, so long as the intrusion is c onsistent with applicable design standards and guidelines, unless adjacent to R-1, R-2, RMD and other low density residential zones; (vi) Up to fifty percent (50%) increase over the maximum site coverage requirement or up to the square footage of the restricted affordable units, whichever is less; (e) The setbacks referenced in this section shall not include special setbacks as defined in Section 20.08.020.
(f) The setbacks referenced in this section shall only apply to the residential portion of any mixed use (residential and non-residential) development where it is feasible to setback portions of the development differently.
(d) The city shall not require , as a condition of granting a concession or incentive the preparation of an additional report or study that is not otherwise required by state law. The Item 14
Attachment A - Draft
Ordinance Amending
PAMC Chapter 18.15 and
Updating Rental
Alternative Regulations

Item 14: Staff Report
Pg.
18 Packet Pg. 320 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
18 0160139_20240416_ay16
city may, however, request reasonable documentation to demonstrate that the incentive or concession meets the definition set forth in Section 18.15.020. (g e) Nothing in this chapter shall be construed to require the provision of direct financial concessions for the development, including the provision of publicly owned land by the city or the waiver of fees or dedication requirements.

18.15.060 Waiver/Modification of Development Standards (a) An applicant may apply for a the waiver or modification of development standards that will have the effect of physically precluding the construction of a development at the densities or with the concessions or incentives permitted by this chapter. The developer must demonstrate that develo pment standards that are requested to be waived or modified will have the effect of physically precluding the construction of a development meeting the criteria of subsection (a) of Section 18.15.030 at the densities or with the concessions or incentives permitted by this chapter. A development that receives a waiver from any maximum controls on density pursuant to Section 18.15.030(d)(1) and (d)(2) shall not be eligible for waivers or modifications to development standards pursuant to this Section. (b) For sites on which floor area acts as the limitation on density, additional floor area shall be permitted to accommodate bonus units proposed, as set forth in Section 18.15.030(l), and no additional waiver of floor area is permitted.

18.15.070 Child Care Facilities
(a) When an applicant proposes to construct a development that is eligible for a density bonus under Section 18.15.030 and includes a child care facility that will be located on the premises of, as part of, or adjacent to, the development, the city shall grant either:
(i 1) An additional density bonus that is an amount of square feet of residential space that is equal to or greater than the square footage of the child care facility; or (ii 2) An additional concession or incentive that contributes s ignificantly to the economic feasibility of the construction of the child care facility. (b) The city shall require, as a condition of approving the development, that the following occur:
(i 1) The child care facility shall remain in operation for a period of time that is as long as or longer than the period of time during which the restricted affordable units are required to remain affordable pursuant to Section 18.15.040. In the event the childcare operations cease to exist, the Director of Planning and Development Services may approve an alternative community service use for the child care facility. (ii 2) Of the children who attend the child care facility, the children of very low, lower and moderate income households shall equal a percentage that is equal to or greater than the percentage of restricte d affordable units in the development that are required for very low, lower and moderate income households pursuant to Section 18.15.030.

Item 14
Attachment A - Draft
Ordinance Amending
PAMC Chapter 18.15 and
Updating Rental
Alternative Regulations

Item 14: Staff Report
Pg.
19 Packet Pg. 321 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
19 0160139_20240416_ay16
(c) Notwithstanding subsections (a) and (b) above, the city shall not be required to provide a density bonus or a concession or incentive for a child care facility if it finds, based upon substantial evidence, that the community has adequate child care facilities.

18.15.080 Application Requirements
An Application for a density bonus, incentive, concession, waiver, modification or revised parking standard shall be made as follows:
(a) All applications for a density bonus, incentive, concession, waiver , modification or revised parking standard shall be submitted with the first application for a discretionary permit for a development and shall be processed concurrently with those discretionary permits. The application shall be on a form prescribed by the city and shall include the following information:
(i 1) A brief description of the proposed development, including the total number of dwelling units, restricted affordable units, and density bonus units proposed. (ii 2) The zoning and comprehensive plan designations and assessor’s parcel number(s) of the project site, and a description of any density bonus, concession or incentive, waiver or modification, or revised parking standard requested (iii 3) A vicinity map and preliminary site plan, drawn t o scale, including building footprints, driveway and parking layout.
(iv 4) Site plan showing location of market -rate units, restricted affordable units, and density bonus units within the proposed development;
(v 5) Level of affordability of the restricted affordable units and proposed method to ensure affordability;
(b) (6) If a concession or incentive is requested, the following information must be included in the application:
(i) A a brief explanation as to the actual cost reductio n achieved through the concession or incentive.
(ii) For concessions and incentives that are not included within the menu of incentives/concessions set forth in subsection (c) of Section 18.15.050, the application requires the submittal of the project proforma or other comparable documentation (referred to herein as the "proforma information") to the Director, providing evidence that the r equested concessions and incentives result in identifiable and actual cost reductions. The cost of reviewing the project proforma information, including, but not limited to, the cost to the city of hiring a consultant to review the financial data, shall be borne by the applicant. The proforma information shall include all of the following items:
(A) The actual cost reduction achieved through the concession; (B) Other information requested by the Planning Director. The Planning Director may require additional information as is required to evaluate the proforma information; Item 14
Attachment A - Draft
Ordinance Amending
PAMC Chapter 18.15 and
Updating Rental
Alternative Regulations

Item 14: Staff Report
Pg.
20 Packet Pg. 322 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
20 0160139_20240416_ay16
(c) (7) If a waiver or modification of development standards is requested, the following information must be included in the application:
(i) A a brief explanation of why the development standard would physically preclude the construction of the development with the density bonus, incentives, and concessions requested.
(ii) Evidence that the development standard for which the waiver is requested will have the effect of physically precluding the construction of the development with the density bonus and concessions requested;
(d b) If a density bonus or concession is requested for a land donation, the application shall show the location of the land to be dedicated, provide proof of site control, and provide evidence that all of the requirements and each of the findings included in Government Code Section 65915(g) can be made;
(e c) If a density bonus or concession is requested for a child care facility, the application shall show the location and square footage of the child care facilities and provide evidence that all of the requirements and each of the findings included in Government Code Section 65915(h) can be made.
(f d) If a density bonus or concession is requested for a condominium conversion, the applicant shall provide evidence that all of the requirements found in Government Code Section 65915.5 can be met.
(g e) In accordance with state law, neither the granting of a concession, incentive, waiver, modification, or revised parking standard, nor the granting of a density bonus, shall be interpreted, in and of itself, to require a general plan amendment, zoning change, variance, or other discretionary approval.
(h) The Planned Community (PC) zone district is intended to accommodate developments requiring flexibility under controlled conditions not attainable under other zoning districts.

Because of the flexible nature of the PC zone, which determines site specific requirements including density, the chapter does not apply to this zoning district. (i) This chapter implements state density bonus law. Any density bonus, incentive, concession, revised parking standard, waiver, or modification sought by an ap plicant shall be made pursuant to this chapter and may not be combined with similar requests under state density bonus law.

18.15.090 Review Procedures
An application for a density bonus, incentive, concession, waiver, modification or revised parking standard shall be acted upon by the Approval Authority concurrently with the application for the first Discretionary permit. The granting of a density bonus shall not be deemed approval of the entire Project or approval of any subsequent discretionary permit.

Item 14
Attachment A - Draft
Ordinance Amending
PAMC Chapter 18.15 and
Updating Rental
Alternative Regulations

Item 14: Staff Report
Pg.
21 Packet Pg. 323 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
21 0160139_20240416_ay16
(a) Before approving an application for a density bonus, incentive, concession, waiver, modification or revised parking standard, the Approval Authority shall make the following findings, as applicable:
(i 1) The development is eligible for the density bonus and any concessions, waivers, modifications, or revised parking standards requested.
(ii 2) Any requested concession or incentive will result in identifiable and actual cost reductions based upon the financial analysis and documentation provided. The city finds that the concessions and incentives included in Section 18.15.050(c) will result in identifiable and actual cost reductions.
(iii 3) If the density bonus is based all or in part on donation of land, a finding that all the requirements included in Government Code Section 65915(g) have been met. (iv 4) If the density bonus, concession or incentive is based all or in part on the inclusion of a child care facility, a finding that all the requirements included in Government Code Section 65915(h) have been met.
(v 5) If the concession or incentive includes mixed- use development, a finding that all the requirements included in Government Code Section 65915(k)(2) have been met. (vi 6) If a waiver or modification is requested, a finding that the development standards for which the waiver is requested would have the effect of physically precluding the construction of the development with the density bonus and concessions permitted. (b) Any granted density bonus and/or concession(s) shall terminate with the demolition, destruction or other removal of the structure receiving the density bonus and/or concession. (c) If the findings required by subsection (a) for a concession, incentive or waiver of this Section cannot be made, the Approval Authority may deny an application for a concession, incentive, waiver or modification only if it makes one of the following writt en findings, supported by substantial evidence:
(i 1) The concession or incentive does not result in identifiable and actual cost reductions required to provide for affordable rents or affordable sales prices; or (ii 2) The concession, incentive, waive r or modification would have a specific, adverse impact upon public health or safety or the physical environment or on real property listed in the California Register of Historic Resources, and there is no feasible method to satisfactorily mitigate or avoid the specific adverse impact without rendering the development unaffordable to low and moderate income households. For the purpose of this subsection, “specific adverse impact” means a significant, quantifiable, direct, and unavoidable impact, based on objective, identified, written public health or safety standards, policies, or conditions as they existed on the date that the application for the development was deemed complete; or
Item 14
Attachment A - Draft
Ordinance Amending
PAMC Chapter 18.15 and
Updating Rental
Alternative Regulations

Item 14: Staff Report
Pg.
22 Packet Pg. 324 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
22 0160139_20240416_ay16
(iii 3) The concession, incentive, waiver or modification is contrary to state or federal law.
(d) If the Approval Authority is not the City Council, any decision denying a density bonus, incentive, concession, waiver, modification or revised parking standard may be appealed to the City Council within fourteen days of the date of the decision.

18.15.100 Regulatory Agreement
(a) AApplicants for a density bonus, incentive, concession, waiver, modification or revised parking standard shall enter into a regulatory agreement with the city in a form acceptable to the City Attorney . The terms of the draft agreement shall be approved as to form by the City Attorney an d reviewed and revised as appropriate by the Director of Planning and Development Services, who shall formulate a recommendation to the Approval Authority for final approval.
(b) Following execution of the agreement by all parties, the completed density bonus regulatory agreement, or memorandum thereof, shall be recorded and the conditions filed and recorded on the development.
(c) The approval of the regulatory agreement shall take place prior to tentative map approval, and re cordation shall take place prior to final map approval The executed regulatory agreement shall be recorded on the development prior to approval of a final map , or, where a map is not being processed, prior to approval of the final discretionary permit issuance of a building permit. The regulatory agreement shall be binding to all future owners and successors in interest.
(d) The regulatory agreement shall be consistent with the guidelines of the city’s Below Market Rate Program and shall include at a minimum the following:
(i 1) The total number of dwelling units approved for the development, including the number of restricted affordable units;
(ii 2) A description of the household income group to be accommodated by the restricted affordable units, and the standards for determining the corresponding affordable rent or affordable sales price;
(iii 3) The location, dwelling unit sizes (square feet), and number of bedrooms of the restricted affordable units;
(iv 4) Term of use rest rictions for restricted affordable units of at least 55 years for moderate income units and at least 55 years for low and very low units; (v 5) A schedule for completion and occupancy of restricted affordable units; (vi 6) A description of any concessi on, incentive, waiver, modification, or revised parking standard, if any, being provided by the city;
Item 14
Attachment A - Draft
Ordinance Amending
PAMC Chapter 18.15 and
Updating Rental
Alternative Regulations

Item 14: Staff Report
Pg.
23 Packet Pg. 325 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
23 0160139_20240416_ay16
(vii 7) A description of remedies for breach of the agreement (the city may identify tenants or qualified purchasers as third party beneficiaries under the agreement); (8) That any restricted affordable unit offered for sale: is initially sold to and occupied by a person of family of very low, low, or moderate income, or, if not purchased by an income-qualified household within 180 days after the issuanc e of a certificate of occupancy, the unit is purchased by a qualified non- profit housing corporation, in accordance with Government Code section 65915(c)(2); and (viii 8) Other provisions to ensure implementation and compliance with this section.

SECTION 3. As provided in Section 16.65.080(C)(1) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code , the City Council hereby determines that the following percentages of rental affordable units that are equivalent to provision of on -site for-sale affordable units or payment of housing impact fees .

This supersedes Section 5 of Ordinance No. 5409.

Required Affordable Rental Units
(Where rental alternative requested under 16.65.080(C))

Income Category
Rental Alternative to For-Sale
Units
(Sites Less than 5 Acres)*
On-Site Alternative for
Rental Residential
(no condo map)
Very Low Income 9%
Low Income 15% 15%
Moderate Income N/A N/A
Total 15% 9% VLI or 15% LI**
*Rental alternative equivalents for projects over 5 acres will be subject to Council approval on a case by case basis.
** For Residential Rental Projects, the Director of Planning and Development Services or City Council may approve the provision of a lesser amount of affordable rental units, provided that the remainder of the housing obligation is paid in housing impact fees. For example, if a project may propose to restrict 6% of its dwelling units at rents affordable to very low income households, these units would represent 75% of the project’s affordability obligati ons and the remaining 25% could be paid in impact fees; housing impact fees due would be calculated by taking 25% of the impact fee that would otherwise apply to the project.

SECTION 4. If any section, subsection, sentence, clause, or phrase of this Ordinance is for any reason held to be invalid or unconstitutional by a decision of any court of competent jurisdiction, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this Ordinance. The City Council hereby declares that it would have passed this Ordinance and each and every section, subsection, sentence, clause, or phrase not declared invalid or unconstitutional without regard to whether any portion of the Ordinance would be subsequently declared invalid or unconstitutional.

Item 14
Attachment A - Draft
Ordinance Amending
PAMC Chapter 18.15 and
Updating Rental
Alternative Regulations

Item 14: Staff Report
Pg.
24 Packet Pg. 326 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
24 0160139_20240416_ay16
SECTION 5. The Council finds that the Ordinance is exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3) because it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that updating the municipal co de to incorporate existing changes in State Density Bonus Law will not have a significant effect on the environment.

SECTION 6. This Ordinance shall be effective on the thirty -first date after the date of its adoption.

INTRODUCED:

PASSED:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSENT:

ABSTENTIONS:

ATTEST:

____________________________ ____________________________ City Clerk Mayor

APPROVED AS TO FORM: APPROVED:

____________________________ ____________________________ Assistant City Attorney City Manager

____________________________
Director of Planning and
Development Services
Item 14
Attachment A - Draft
Ordinance Amending
PAMC Chapter 18.15 and
Updating Rental
Alternative Regulations

Item 14: Staff Report
Pg.
25 Packet Pg. 327 of 1352

City Council
Staff Report
Report Type: CONSENT CALENDAR
Lead Department: City Clerk
Meeting Date: June 3, 2024
Report #:2405-3044
TITLE
SECOND READING: Amendments to Palo Alto Municipal Code (PAMC) Chapter 2.27, Historic Resources Board, Section 2.27.010 to Reduce Required Members from Seven to Five, Reduce the Required Number of Professionals from Three to Two, and Expand the Professional Fields Consistent with Certified Local Government (CLG) Requirements for Historic Resources Boards; and to PAMC Section 2.27.030 (a) and (b) to Reduce Regular Meetings to Once per Month and Reduce the Size of a Local Quorum to Three Members (FIRST READING: May 13, 2024 PASSED 6-1, Kou no)

BACKGROUND
This was heard by the City Council on May 13, 2024 for a first reading and was approved 6-1, Kou no. No changes were made to the ordinance; it is now before you for a second reading.

ATTACHMENTS
Attachment A - Ordinance modifying PAMC Chapter 2.27 Sections 2.27.010 and 2.27 APPROVED BY:

Mahealani Ah Yun, City Clerk
Item 15
Item 15 Staff Report

Item 15: Staff Report
Pg.
1 Packet Pg. 328 of 1352

NOT YET APPROVED
1 0160142_20240430_ay16

Ordinance of the Council of the City of Palo Alto Amending Chapter 2.27 (Historic Resources Board) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code (PAMC) to Reduce the Number of Historic Resources Board Members from Seven to Five

SECTION 1. Findings and Declarations.

A. The City of Palo Alto is a Certified Local Government (CLG) with obligations to maintain a historic resources board of at least five members with at least two members in professions set forth by the State Office of Historic Preservation.

B. Recent recruitment for the Historic Resources Board have not yielded sufficient candidates to fill all open seats or sufficient open seats to maintain a four-member quorum of the Board.

SECTION 2. Section 2.27.010 (Historic Resources Board) of Chapter 2.27 (Historic Resources Board) of Title 2 (Administrative Code) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code (PAMC) is amended to read as follows (additions underlined and deletions struck-through):

2.27.010 Historic Resources Board.

The Historic Resources Board shall be composed of seven five members appointed by the city council and serving without pay. Members shall have demonstrated interest in and knowledge of history, architecture, or historic preservation. One member shall be an owner/occupant of a category 1 or 2 historic structure, or of a structure in a historic district; three Two members shall be professionals in the disciplines of architecture, architectural history, planning, landscape architecture, or related disciplines, or pre-historic and historic archeology, folklore, cultural anthropology, curation, or conservation architects, landscape architects, building designers or other design professionals and at least one member shall possess academic education or practical experience in history or a related field such as American studies, American civilization, or cultural geography. The Palo Alto Historical Association shall be given notice of vacancies on the board and shall be encouraged to have its members submit applications.

SECTION 3. Section 2.27.030 (Organization) of Chapter 2.27 (Historic Resources Board) of Title 2 (Administrative Code) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code (PAMC) is amended to read as follows (additions underlined and deletions struck-through):

2.27.030 Organization.
(a) The Board shall hold meetings twice monthly or at the pleasure of the chairperson, but no fewer than four meetings per year.
(b) and The Board shall establish such rules as may be appropriate and necessary for the orderly conduct of its business, consistent with City Council guidelines for boards and commissions.
(c) The Board shall elect a chairperson and a vice chairperson from its membership who shall serve in such capacity for terms of one year each, or until a successor is elected. The Item 15
Attachment A - Ordinance
modifying PAMC Chapter

2.27 Sections 2.27.010
and 2.27.030

Item 15: Staff Report
Pg.
2 Packet Pg. 329 of 1352

NOT YET APPROVED
2 0160142_20240430_ay16
chairperson shall preside over meetings of the board, and in the absence or disability of the chairperson, the vice chairperson shall perform the duties of the chairperson. (bd) Four Three members shall constitute a quorum and decisions of the board shall be determined by majority vote of those members present at the meeting. Action minutes shall be kept by the Board.

SECTION 4. Any provision of the Palo Alto Municipal Code or appendices thereto inconsistent with the provisions of this Ordinance, to the extent of such inconsistencies and no further, is hereby repealed or modified to that extent necessary to effect the provisions of this Ordinance.

SECTION 5. If any section, subsection, sentence, clause, or phrase of this Ordinance is for any reason held to be invalid or unconstitutional by a decision of any court of competent jurisdiction, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this Ordinance. The City Council hereby declares that it would have passed this Ordinance and each and every section, subsection, sentence, clause, or phrase not declared invalid or unconstitutional without regard to whether any portion of the ordinance would be subsequently declared invalid or unconstitutional.

SECTION 6. The Council finds that the adoption of this ordinance is exempt from the provisions of the California Environmental Quality Act pursuant to CEQA Guideline Section 15061(b)(3) because it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that the activity in question may have a significant effect on the environment.

//

//

//

//

//

//

//

Item 15
Attachment A - Ordinance
modifying PAMC Chapter

2.27 Sections 2.27.010
and 2.27.030

Item 15: Staff Report
Pg.
3 Packet Pg. 330 of 1352

NOT YET APPROVED
3 0160142_20240430_ay16

SECTION 7. This ordinance shall be effective on the thirty-first date after the date of its adoption.

INTRODUCED:

PASSED:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSENT:

ABSTENTIONS:

NOT PARTICIPATING:

ATTEST:
____________________________ ____________________________ City Clerk Mayor

APPROVED AS TO FORM: APPROVED:

____________________________ ____________________________ Assistant City Attorney City Manager

____________________________
Director of Planning & Development
Services

Item 15
Attachment A - Ordinance
modifying PAMC Chapter

2.27 Sections 2.27.010
and 2.27.030

Item 15: Staff Report
Pg.
4 Packet Pg. 331 of 1352

City Council
Staff Report
From: City Manager
Report Type: ACTION ITEMS
Lead Department: Public Works
Meeting Date: June 3, 2024
Report #:2404-2904
TITLE
Receive an Update and Affirm University Avenue Streetscape Improvements Project Vision, Design Direction, and Stakeholder Engagement Strategy; CEQA Status – Not a Project

RECOMMENDATION
Staff recommends that Council:

1. Affirm long-term vision, goals, and design themes for the University Avenue streetscape project, including feedback on the project’s impact on street parking inventory, and the balance between project costs and scope; and

2. Provide feedback on the stakeholder engagement strategy for the University Avenue streetscape project

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Through this report, staff is seeking Council affirmation of the vision, goals, design themes and stakeholder engagement strategy for the University Avenue Streetscape Project, focusing on adaptations in response to the Council direction provided on December 18, 2023. This discussion with City Council is intended to assist staff in incorporating all goals in the University Avenue streetscape design while maintaining clarity and balance among goals that may conflict.

University Avenue is a regional and local public destination for shopping, dining, and entertainment. It serves as the focal point of Palo Alto's downtown and the main route to Stanford University, accommodating approximately 12,000 daily motorists. To facilitate people-centric activities and to create a more vibrant and inclusive space that will support residents and local businesses, Council directed staff in 2021 to study transforming the University Avenue streetscape.

Staff is seeking Council feedback on elements of the University Avenue Streetscape Project including vision, goals, design themes, as well as feedback on the project’s impact on street parking inventory, the balance between project costs and scope, and the proposed stakeholder engagement strategy.

Item 16
Item 16 Staff Report

Item 16: Staff Report
Pg.
1 Packet Pg. 332 of 1352

The proposed vision for the project is discussed later in the report and offered here as a key focus: “Celebrate the unique character of the ‘Birthplace of Silicon Valley’ by creating a vibrant, visually attractive streetscape with spaces and elements that enhance the visitor experience, provide safe access for pedestrians and bicyclists, and encourage shopping, dining and gathering.”
Based upon the discussion and direction at the December 18, 2023, Council meeting and prior community feedback, the majority of stakeholders seek a “vision” of the University Avenue streetscape to incorporate the unique character of the ‘Birthplace of Silicon Valley’ and create a destination for the community. To capture this vision and create a destination, the project team has synthesized feedback and met with the Retail Committee twice to date to articulate the intentions of the Streetscape project, which are summarized below:
•Showcase the unique character of University Avenue
•Explore opportunities to present public art and provide technology exhibits •Create gathering spaces
•Maximize opportunities for outdoor dining
To address these areas, the project team has developed design themes that accommodate outdoor dining within parklets as well as on widened sidewalks. In addition, the design themes include expanded plaza areas at street intersections, which allow for public gathering, art, and exhibits. These elements would still maintain the existing two vehicle travel lanes and existing street trees and provide wide sidewalks for pedestrian use as well as outdoor dining and retail, but allow the sidewalk to ebb and flow, varying in width along the length of University Avenue. The amount of street parking maintained would vary depending on the number of parklets and gathering spaces incorporated into the streetscape.

Staff has highlighted four key areas of focus as Council discusses project goals that seek to balance the different/competing interests of stakeholders.

Staff has also developed a stakeholder engagement strategy discussed in this report and summarized in Attachment A to ensure robust participation from critical stakeholders in this project, most importantly how to incorporate the design themes into specific elements at precise locations and seeks Council feedback on the stakeholder engagement strategy.

It should be noted that staff has addressed Council direction regarding near-term solutions and an update on this work can be found in Attachment B.

BACKGROUND
University Avenue is a two-travel lane street that provides access from Highway 101 through the downtown area and continues to Stanford University. Covid-19 had significant economic implications on downtown environments throughout the country, including Item 16
Item 16 Staff Report

Item 16: Staff Report
Pg.
2 Packet Pg. 333 of 1352

University Avenue. To support local businesses and community, the City closed portions of University Avenue to vehicular traffic in spring 2020 through the “Uplift Local” program, enabling outdoor dining and enhancing retail experiences. The street was re-opened to vehicular traffic in fall 2021. On March 1, 2021, Council approved the University Avenue Streetscape Update PE-210041 project as part of the workplan for Community and Economic Recovery2, allocating $150,000 for this purpose.

The project goals defined by Council and the RFP were to: adapt the public realm to maximize pedestrian and bicycle use, and accentuate and enhance the retail environment, while maintaining vital two-way vehicular access, parking opportunities, delivery and loading zones, rideshare spaces, and other amenities including performance space along University Avenue between Alma Street and Middlefield Road.

On September 13, 2021, Council directed staff to proceed with the University Avenue Streetscape Design Request for Proposals
3 (RFP) including stakeholder input, sales tax data
analysis, and consultant recommendations based on the learning experiences from closing and re-opening of University Avenue to vehicular traffic. On February 28, 2022, Council approved a contract4 with CSW/Stuber-Stroeh Engineering (CSW) for design and construction administration services for the University Avenue Streetscape project.

On December 18, 20235, Staff presented a streetscape feasibility report with three primary streetscape options and a preferred streetscape concept plan to Council based upon community and stakeholder input6 encapsulating outreach to that point and concept plans for the University Avenue Streetscape. Council did not approve any of the options and instead directed staff to come back to address the following areas:
•Draft additional alternatives that would include one option with the current parklet plan 1 City Council, March 1, 2021; Agenda Item # 8; SR #11872 https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/v/1/agendas-minutes-reports/reports/city-manager-reports- cmrs/year-archive/2021/id-11872.pdf
2 City Council, January 19, 2021; Agenda Item # 4; SR #11877 https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/v/1/agendas-minutes-reports/reports/city-manager-reports- cmrs/year-archive/2021/id-11877.pdf
3 City Council, September 13, 2021; Agenda Item # 8; SR #13540 https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/v/1/public-works/engineering-services/cip-contracts/sr- 13540.pdf
4 City Council, February 28, 2022; Agenda Item # 10; SR #13609 https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/v/1/public-works/engineering-services/cip-contracts/id.-13609- approval-of-university-ave-streetscape-design-contract.pdf 5 City Council, December 18, 2023; Agenda Item # 21; SR #2310-2189 https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/v/1/public-works/engineering-services/cip-contracts/sr2310- 2189-12.18.2023-pe-21004-confirm-concept-plan-for-university-avenue-streescape.pdf 6 University Avenue Streetscape Feasibility Report, December 2023. https://www.cityofpaloalto.org/files/assets/public/v/1/public-works/engineering-services/cip-contracts/2023-12- 6-palo-alto_university-avenue-streetscape-feasibility-report-final.pdf Item 16
Item 16 Staff Report

Item 16: Staff Report
Pg.
3 Packet Pg. 334 of 1352

and that sidewalks should be variable or outdoor dining space comparable to the current parklet plan.
•Consider moving bikes to Hamilton and Lytton and/or shrinking the travel lane. •Alternatives should cover a range of costs.
•Direct staff to present options to the Retail Ad Hoc Committee and come back to Council with interim measures that we can do cheap and quickly that will show progress in that area.

Another key point of the Council’s discussion was to establish a “vision” of the streetscape incorporating the unique character of Palo Alto and creating a destination for the community.

Each of the above items has been addressed between December and this report and is discussed in the analysis section of this report.

As requested, staff has investigated these items and presented on two occasions to the Retail Committee:
•At the March 20, 2024, Retail Committee meeting, staff presented the design direction as well as a stakeholder engagement strategy, and potential near-term improvements.
•At the April 17, 2024, Retail Committee meeting, staff presented additional details related to near-term improvements (noted in Attachment B).

The Retail Committee supported staff recommendations, so through this report and Council agenda item, staff is advancing to the full Council for discussion and further direction.

ANALYSIS
As noted above, staff received Council feedback on the goals and the Scope of Work components for the University Avenue Streetscape Improvement RFP. During the outreach process, staff refined the project goals based upon discussions with a stakeholder focus group consisting of property and business owners, residents, and a member of the Pedestrian and Bicycle Advisory Committee. Staff also received input from the community through a Community Workshop held in March 2023 and an online community survey conducted in April 2023. Staff engaged regularly with members of the business community on this topic throughout the project to date. Discussions of the streetscape project were included in the City’s Comprehensive Economic Development Strategy, which recognized the need for reinvestment in University Avenue to reinvigorate economic activity.

Goals for the University Avenue Streetscape project have evolved since its inception; thus, it is important for staff to gain Council affirmation of the long-term vision for University Avenue prior to developing a revised alternative of the preferred design concept. A summary of the Project goals discussed over the past three years is provided later in this section.

Item 16
Item 16 Staff Report

Item 16: Staff Report
Pg.
4 Packet Pg. 335 of 1352

The balance of this section will focus on the long-term vision and design themes including some of the inherent conflicts between some of the goals and responses to Council direction in December. The stakeholder engagement strategy follows later in this report in its own section.

Long-Term Vision
It is important to receive Council affirmation of the long-term vision for University Avenue that reflects the key goals. Staff is recommending the following for Council feedback:

Celebrate the unique character of the ‘Birthplace of Silicon Valley’ by creating a vibrant, visually attractive streetscape with spaces and elements that enhance the visitor experience, provide safe access for pedestrians and bicyclists, and encourage shopping, dining and gathering.

Project Goals
The project goals previously articulated throughout this process are listed below for affirmation by the City Council.

Goals Council Direction
Maximize pedestrian and bicycle
use
2021 Council direction; in 2023 Council reiterated maximizing pedestrian use but asked staff to consider moving bikes to Hamilton and Lytton; staff recommends minimizing bicycle use on University Avenue due to the width of the roadway and the other Council goals. Further discussion is included later in this report.

Maintain vital 2-way vehicular
access
2021 Council direction. In 2023 Council asked staff to explore reducing the width but this is not recommended as described later in this report.

Maintain parking opportunities 2021 Council direction; in 2023 Council modified the goal so as to accomplish it while also achieving other goals; this is an area of disagreement where some stakeholders want to maintain all parking spaces while others want to maximize outdoor dining opportunities in parklets.

Maintain delivery and loading
zones, rideshare spaces
2021 Council direction; no change since.

Include performance space
between Alma and Middlefield
Road
2021 Council direction; this continues to be Council direction, but Project boundary is now on University Avenue between High and Webster streets (9 blocks)
Showcase unique character of
University Avenue
2023 Council direction; staff will be working with community partners to achieve this goal once Council approves the preferred concept.

Explore opportunities to present
public art and provide technology
exhibits.
2023 Council direction; staff will be working with the appropriate Boards, Commissions, and Committees on public art and technology exhibits once Council approves the preferred concept.

Create gathering spaces 2023 Council direction; the proposed design concepts incorporate potential gathering spaces at street intersections, but this will result in a loss of parking spaces.

Maximize opportunities for outdoor 2023 Council direction; the proposed design concepts incorporate Item 16
Item 16 Staff Report

Item 16: Staff Report
Pg.
5 Packet Pg. 336 of 1352

Goals Council Direction
dining outdoor dining on sidewalks, but this will result in a loss of parking spaces.

Explore cost-effective interim
measures to show progress
2023 Council direction; staff recommendations have been presented to the Retail Committee.

Balancing various interests across Goals
Based on the goals listed above, the Project needs to develop a design that balances the different interests of stakeholders and resolves the inherent conflicts created by some of the goals. The specific areas that need to be addressed are described below. •Balance the desire for outdoor dining and gathering spaces with the need to provide on- street parking for retail customers.
•Reduce congestion and enhance pedestrian and bicycle experience while maintaining vehicular access.
•Balance the desire for special events with minimizing negative financial impacts on businesses from temporary road closures.
•Balance the desire for wider sidewalks, gathering spaces, and enhanced streetscape with direction to explore lower cost alternatives.

In addition to the physical improvements noted above, staff will also need to address general community concerns regarding street and sidewalk cleanliness, crime, homelessness, and basic maintenance before larger-scale upgrades.

Responses to December Council Discussion
The following are the responses to the direction provided by Council at the December 18, 2023, meeting:

Draft additional alternatives that would include one option with the current parklet plan and that sidewalks should be variable or outdoor dining space comparable to the current parklet plan
The proposed design themes maximize outdoor dining as well as gathering spaces within the public realm by incorporating the following:
•Allowing parklets for outdoor dining and retail within existing on-street parking areas, consistent with the City’s ongoing parklet regulations. The development of pre- approved parklet designs bolsters the compatibility of streetscape and parklets. •Widened sidewalks to allow for outdoor dining and retail, provided they maintain a clear width of 8 feet for pedestrians consistent with the City’s Municipal Code. The clear 8- foot width can be designed with a curvilinear alignment to accommodate outdoor dining and other amenities.
oThe 8-foot width is also supported by the National Association of City Transportation Officials (NACTO) recommendation of an 8-12 feet clear width for Item 16
Item 16 Staff Report

Item 16: Staff Report
Pg.
6 Packet Pg. 337 of 1352

pedestrians in a downtown or commercial area.
•Extended curbs at street intersections to accommodate gathering spaces, secured bicycle parking, and landscaping.
•Along University Avenue between intersections (mid-block), the project could widen the sidewalk into the parking stalls creating additional public gathering spaces.

In addition, the basic elements of the previously presented Option 3 at the December 2023 Council meeting including conversion of angled parking to parallel parking, 17.5 feet wide sidewalks, enhanced hardscape, street lighting, landscaping, furnishings, public art, and curb extensions at intersections would be incorporated.

On-Street Parking
An area of interest for Council and all stakeholders has been on-street parking, which could be impacted due to several reasons, including conversion of angled parking to parallel parking, the creation of gathering spaces through the extension of curbs, and the building of parklets for outdoor dining.

There are currently 193 parking spaces on University Avenue between High and Webster Streets. As discussed at the December 2023 Council meeting, the long-term streetscape improvements envision converting the angled on-street parking stalls to parallel parking, to allow for wider sidewalks and an enhanced pedestrian experience. This conversion would reduce the number of on-street parking stalls by 48, providing about 145 parking stalls between High and Webster Streets. While this reduces on-street parking and transfers it to local garages, the removal of 48 stalls would not have a significant impact on off-street parking occupancy. Based on pre-pandemic parking demand as provided in the December 2023 University Avenue Streetscape Feasibility Report, the off-street parking occupancy remains within the City’s target parking garage occupancy goal of 80%, i.e., 77% at 3 p.m. and 65% at 6 p.m. At 12 p.m. it is slightly higher at 84%.

The 2023 Public Right-of-Way Accessibility Guidelines (PROWAG) require at least five accessible parking stalls for a street with between 101 to 150 parking spaces. Each stall must be 24 feet long and 13 feet wide, which would reduce the width of the sidewalk from 17.5 feet to 14.5 feet at these locations. Additionally, these stalls would not be allowed to be used for parklets.

As discussed at the December Council meeting, the design concepts envision curb extensions, called bulb-outs, that expand the sidewalk into the street. Existing “T” intersections along University Avenue have approximately 350 square feet of usable area that could be programmed for various uses. The proposed design concepts incorporate additional gathering spaces. For example, the bulb-outs at the four-legged intersections along University Avenue are of varying sizes, ranging from just wide enough to accommodate pedestrian ramps to a maximum area of about 80 square feet of usable area that could be programmed for various uses. Each bulb-out could be widened by about 20 feet, but this would require the removal of one parking stall each. Additional mid-block bulb-outs could be incorporated along University Item 16
Item 16 Staff Report

Item 16: Staff Report
Pg.
7 Packet Pg. 338 of 1352

Avenue, with each bulb-out resulting in the loss of one parking space. Should the project seek to create an expanded public gathering space along University Avenue at an existing park area such as Lytton Plaza, it would consume four parking stalls.

Of the existing 193 street parking spaces, temporary parklets are currently using 18 parking spaces. As the City transitions to the ongoing parklet program, it is unknown whether the number of parking spaces used by parklets will increase, decrease, or stay the same.

Since conversion of angled parking to parallel parking is essential to an enhanced pedestrian experience it is assumed that as part of this Project, the number of on-street parking spaces will be reduced from the existing 193 parking spaces to 145 parking spaces, with 5 of those spaces required to be accessible.

If the Project removed an additional 70 stalls from University Avenue, providing about 75 on- street parking spaces, parking occupancy overall in the City’s garages would be 87%, 79%, and 69% at 12 p.m., 3 p.m., and 6 p.m. respectively. This assumes that parking occupancy in the Downtown parking areas remains consistent with pre-pandemmic conditions, and no off-street (garage and City parking lots) parking stalls are removed. For reference, the following table summarizes parking occupancy in the Downtown Garages in 2017 as well as in April and October of 2023.
% Occupancy Downtown Parking Garages
12:00 PM 3:00 PM 6:00 PM
Weekend 2017 35% 42% 42%
Weekday 2017 83% 75% 64%
April 2023 (weekday) 47% 40% 37%
October 2023 (weekday) 53% 45% 33%
A comprehensive parking study will be conducted prior to the funding assessment analysis, to better inform Council decision making. However, at this time, staff is seeking Council affirmation that the above design themes should be balanced and incorporated into the preferred concept plan. Staff recommends preserving on-street parking sufficient to maintain a level of retail functionality. This could limit the future number of parklets allowed on University Avenue but would still allow outdoor dining and retail on the wider sidewalks and gathering spaces at bulb-outs and plazas.

Consider moving bikes to Hamilton and Lytton and or shrinking the travel lane Staff agrees that there are other parallel routes such as Hamilton and Lytton, which may be a better fit for bicyclists. Staff does not recommend prohibiting bicycle use of University Avenue, which would continue to function as a Class III bicycle route in which bicyclists share the road Item 16
Item 16 Staff Report

Item 16: Staff Report
Pg.
8 Packet Pg. 339 of 1352

with vehicles. Instead, staff would encourage the use of Lytton and Hamilton as the preferred bike routes, with Class II bicycle routes through signage and education campaigns. Staff will provide additional recommendations in coordination with the City’s ongoing Bicycle and Pedestrian Transportation Plan Update.

Staff is recommending maintaining the 13-foot width of the current travel lanes for a total travel lane width of 26 feet. According to the Fire Code and the City’s Ordinance Number 5563, the clear street width must be a minimum of 20 feet, exclusive of shoulders. In addition, the 2022 California Fire Code requires that for buildings more than 30 feet tall, there must be a fire apparatus access road that has a minimum unobstructed width of 26 feet. Decreasing the width of the street to less than 26 feet wide would significantly impact the nature of future development along University Avenue and is thus not recommended.

Alternatives should cover a range of costs
As noted at the December 2023 Council meeting, the total construction and soft cost for Option 3 in 2030 dollars was estimated to be $40 million for streetscape improvements along University Avenue, between High and Webster Streets. With the proposed design themes incorporated, this cost could increase to about $45 million depending upon the level of features added to the streetscape.

The Project, as currently envisioned, includes nine blocks on University Avenue. Improvements include utility and curb re-locations, widened sidewalks, decorative paving (including street parking and crosswalks), street furniture and amenities, a corner plaza and/or corner bulb-outs, enhanced landscaping, decorative lighting, and signage. About 80% of the estimated costs are attributed to utility and curb re-locations. Thus, it is not possible to develop lower cost alternatives without significantly modifying Project goals and scope.

One option to lower upfront costs, without modifying Project goals would be for the City to consider a phased approach to constructing the University Avenue streetscape improvements.

Estimated costs per block, including final design, assessment district formation/underwriting, construction engineering, and construction costs would be about $5 million in 2030 dollars, including a 20% contingency. It is important to note that deferring improvements will result in a higher total construction cost for the Project due to cost escalation, which can vary from 3-5% per year or higher. In addition, constructing in a series of phases will cause the overall Project cost to increase due to loss of economies of scale. Phasing the project may also undercut the investment in the streetscape because of block-by-block sequencing rather than all occurring as a “critical mass” of upgrades that can generate interest. The phasing would also result in a much longer duration of construction which could further undermine the improvements impact on economic vitality.

Another way to reduce costs would be to significantly reduce the scope of improvements and retain the current alignment, which would not change the parking configuration and would maintain the location of the existing curbs and utilities. The improvements could include Item 16
Item 16 Staff Report

Item 16: Staff Report
Pg.
9 Packet Pg. 340 of 1352

enhanced landscaping, decorative paving, updating the existing bulb-outs, and street furnishings. These improvements would cost about $800,000 to $1.5 million per block in 2030 dollars. These improvements would help refurbish the streetscape, but fall short of the reinvestment recommended in the Comprehensive Economic Development Strategy to ensure that University Avenue remains a ‘best in class’ commercial district.

The City has not yet established a funding source for streetscape improvements. As discussed in the December Council meeting, the project could be funded by an assessment district, development impact fees, an enhanced infrastructure financing district, grants, or some combination of these sources. Should an assessment district be the preferred financing method, limiting the area of construction will increase costs to the participants.

As discussed above, staff seeks affirmation from the City Council on the long-term vision and goals of this project. The information regarding staff work following Council’s December Direction has been included for reference and context. Staff also seeks feedback on the stakeholder engagement strategy discussed later in this report.

FISCAL/RESOURCE IMPACT
In 2021, Council approved funding for Phase 1 services of the consultant scope of work to develop a preferred concept plan line for the streetscape. Funding will be available in the University Avenue Streetscape Update project (PE-21004) pending approval of the Fiscal Year 2025 Capital Budget on June 17, 2024, for future phases of the project. Staff will return to Council in fall 2024 with a preferred concept plan and a contract amendment with CSW for Council’s authorization of future phases of the scope of services.

STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
University Avenue and the downtown district are of interest not only to the downtown community but to the Palo Alto community at large. Given the importance of the near-term and long-term improvements, staff is seeking feedback from the City Council on the robust stakeholder engagement strategy discussed here and in Attachment A. The strategy includes a stakeholder working group, ongoing communications with the downtown and Palo Alto community at large, engaging relevant Commissions at specific milestones, and presenting to the Retail Committee and the City Council at key milestones. In addition to the working group meetings, staff will provide updates on this important topic to the business community through the monthly Business Connect newsletter, monthly meetings with downtown stakeholders, and regular check-ins with local storefronts.

Stakeholder working group
The stakeholder working group would be comprised of approximately 15 individuals, representing various interest areas, including property owners, businesses, community partners, and residents, with an interest and knowledge of the operations of University Avenue. This working group would provide input on both the long-term and near-term Item 16
Item 16 Staff Report

Item 16: Staff Report
Pg.
10 Packet Pg. 341 of 1352

improvements for University Avenue, while not voting nor making collective recommendations. The meetings of the working group would be open to the public to ensure that the community remains aware of the discussions. To move quickly, staff anticipates that Council will discuss the interest areas to be represented and then staff will conduct outreach to solicit volunteers that represent the desired interests, select representatives, and convene the working group. A key function of the working group will be helping to identify specific design elements and their precise locations along University Avenue.

Palo Alto Community
Staff will be leveraging various City communication channels such as an e-newsletter, printed newsletter, utility inserts, social media, community events, and Open Townhall surveys to provide timely updates and seek input at relevant milestones.

Boards, Commissions, and Committees (BCCs)
After the Council has approved the preliminary design, staff will be seeking feedback on specific topics from five BCCs: Architectural Review Board, Historic Review Board, Planning and Transportation Commission, Public Art Commission, and Pedestrian and Bicycle Advisory Commission.

NEXT STEPS
Based on Council direction, staff and consultants will commence the stakeholder engagement strategy and prepare a preferred concept design, which will be brought forward for consideration by the Retail Committee in August and then by Council in September. The approved design will be used to prepare a feasibility analysis for an assessment district and to conduct an environmental analysis.

The consultant work is envisioned to be completed in four Phases. Phase 1, which is currently underway, includes site analysis and field survey work; preliminary environmental studies including a traffic study and arborist report; and stakeholder engagement, preferred concept, cost estimates, and a funding assessment analysis.

Upon Council direction to proceed with the preferred streetscape plan in fall, the existing contract will need to be amended to proceed with future phases. Future phases and tentative timeline include Phase 2 services including Preliminary Design and Environmental Assessment (fall 2024 through spring 2026). Concurrently with Phase 2 services, the City would need to retain a municipal bond counsel for the assessment district planning and election; Phase 3: Final Design, Construction Documents, and Bid Support (spring 2026 through spring 2027); and Phase 4: Construction Administration Services (spring 2027 through spring 2029 for an estimated 2-year construction duration).

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
CSW completed a preliminary environmental assessment including traffic study and arborist reports under the Phase 1 scope of services. Upon Council identification and confirmation of Item 16
Item 16 Staff Report

Item 16: Staff Report
Pg.
11 Packet Pg. 342 of 1352

the preferred concept plan, CSW will begin an environmental assessment for evaluation under CEQA as part of the future phase of the project and will complete the analysis before project approval.

The action being considered does not constitute a project pursuant to California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) Guidelines section 15378(a) in that the feedback does not specifically approve any action which has a potential for resulting in either a direct physical change in the environment, or a reasonably foreseeable indirect physical change in the environment.

Council’s feedback will inform a proposed project, which will be formally evaluated in accordance with CEQA.

ATTACHMENTS
Attachment A: Stakeholder Engagement Strategy
Attachment B: Interim Measures and Improvements
APPROVED BY:

Brad Eggleston, Director Public Works/City Engineer
Item 16
Item 16 Staff Report

Item 16: Staff Report
Pg.
12 Packet Pg. 343 of 1352

Attachment A – Stakeholder Engagement Strategy
Approach:
• A stakeholder working group representing various interest areas will convene once every two months; these discussions will be open to the public.
• Additionally, the downtown community and the Palo Alto community at large will be engaged throughout the process via various City communication channels, events, and surveys. • Staff will present regular updates to the Retail Committee and to the City Council at key milestones. • After the City Council has provided direction on the overall vision for long-term improvements and the preliminary design, staff will engage the appropriate Boards, Commissions, and Committees (BCCs) for feedback on specific topics.

Purpose:
• Solicit feedback from key stakeholders on near-term and long-term streetscape improvements in the Downtown District
o Expectation is that stakeholder working group members will speak on behalf of the interest areas they represent and will communicate with their respective interest area members. • Provide timely updates to the downtown community and the Palo Alto community at large, and seek feedback at key milestones through the course of the improvements • Engage the relevant Boards, Commissions, and Committees on specific topic areas during the design process.
• Ensure the City Council receives timely input from all stakeholders to inform their decision-making process.

University Ave Stakeholder Group (15)
Meet: Once every two months; special meetings could be convened if needed Benefits: build support, tap community wisdom, allow different perspectives to be considered Interest Areas Stakeholder
Business
Commercial property representative
Commercial property representative
Chamber of Commerce
Retail representative
Retail representative
Restaurant representative
Restaurant representative
Personal Services
Other business
Community Partners
Stanford University
Palo Alto Historical Association
Silicon Valley Bicycle Coalition
Community/youth/children services
Residents Resident from the Downtown District
Palo Alto Neighborhoods representative
Note:

Relevant BCCs could include Architectural Review Board, Historic Review Board, Pedestrian/Bike Advisory Committee, Planning/Transportation Commission, and Public Art Commission Item 16
Attachment A -
Stakeholder Engagement
Strategy

Item 16: Staff Report
Pg.
13 Packet Pg. 344 of 1352

Attachment B – Interim Measures and Improvements
This attachment addresses an element of the direction received from the City Council in December 2023, specifically:

Direct staff to present options to the Retail ad hoc Committee and come back to Council with interim measures that can be done inexpensively and quickly to show progress Staff presented the overall vision and design themes as well as near‐term improvements and a stakeholder engagement strategy to the Retail Committee in March and April. Staff has recommended several interim improvements, balancing the level of investment with the fact that long‐term improvements are anticipated to be implemented in about five years.

Proposed near‐term improvements include enhanced cleaning and maintenance as well as some modest infrastructure improvements as described below. The bolded text represents the general description and bulleted notes follow for each to provide additional context.

Enhanced Cleaning and Maintenance
Continue Street sweeping at current service level
 Continue service level at 3 times/week through contractual services  Need to address issue of businesses blowing debris from the parklets into a swept street
Pressure washing/steam cleaning of Downtown District sidewalks  Important to set expectations on what pressure washing/steam cleaning can accomplish
 Current service level at 1 time/month, 2 times/month at Lytton Plaza, costs about $11K/month
 Doubling frequency would require an additional $132K/year in funding and a contract amendment
 Increased pressure washing to 2 times/month as a pilot project in the most impacted sidewalk areas
Trash pickup
 Continue Green Waste service level at 6 times/week, no service on Sundays  Explore additional Green Waste pick‐up on Sundays and in areas of heavy use through contractual services, additional funding needed
 Explore use of garbage bags by Green Waste to keep trash can liners clean  Filled long‐vacant Street Maintenance Assistant position  Added litter and trash pickup on Friday and Saturday afternoons/evenings for 4.5 hours each day and on Sunday afternoon/evening for 9 hours (temporary pending review of results and costs)
Item 16
Attachment B - Interim
Measures and
Improvements

Item 16: Staff Report
Pg.
14 Packet Pg. 345 of 1352

Trash pickup (cont’d)
 Added 18 hours of trash can liner washing weekly on Friday mornings (temporary pending review of results and costs)
 Added 40 hours per week of M‐F litter pickup, biohazard clean up, reducing overflowing trash cans, wiping down newspaper racks, and removing flyers off poles (temporary pending review of result
s and costs)
Infrastructure Improvements
Replace ag
ed public trash cans
 Replacing 20 aging trash receptacles, with replacement estimated to be completed in July
 Purchased 35 new trash can liners for replacement as needed and to swap out dirty liners with clean liners weekly
Remove aging and unused news racks
 Staff has completed an initial review of the total 214 news rack boxes and approximately 1/3 appear to be abandoned. Staff is working through the process to rem
ove them
Identify locations for additional bike parking and install bike racks  Assessment is being done as part of the bicycle and pedestrian transportation plan, estimated co mpletion in 2025; bike racks may be installed upon request Miscellaneous infrastructure improvements
 Continue minor repairs of sidewalks and other infrastructure such as streetlights  Businesses that have installed custom sidewalks are responsible for their own maintenance
Item 16
Attachment B - Interim
Measures and
Improvements

Item 16: Staff Report
Pg.
15 Packet Pg. 346 of 1352

City Council
Staff Report
From: City Manager
Report Type: ACTION ITEMS
Lead Department: Planning and Development Services

Meeting Date: June 3, 2024
Report #:2405-3073
TITLE
PUBLIC HEARING: FIRST READING: Ordinance Amending Chapter 16.14 (California Green Building Standards, California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 11) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code to Adopt the 2022 Green Building Standards Code, Along With Local Modifications Related to Electrical Vehicle Charging Infrastructure Requirements and Building Electrification Requirements and an Ordinance Amending Chapter 16.17 (California Energy Code, California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 6) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code to Adopt the 2022 California Energy Code, Along with Local Modifications to Increase Energy Efficiency Standards for Buildings, Mandate Electric-Ready Requirements and Incentivize All-Electric New Construction. CEQA Status: Exempt under CEQA Guidelines Sections 15308 and 15061(b)(3)

RECOMMENDATION
Staff recommends that the City Council take the following actions:

1. Introduce an ordinance amending Chapter 16.14 (California Green Building Standards, California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 11) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code to adopt the 2022 Green Building Standards Code, along with local modifications related to electrical vehicle charging infrastructure requirements and building electrification requirements and finding that such modifications or changes are reasonably necessary because of local climatic, geological or topographical conditions (Attachment A).

2. Introduce an ordinance amending Chapter 16.17 (California Energy Code, California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 6) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code to adopt the 2022 California Energy Code, along with local modi fications to increase energy efficiency standards for buildings, mandate electric-ready requirements, and incentivize all-electric new construction and finding that such modifications or changes are reasonably necessary because of local climatic, geologic al or topographical conditions (Attachment B).

3. Provide direction regarding outdoor gas grills, stoves, and barbeques.

Item 17
Item 17 Staff Report

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
1 Packet Pg. 347 of 1352

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Staff recommends local amendments the California Building Efficiency Standards (State Energy Code) and the California Green Building Standards (State Green Building Code). In general, the recommended local amendments to the State Energy Code are intended to implement an Energy Reach Code using the One Margin approach. The local amendments to the State Green Building Code are intended to 1) remove provisions related to the City’s previous all-electric code that are inconsistent with the Ninth Circuit’s decision, and 2) align the City’s local Green Building Code amendments with updates to the State Green Building Code that are taking effect July 1, 2024, especially those related to electric vehicle infrastructure.

This report also highlights a policy consider ation for the Council regarding outdoor gas grills/stoves and barbeques, which are not regula ted by the Energy Policy and Conservation Act (EPCA). As proposed new plumbing infrastructure for these outdoor appliances would continue to be prohibited, unless Council directs otherwise.

Procedurally, following Council’s endorsement of proposed ordinances, the local amendments will require approval from both the CEC and the California Building Standards Commission (CBSC).

Accordingly, staff anticipates the local amendments to the State Energy Code to become effective no sooner than September 1, 2024 and the local amendments to the State Green Building Code to become effective on the thirty-first day following second reading adoption.

BACKGROUND
Palo Alto has a history of leadership in sustainability and energy efficiency. In April 2016, the City Council adopted the Sustainability and Climate Action Plan Framework (S/CAP), which introduced the greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions reduction goal of 80% from the 1990 level by 2030, also known as 80-by-30. In October 2022, the City Council passed an ambitious carbon neutral goal by 2030 to build on the City’s existing emissions reduction goals.

Over the past four code cycles for the State Energy Code and State Green Building Code, Palo Alto adopted local amendments establishing requirements that exceeded statewide requirements in support of sustainability and GHG reduction goals. In 2022, the City Council adopted local amendments to the State Green Building Code establishing whole building electrification requirements for new buildings and substantial remodels, as well as a heat pump water heater replacement and installation requ irement for existing residential remodel and addition projects.
in light of the decisions in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit (Ninth Circuit) 1, City
Council adopted a resolution to suspend enforcement of the City’s all-electric building

1 See California Restaurant Association v. City of Berkeley Case 21-16278, January 2, 2024; available at:
https://www.publichealthlawcenter.org/sites/default/files/2024-01/CRA-v-Berkeley-Ninth-Circuit-Opinion- Jan2024.pdf. Retrieved March 7, 2024.

Item 17
Item 17 Staff Report

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
2 Packet Pg. 348 of 1352

requirement and directed staff to return with amendments to the California Energy Code using a “One Margin” approach, which refers to a code that uses a metric defined by the California Energy Commission (CEC) called Hourly Source Energy2. The One Margin approach allows for the installation of both mixed fuel and all-electric construction while imposing requirements that consider the emissions of both types of constr uction. Mixed-fuel construction would generally require significant investments in energy efficiency, solar, and storage to offset the emissions of natural gas appliances in order to meet these requirements. These requirements would support Palo Alto’s carbon neutrality goal, 80-by-30 wh ile still applying identical requirements to all- electric and mixed-fuel construction consistent with the Ninth Circuit’s ruling.

On February 26, 2024,
3 in response to the decision of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit (Ninth Circuit) 4 invalidating the City of Berkeley’s natural gas prohibition ordinance, the City Council adopted a resolution suspending enforcement of the electrification requirements and directed staff to return with an alternative using a “One Margin” approach to enforce during the remainder of the 2022 code cycle (until December 31, 2025). The One Margin approach refers to a code that uses a metric defined by the California Energy Commission (CEC) called Hourly Source Energy

5. The proposed local amendments to the State Energy Code leverages the Hourly Source Energy metric established by the CEC in the State Energy Code. This metric serves as a proxy for carbon emissions and is used to regulate energy performance in the same manner for both all-electric and mixed-fuel buildings. The One Margin approach allows for the installation of both mixed fuel and all-electric construction while imposing requirements that consider the emissions of both types of construction. Mixed-fuel construction would generally require significant investments in energy efficiency, solar, and storage to offset the emissions of natural gas appliances in order to meet these requirements. These requirements would support Palo Alto’s carbon neutrality goal, 80-by-30 while still applying identical requirements to all-electric and mixed-fuel construction consistent with the Ninth Circuit’s ruling.

Since the moratorium went into effect staff have tracked applications for gas appliances in all permits that would have been subject to the all-electric Reach Code before the moratorium

2 “One Margin” is a term used by some in the California building regulatory community to refer to an Energy Reach Code that uses the “Hourly Source Energy” metric defined by the California Energy Commission in the statewide Energy Code. A One Margin code sets a high standard for Hourly Source Energy that buildings must meet (the “Hourly Source Energy Margin”) and applies a single Hourly Source Energy Margin to each building type regardless of whether that building is a mixed-fuel building or an all-electric building. 3 February 24, 2024 Agenda with access to the City Council Staff Report and Minutes (Item 14):
https://cityofpaloalto.primegov.com/Portal/Meeting?meetingTemplateId=13357 . 4 See California Restaurant Association v. City of Berkeley Case 21-16278, January 2, 2024; available at:
https://www.publichealthlawcenter.org/sites/default/files/2024-01/CRA-v-Berkeley-Ninth-Circuit-Opinion- Jan2024.pdf. Retrieved March 7, 2024.
5 “One Margin” is a term used by some in the California building regulatory community to refer to an Energy Reach Code that uses the “Hourly Source Energy” metric defined by the California Energy Commission in the statewide Energy Code. A One Margin code sets a high standard for Hourly Source Energy that buildings must meet (the “Hourly Source Energy Margin”) and applies a single Hourly Source Energy Margin to each building type regardless of whether that building is a mixed-fuel building or an all-electric building.

Item 17
Item 17 Staff Report

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
3 Packet Pg. 349 of 1352

went into effect. While staff is likely not tracking 100% of application requests, tracking efforts show 23% (41/180) of applications affected by the moratorium were submitted as a mixed fuel design. The most common gas appliances requested were tankless water heaters (25), cooking ranges (17), and tank water heaters (9).

ANALYSIS
There are two codes used by the State and local jurisdictions to achieve efficiency and lower carbon emissions in buildings:
x 2022 California Green Building Standards (State Green Building Code) The State Green Building Code was the first-in-the-nation green building standards code and developed to support AB 32 (Global Warming Solutions Act of 2006), which established a comprehensive, long-term approach to addressing climate change and required California to reduce its GHG emissions to 1990 levels by 2020. The State Green Building Code aims to improve public health, safety, and general welfare through enhanced design and construction techniques that emphasize positive environmental impact and sustainable construction practices.

The City’s current all-electric requirements are codified as local amendments in the State Green Building Code but are not being enforced due to the aforementioned moratorium. x 2022 California Building Efficiency Standards (State Energy Code) The State Energy Code sets energy efficiency standards for residential and nonresidential buildings throughout California such as a building’s heating, ventilation, and air conditioning system, water heater, solar PV systems, thermal envelope, and nonresidential lighting. In 2022 the State Energy Code was updated to include metrics to demonstrate a building’s compliance with these efficiency standards. One such metric included Hourly Source Energy, which represents the energy consumption of a building including losses incurred during production and delivery on an hourly basis to the meter located at the building. It is a metric for both electricity and natural gas. The CEC found that Hourly Source Energy values are proportional to the GHG emissions for each hour of the year and can be considered a good proxy for GHG emissions, encouraging fuel switching, decarbonization, and reducing natural gas use.

Given the proxy analysis available in the State Energy Code, staff proposes to rescind local electrification amendments to the State Green Building Code that may conflict with federal law and advance the City’s carbon reduction goals us ing the Hourly Source Margin set forth in the State Energy Code.

Proposed Local Amendments to the State Green Building Code (Attachment A) Attachment A repeals the local amendments to the State Green Building Code, including the all- electric requirement for new construction and replacement of gas water heaters with a heat Item 17
Item 17 Staff Report

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
4 Packet Pg. 350 of 1352

pump water heater for residential remodels and additions. These standards appear to conflict with the Ninth Circuit ruling.

New State Green Building Code requirements related to EVs will become effective statewide in July 1, 2024 as a result of a state-initiated mid-code cycle update. The new state requirements will include changes related to specifications for chargers and cables, requirements for EV chargers at certain types of commercial buildings for medium- and heavy-duty vehicles, as well as minor administrative changes and updated definitions. In addition, the State updated two electric vehicle charging requirements for new construction as shown in Table 1. Staff recommends updating the relevant sections of PAMC 16.14 to align with the State Green Building Code requirements.

TTable 1. Proposed EV Charger Requirements for New Construction BBuilding
ooccupancy type
2022 PAMC 16.14 (local
amendments to State Green
BBuilding Code)
(Effective 1/1/23)
2022 State Green Building
CCode
(Effective 7/1/24)
Staff Recommendation
ffor updated local
amendments to State
GGreen Building Code,
PAMC 16.14
New Multifamily guest
parking spaces
EV Chargers: 5% of guest
parking spaces
EV Chargers: 10% of guest
parking spaces
EV Chargers: 10% of
guest parking spaces
New Hotel/Motel
30% of spaces must be EV
Ready6 (with 10% EVSE
installed)
40% of spaces must be EV
Ready5 (with 10% EVSE
installed)
40% of spaces must be
EV Ready5 (with 10%
EVSE installed)

Proposed Local Amendments to the State Energy Code (Attachment B) Attachment B repeals the locally adopted State Energy Code and establishes new local amendments using a One Margin approach.

The proposed local amendments use the Hourly Source Energy metric established by the CEC.

This metric acts as a proxy for carbon emissions. The proposed local amendments set an Hourly Source Energy Margin for each building occupancy type. The Hourly Source Energy Margin states how far below the “standard” energy budget set by the State Energy Code a proposed building’s energy budget must be, using the Hourly Source Energy metric. The developer must demonstrate this to comply with the code.

Because natural (methane) gas space and water heating has such high carbon emissions compared to electric gas and water heating, buildings using natural (methane) gas for these appliances will need to install significant energy efficiency measures and large amounts of PV and

6 EV Ready means all electrical equipment is installed to support an EV charging port but the port itself has not yet been installed.

Item 17
Item 17 Staff Report

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
5 Packet Pg. 351 of 1352

batteries to offset those emissions at significant cost. Newly constructed all-electric buildings will achieve up-front cost savings compared to code-compliant newly constructed mixed-fuel buildings by avoiding the need for additional efficiency, PV, and battery installations to meet the Hourly Source Energy Margin requirements. The proposed energy reach code ordinance adopts cost-effective compliance margins and would be triggered on permit applications for project types indicated in Table 2.

Additionally, the proposed ordinance extends the Hourly Source Energy Margins and electric readiness requirements to all substantial remodel projects. During the 2022 code cycle, several jurisdictions, including Palo Alto, extended new construction requirements to substantial remodels; this provision has been included in the attached ordinance.

The proposed local amendments to the State Energy Code primarily impact space heating and water heating, which represent as much as 90% of a home’s emissions. The local amendments do not include any stricter requirements for cooking, clothes drying, or other appliances than the State Energy Code. So, while these local amendments are likely to drive deep reductions in emissions in new construction, they are unlikel y to eliminate them entirely. Many homes may choose electric space heating and water heating, but include a gas stove, for example. However, under the previous electric-preferred ordinance in Palo Alto, as many as 50% of homeowners built all-electric despite not being required to. And a high percentage of homeowners (as high as 75%) are continuing to opt for all-electric new construction since the moratorium went into effect. Based on that, staff anticipates the majority of homeowners will opt for all-electric construction under these local amendments even if not required to.

A summary of the proposed standards is provided in the following table. Note that requirements for single-family homes use a metric based on source energy called Energy Design Rating 1 (EDR1), while requirements for other building occupancy types are expressed in terms of Hourly Source Energy Margin. This is consistent wi th way the State Energy Code expresses the compliance factors.

Item 17
Item 17 Staff Report

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
6 Packet Pg. 352 of 1352

TTable 2. Proposed Hourly Source Energy Margins
BBuilding occupancy type S Source Energy Margin E Electric--RReadiness Requirements Single-family Residential
Buildings (including detached
Accessory Dwelling Units)7
Exceed standard EDR1 by at least
8 points
ADUs:7 Exceed standard EDR1 by
at least 2 points
2022 California Energy Code electric-
ready requirements for space heating,
water heating, cooking/ovens, and
clothes dryers.

Low-Rise Multifamily
Residential Buildings (3
habitable stories or less)
Exceed the standard Hourly
Source Energy Margin
requirement by 9%
2022 California Energy Code electric-
ready requirements for space heating,
cooking/ovens, and clothes dryers serving
individual dwelling units and common
areas when gas equipment is installed.

Proposed electric-ready requirements for
water heating.

High-Rise Multifamily
Residential Buildings (4
habitable stories or more)
Exceed the standard Hourly
Source Energy Margin
requirement by 1%
2022 California Energy Code electric-
ready requirements for space heating,
cooking/ovens, and clothes dryers serving
individual dwelling units and common
areas when gas equipment is installed.

Proposed electric-ready requirements for
water heating.

Office/Mercantile Exceed the standard Hourly
Source Energy Margin
requirement by 10%
Proposed electric-readiness requirements
for systems using gas or propane to
accommodate the future installation of
an electric heating appliance. Hotel/Motel Buildings Exceed the standard So Hourly Source Energy Margin
requirement by 7%
Restaurants Exceed the standard Hourly
Source Energy Margin
requirement by 12%
Industrial/Manufacturing
Buildings
Exceed the standard Hourly
Source Energy Margin
requirement by 0%
All other Nonresidential
Occupancies
Exceed the standard Hourly
Source Energy Margin
requirement by 9%

Item 17
Item 17 Staff Report

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
7 Packet Pg. 353 of 1352

The margins listed in Table 2 are based on the 2022 Cost-Effectiveness studies published by the California Energy Codes and Standards Statewide Utility Program (Attachments C, D, and E), which is comprised of the State’s Investor-Owned Utilities (PG&E, SCE, and SDG&E, under the auspices of the California Public Utilities Commissi on). The studies include robust data sets to support the findings required for CEC approval. To demonstrate cost-effectiveness, all applicable source energy compliance margins must show a ca lculated benefit-to-cost ratio for a variety of measures, building occupancy types, and climate zones. A benefit-cost ratio value of “1” or more demonstrates that the efficiency measures analyzed result in higher savings than they cost and are considered “cost-effective”.

As a part of the development of the local amendments to the State Energy Code staff engaged with an engineering and construction management consultant firm (TRC) to perform additional analyses based on real construction projects that were submitted to the City over the last year.

The analysis confirmed the feasibility of reaching the proposed source energy margins that were found to be cost-effective in the published 2022 Cost-Effectiveness Studies using examples of Palo-Alto-specific construction.

Proposed Amendments – Exceptions
The proposed local amendments to the State Energy Code includes exceptions for specific building occupancy types and an infeasibility ex emption procedure for pr ojects with unique circumstances that cannot meet the local reach code requirements. One exception extends to small-to-medium retail, grocery, schools, and ba nks because the 2022 California Energy Code strongly encourages these buildings to install heat pump systems. A second exception is for new buildings that are exempt from the California Ener gy Code’s solar PV installation requirement.

This exception typically applies to smaller ADUs that may have challenges meeting a higher EDR1 requirement. In this circumstance, the new detached ADU would need to meet an EDR1 requirement of 2 points. Lastly, this ordinance also includes limited exceptions to the higher Hourly Energy Source Margin requirements, including an exemption for industrial/manufacturing buildings due to the high variation in building equipment and challenges in finding equipment to meet the enhanced compliance standards.

Direction on Gas Appliances Not Covered by EPCA
The Ninth Circuit issued a decision holding the City of Berkeley’s all-electric requirements invalid because it is preempted by EPCA, which sets forth federally mandated appliance and equipment efficiency standards. In amending the Green Building Code, staff identified one area of regulation that is not covered by EPCA: such as outdoo r cooking appliances such as grills/stoves and

7 The code exception addressing ADUs actually references buildings that do not require PV under the Energy Reach Code. In practice this will almost exclusively apply to ADUs, but some very small homes might meet this exception, and some very large ADUs may not meet it and may be required to meet the higher EDR requirement.

Item 17
Item 17 Staff Report

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
8 Packet Pg. 354 of 1352

barbeques. The City previously prohibited the installation of plumbing for outdoor combustion- based appliances and can continue to do so. The proposed local amendments to the State Green Building Code (Attachment A) in fact retain this prohibition as a reflection of previously expressed Council direction. However, as other outdoor equipment, such as swimming pool and spa heaters are regulated by EPCA, it is anticipated new gas lines may be installed for these other types of outdoor appliances. And, since outdoor grills/stoves and barbeques are not among the higher sources of GHG emissions, the Council may want to consider, in light of the Ninth Circuit decision, whether it still wants to regulate this equipment. If the Council does not want to regulate plumbing to outdoor grills/stoves and barbeques, specific direction to staff is needed before adopting the proposed ordinance.

Next Steps
If approved, staff will place the ordinances on the Council’s June 17, 2024 meeting agenda for adoption. If adopted, staff will submit the ordinance amending Chapter 16.17 (California Energy Code) to the CEC for approval as required for enforcement of local amendments to the California Energy Code. Upon CEC acceptance, the ordinance will be posted for public review and undergo a 15-day public comment period. Towards the end of the public comment period, the CEC will consider the local ordinance at an upcoming regularly scheduled business meeting. If the local amendments are approved, it can then be filed with the CBSC. Based on these processes the estimated earliest possible effective date for this ordinance is September 1, 2024, but the actual timeline is dependent on the CEC and CBSC.

Staff will separately file both ordinances, along with associated findings regarding local climatic, geological or topographical conditions, with the California Building Standards Commission.

Based on staff’s experience adopting reach codes for previous cycles, the Building Standards Commission accepts the filing within three to four

FISCAL/RESOURCE IMPACT
Resource impacts from the adoption of the new local energy reach code ordinance are limited to staff training costs, updating and creating new handouts for new proposed amendments, and implementation of public outreach efforts. These can be absorbed from existing budgets.

Adoption of this ordinance required a new consulting contract in the amount of $132,200 (contract S24190818 with Integrated Design 360, approved by the City Council April 1, 2024), 8 absorbed from existing FY 2024 budgets, as well as approximately 0.5 FTE of staff time spread among several Departments from February through June, also absorbed from existing full-time and hourly (retiree) staff resources.

8 April 1, 2024 Agenda with access to the City Council Staff Report and Minutes (Item 5):
https://cityofpaloalto.primegov.com/meetings/ItemWithTemplateType?id=4492&meetingTemplateType=2&comp iledMeetingDocumentId=9485
Item 17
Item 17 Staff Report

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
9 Packet Pg. 355 of 1352

STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
Given Council’s direction from February 26, 2024 to return before the summer break, there has been no stakeholder meetings. The subject noticed public hearing will be the first opportunity for the public comment on the staff recommendations. The agenda posting for this ordinance was published on May 23, 2024.

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
The recommended policy is exempt from the Ca lifornia Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) in accordance with CEQA Guidelines section 15308 as an action by the City for the protection of the environment, and under section 15061(b)(3) on the grounds that the proposed standards are more stringent than the State energy standards, there are no reasonably foreseeable adverse environmental impacts and there is no possibility that the activity in question may have a significant adverse effect on the environment.

ATTACHMENTS
Attachment A: Ordinance Amending Ch. 16.14 California Green Building Standards Code Attachment B: Ordinance Amending Ch. 16.17 California Energy Code Attachment C: 2022 Single Family New Construction Cost-Effectiveness Study and SFNC Data Attachment D: 2022 Multifamily New Constructi on Cost-Effectiveness Study and MFNC Study Data
Attachment E: 2022 Nonresidential New Construction Cost-Effectiveness Study and NRNC Study Data
Attachment F: Supplemental Modeling and Reality Testing Analysis APPROVED BY:

Jonathan Lait, Planning and Development Services Director

Item 17
Item 17 Staff Report

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
10 Packet Pg. 356 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT A

0280100_KB2_20240523_CA

Ordinance No. XXXX
Ordinance of the Council of the City of Palo Alto Amending Chapter 16.14 (California Green Building Standards, California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 11) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code to Adopt the 2022 Green Building Standards Code, Along With Local Amendments Thereto, Related to Electrical Vehicle Charging Infrastructure Requirements and Building Electrification Requirements

The Council of the City of Palo Alto does ORDAIN as follows:

SECTION 1. Findings and Declarations.

(a) The City of Palo Alto adopted a Sustainability and Climate Action Plan, or S/CAP, to meet the City's stated goal of "80 x 30": reducing greenhouse gas emissions 80% below 1990 levels by 2030.
(b) The S/CAP outlines goals and key actions in eight areas, one of which is energy and more specifically,  energy  efficiency  and  electrification.  The  goals  for  the  energy  area  of  the S/CAP  are  to  reduce  GHG  emissions  from  the  direct  use  of  natural  gas  in  Palo  Alto’s building sector by at least 60% below 1990 levels (116,400 MT CO2e reduction) and to modernize the electric grid to support increased electric demand to accommodate state‐ of‐the‐art technology.
(c) One key action the City is taking to accomplish those goals is use codes and ordinances ‐ such as the energy reach code, green building ordinance, zoning code, or other mandates ‐  to  facilitate  electrification  in  both  existing  buildings  and  new  construction  projects where feasible.
(d) The purpose of this ordinance is to formally adopt California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part  11,  2022  California  Green  Building  Standards  Code,  with  local  amendments  in furtherance of the City of Palo Alto’s S/CAP goals.
(e) California Health and Safety Code sections 17958.5 and 17958.7 requires that the City, in order to make changes or modifications in the requirements contained in the California Green Building Standards on the basis of local conditions, make express finding that such modifications or changes are reasonably necessary because of local climatic, geological or topographical conditions.
(f) The required findings are attached to this ordinance as Exhibit A.

SECTION 2. Chapter 16.14 (California Green Building Standards, California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 11) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code is hereby amended by repealing in its entirety existing 16.14 and adopting a new Chapter 16.14 to read as follows:

Item 17
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.14

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
11 Packet Pg. 357 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT A

0280100_KB2_20240523_CA

CHAPTER 16.14
CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE,
CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS, TITLE 24, PART 11

Sections
Part 1 – General

16.14.010  2022  California  Green  Building  Standards  Code,  Title  24,  Part  11 adopted  and amended.

16.14.020  Cross ‐ References to California Green Building Standards Code.

16.14.030  Local Amendments.

Part 2 – Local Modifications to CHAPTER 1 – ADMINISTRATION

16.14.040  Administration & Enforcement of 2022 California Green Building Standards Code.

16.14.050  Adoption of Chapter 1 Administration.

16.14.060  Section 101.4  Appendices.

Part 3 – Local Modifications to CHAPTER 2 – DEFINITIONS

16.14.070  Section 202  Definitions.

Part 4 – Local Modifications to CHAPTER 3 – GREEN BUILDING

16.14.080  Section 301 – Voluntary Tiers Added.

Part  5  –  Local  Modifications  to  CHAPTER  4  –  RESIDENTIAL  MANDATORY

MEASURES

16.14.090   Section 4.106.5 Full Electrification

16.14.100  Section 4.306  Swimming Pool and Spa Covers.

16.14.110  Reserved
Part 6 – Local Modifications to CHAPTER 7 – INSTALLER AND SPECIAL INSPECTOR QUALIFICATIONS

16.14.120  Section 702.2  Special Inspection.

Part 7– Local Modifications to APPENDIX A4 – RESIDENTIAL VOLUNTARY

MEASURES

16.14.130   Residential Projects. Appendix A4 Preface: Green Building Measures for Project Type and Scope.

Item 17
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.14

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
12 Packet Pg. 358 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT A

0280100_KB2_20240523_CA

16.14.140  Section A4.104  Site Preservation.

16.14.150  Section A4.105  Deconstruction and Reuse of Existing Materials.

16.14.160  Section A4.106.8  Electric Vehicle (EV) Charging for New Construction.

16.14.170  Section A4.106.9  Bicycle Parking.

16.14.180  Section A4.106.10  Light Pollution Reduction.

16.14.190  Section A4.203.1  Performance Approach for Newly Constructed Buildings.

16.14.200  Section A4.304.3  Irrigation Metering Device.

16.14.210  Section A4.305  Water Reuse Systems.

16.14.220  A4.305.4  Additions and Alterations.

16.14.230  Section A4.403.1  Frost Protection Foundation Systems.

16.14.240  Section A4.403.2  Reduction in Cement Use.

16.14.250  Section A4.408.1  Enhanced Construction Waste Reduction.

16.14.260  Section A4.504.1  Compliance with formaldehyde limits.

16.14.270  Section A4.504.3  Thermal Insulation.

Part 8 – Local Modifications to CHAPTER 5 – NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY

MEASURES

16.14.280  Nonresidential  Projects:  Chapter  5  Preface  Green  Building  Requirements  for Project Type and Scope.

16.14.290  Section 5.106.1.1  Local Storm Water Pollution Prevention.

16.14.295  Section 5.106.8  Light Pollution Reduction.

16.14.300  Section 5.106 Full Electrification.

16.14.310  Reserved

16.14.320  Reserved

16.14.330  Section 5.304.2  Invasive Species Prohibited.

16.14.340  Section 5.306  Nonresidential Enhanced Water Budget.

16.14.350  Section 5.307  Cooling Tower Water Use.

16.14.360  Section 5.410.4.6  Energy STAR Portfolio Manager.

16.14.370  Section 5.410.4.7  Performance Reviews – Energy.

16.14.380  Section 5.410.4.8  Performance Reviews – Water.

16.14.390  Section 5.506  Indoor Air Quality.

Part 9 – Local Modifications to APPENDIX A5 – NONRESIDENTIAL VOLUNTARY Item 17
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.14

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
13 Packet Pg. 359 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT A

0280100_KB2_20240523_CA

MEASURES

16.14.400  Section A5.106.5.3  Electric Vehicle (EV) Charging for New Construction.

16.14.410  Section A5.203.1  Performance Approach for Newly Constructed Buildings.

16.14.420  Section A5.405.5  Cement and Concrete.

16.14.430  Section A5.408  Construction Waste Reduction, Disposal and Recycling.

Part 1 – General

16.14.010  2022  California  Green  Building  Standards  Code,  Title  24,  Part  11  adopted and
amended.

The California Green Building Standards Code, 2022 Edition, Title 24, Part 11 of the California Code of Regulations, together with those omissions, amendments, exceptions and additions thereto, is adopted and hereby incorporated in this Chapter by reference and made a part hereof the same as if fully set forth herein.

Unless superseded and expressly repealed, references in City of Palo Alto forms, documents and regulations to the chapters and sections of the former California Code of Regulations, Title 24, shall be  construed  to  apply  to  the  corresponding  provisions  contained  within  the  California  Code  of Regulations, Title 24, 2022. Ordinance No. 5570 of the City of Palo Alto and all other ordinances or parts of ordinances in conflict herewith are hereby suspended and expressly repealed.

Wherever the phrases “California Green Building Standards Code” or “CALGreen” are used in this code or any ordinance of the City, such phrases shall be deemed and construed to refer and apply to  the California Green Building Standards Code, 2022 Edition, as  adopted and amended by  this chapter.

One copy of the California Green Building Standards Code, 2022 Edition, has been filed for use and examination of the public in the Office of the Chief Building Official of the City of Palo Alto.

16.14.020  Cross ‐ References to California Green Building Standards Code.

The provisions of this Chapter contain cross‐references to the provisions of the California Green Building Code, 2022 Edition, in order to facilitate reference and comparison to those provisions.

16.14.030  Local Amendments.

The provisions of
this Chapter shall constitute local amendments to the cross‐referenced provisions of the California Green Building Standards Code, 2022 Edition, and shall be deemed to replace the cross‐referenced sections of said Code with the respective provisions set forth in this Chapter.

Part 2 – Local Modifications to CHAPTER 1 – ADMINISTRATION

16.14.040  Administration & Enforcement of 2022 California Green Building Standards Code.

Item 17
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.14

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
14 Packet Pg. 360 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT A

0280100_KB2_20240523_CA

Administration and enforcement of this code shall be governed by Chapter 1, Division II of the 2022 California Building Code as amended by Palo Alto Municipal Code Chapter 16.04.

16.14.050  Adoption of Chapter 1 Administration.

Chapter 1 Administration of the 2022 California Green Building Code is adopted by the City of Palo Alto to supplement, to the extent it does not conflict with, Chapter 1, Division II of the 2022
California Building Code, as amended.

16.14.060  Section 101.4 Appendices.

The following Appendix Chapters of the California Green Building Standards Code, 2022 Edition, are adopted and hereby incorporated in this Chapter by reference and made a part hereof the same as if fully set forth herein:

A. Appendix
A4 ‐ Residential Voluntary Measures (Tier 1 and Tier 2) B. Appendix A5 ‐ Nonresidential Voluntary Measures (Tier 1 and Tier 2)

Part 3 – Local Modifications to CHAPTER 2 – DEFINITIONS

16.14.070  Section 202 Definitions.

Section 202 of Chapter 2 of the California Green Building Standards Code is amended to include the following definitions:

ALL‐ELECTRIC BUILDING / SITE. A building or parcel of land whose sole source of energy is  electricity  and  contains  no  combustion  equipment  or  plumbing  for  combustion equipment.

CPAU. City of Palo Alto Utilities Department.

CALGREEN  MANDATORY.  Mandatory  measures  are  triggered  for  projects  outlined  in Section 301.1 Scope of this code, as amended.

Projects that only trigger Mandatory measures are not required to fulfill Tier 1 or Tier 2 measures in Appendix A4 and A5.

CALGREEN  TIER  1.  To  achieve  Tier  1  status,  a  project  must  comply  with  measures identified  in  Appendix  A4,  Section  A4.601.4  for  residential  projects  and  Appendix  A5, Section A5.601.2 for nonresidential projects.

Projects subject to Tier 1 must fulfill all mandatory measures, all Tier 1 prerequisite measures and a defined number of Tier 1 elective measures.

CALGREEN  TIER  2.  To  achieve  Tier  2  status,  a  project  must  comply  with  requirements identified  in  Appendix  A4,  Section  A4.601.5  for  residential  projects  and  Appendix  A5, Section A5.601.3 for nonresidential projects.

Projects subject to Tier 2 must fulfill all mandatory measures, all Tier 2 prerequisite Item 17
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.14

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
15 Packet Pg. 361 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT A

0280100_KB2_20240523_CA

measures and a defined number of Tier 2 elective measures.

CALGREEN TIER 1 AND TIER 2 PREREQUISITE MEASURES. Projects subject to Tier 1 or Tier 2  must  fulfill  all  prerequisites  as  described  within  Appendix  A4,  Division  A4.6  for residential projects and Appendix A5, Division A5.6 for nonresidential projects.

CALGREEN TIER 1 AND TIER 2 ELECTIVE MEASURES. Projects subject to Tier 1 or Tier 2 must fulfill a defined number of electives as described within Appendix A4, Division A4.6 for residential projects and Appendix A5, Division A5.6 for nonresidential projects.

CALGREEN  INSPECTOR  is  a  person  certified  as  a  CALGreen  Inspector/Plans  Examiner through the International Code Council (ICC), demonstrating knowledge and application of Green Building concepts during plan review and inspection. For projects that require a CALGreen  Inspector/Plans  Examiner  verification,  the  Inspector  must  be  contracted directly  with  the  owner  and  may  not  be  a  contractor  or  employee  of  the  design  or construction firm.

CERTIFIED ENERGY ANALYST is a person registered as a Certified Energy Analyst with the California Association of Building Energy Consultants as of the date of submission of a Certificate of Compliance as required under section 10‐103 of Building Energy Efficiency Standards for residential and nonresidential buildings.

MODEL WATER EFFICIENT LANDSCAPE ORDINANCE. The California Department of Water Resources Model Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance.

SALVAGE. Salvage means the controlled removal of items and material from a building, construction, or demolition site for the purpose of on‐ or off‐site reuse, or storage for later reuse. Examples include air conditioning and heating systems, columns, balustrades, fountains,  gazebos,  molding,  mantels,  pavers,  planters,  quoins,  stair  treads,  trim,  wall caps, bath tubs, bricks, cabinetry, carpet, doors, ceiling fans, lighting fixtures, electrical panel  boxes,  fencing,  fireplaces,  flooring  materials  of  wood,  marble,  stone  or  tile, furnaces, plate glass, wall mirrors, door knobs, door brackets, door hinges, marble, iron work,  metal  balconies,  structural  steel,  plumbing  fixtures,  refrigerators,  rock,  roofing materials,  siding  materials,  sinks,  stairs,  stone,  stoves,  toilets,  windows,  wood  fencing, lumber and plywood.

SUBSTANTIAL REMODEL (or  “50‐50‐50” RULE). Any project or projects that affects the removal or replacement of 50% or more of the linear length of the existing exterior walls of the building, and/or 50% or more of the linear length of the existing exterior wall plate height  is  raised,  and/or  50%  or  more  of  the  existing  roof  framing  area  is  removed  or replaced, over a 3‐year period.

Any permit(s) applied for will trigger a review of a 3‐year history of the project. This review will result in determining if a substantial remodel has occurred.

The Chief Building Official or designee shall make the final determination regarding the application if a conflict occurs.

Item 17
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.14

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
16 Packet Pg. 362 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT A

0280100_KB2_20240523_CA

SQUARE  FOOTAGE.  For  application  of  green  building  requirements,  “square  footage” refers to all new or altered square footage, including basement areas (7 feet or greater in height), as calculated based on outer boundary of proposed construction area, including exterior walls.

Part 4 – Local Modifications to CHAPTER 3 – GREEN BUILDING

16.14.080  SECTION 301 ‐ Voluntary Tiers Added.

SECTION 301 of Chapter 3 of the California Green Building Standards Code is amended to read:

SECTION 301 GENERAL
301.1 Scope. Buildings shall be designed to include the green building measures specified as mandatory in the application checklists contained in this code and any applicable local
amendments.  In  addition,  the  City  requires  the  use  of  Voluntary  Tiers,  as  provided  in Appendices  A4  and  A5,  for  certain  residential  and  nonresidential  new  construction, additions, and alterations.
301.1.1  Residential  additions  and  alterations.  [HCD]  The  Mandatory  provisions  of Chapter 4 shall be applied to additions and/or alterations of existing residential buildings where the addition and/or alteration increases the building's conditioned area, volume, or size. The requirements shall apply only to and/or within the specific area of the addition or alteration.

Tier  1  adopted  (Residential).  All  residential  building  additions  and/or  alterations exceeding 1000 square feet must meet CALGreen Mandatory plus the Tier 1 measures, as amended by this Chapter and as applicable to the scope of work.

For Tier 1 projects, the area of alterations will include any construction or renovation to an existing structure other than repair or addition. Alterations include raising the plate height,  historic  restoration,  changes  or  rearrangements  of  the  structural  parts  or elements, and changes or rearrangement of bearing walls and full height partitions.

Normal  maintenance,  reroofing,  painting  or  wall  papering,  floor  finishes, replacement‐in‐kind  of  mechanical,  plumbing  and  electrical  systems,  or  replacing  or adding new kitchen counter and similar furniture, plumbing fixture to the building are excluded for the purposes of establishing scope of Tier 1 projects.

The area of alteration should be limited to the footprint of element(s) being altered.

This does not exclude mandatory CALGreen measures. The sum of the footprint of the elements  being  altered  with  respect  to  Tier  1,  shall  be  calculated  using  the  following methodology:

1.   Raising the plate height: The calculation with respect to raising of the plate height will be based on the area of the footprint in which the plate height is being increased. Plate height means the vertical distance measured from the top of the finished floor to the top of the plates.

Item 17
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.14

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
17 Packet Pg. 363 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT A

0280100_KB2_20240523_CA

2.   Historic restoration: The calculation with respect to historic restoration will be based on the area of work covered in the California Historical Building Code (Title 24, Part 8).

3.   Structural  parts  or  elements:  The  calculation  with  respect  to  changes  or rearrangements of the structural parts or elements will be based on the sum of the individual footprints of each structural change or rearrangement. The footprint shall be calculated based on the proposed design and inclusive of any demolished structural parts or elements.

4.  Bearing walls and full height partition: The calculation with respect to changes or  rearrangement  of  walls  and  full  height  partitions  will  be  based  on  the footprint of any demolished wall or full height partition and any new wall or new full height partition.

Exception:  Attached  and  detached  Accessory  Dwelling  Units,  ADU  conversions  of existing  structures  shall  meet  the  California  Green  Building  Standards  Code Mandatory measures only.

301.2  Low
‐rise  and  high‐rise  residential  buildings.  [HCD]  The  provisions  of  individual sections  of  CALGreen  may  apply  to  either  low‐rise  residential  buildings,  high‐rise residential buildings, or both. Individual sections will be designated by banners to indicate where the section applies specifically to low‐rise only (LR) or high‐rise only (HR). When the section applies to both low‐rise and high‐rise buildings, no banner will be used.

301.2.1 Low‐Rise residential new construction – Tier 2 adopted. All new constructed or substantial remodel projects must meet CALGreen Mandatory plus Tier 2 measures, as amended by this ordinance and as
applicable to the scope of work.

301.3  Nonresidential  additions  and  alterations.  [BSC‐CG]  The  provisions  of  individual sections of Chapter 5 apply to building nonresidential additions of 1,000 square feet or greater,  and/or  building  alterations  with  a  permit  valuation  of  $200,000  or  above  (for occupancies  within  the  authority  of  California  Building  Standards  Commission).  Code sections  relevant  to  additions  and  alterations  shall  only  apply  to  the  portions  of  the building being added or altered within the scope of the permitted work.

A code section will be designated by a banner to indicate where the code section only applies to newly constructed buildings [N] or to additions and alterations [A]. When the code section applies to both, no banner will be used.

Tier  1  adopted.  Nonresidential  alterations  (including  tenant  improvements  or renovations)  of  5,000  square  feet  that  include  replacement  of  at  least  two  of  the following: HVAC system, building envelope, hot water system, or lighting system, must comply with CALGreen Mandatory plus Tier 1 measures, as amended by this Chapter and as applicable to the scope of work.

Tier 2 adopted. Nonresidential additions of 1000 square feet or greater must comply Item 17
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.14

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
18 Packet Pg. 364 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT A

0280100_KB2_20240523_CA

with  CALGreen  Mandatory  plus  Tier  2  measures,  as  amended  by  this  Chapter  and  as applicable to the scope of work.

301.3.1 ‐ 301.3.2 Unmodified

301.3.3  Nonresidential  new  construction  –  Tier  2  adopted.  All  new  nonresidential construction must meet CALGreen Mandatory plus Tier 2 measures, as amended by this ordinance and as applicable to the scope of work.

301.6  Special  inspector  requirements.  Residential  and  nonresidential  project  owners subject  to  CALGreen  Mandatory,  CALGreen  Mandatory  plus  Tier  1,  or  CALGreen Mandatory  plus  Tier  2  measures  shall  contract  a  Special  Inspector  in  accordance  with section 702.2 of CALGreen, as amended.

301.7  Low‐carbon  concrete  requirements
for  Tier  1  and  Tier  2  projects.  Plain  and
reinforced concrete installed as part of any project subject to the application of this code shall demonstrate compliance with the requirements of PAMC 16.14.240.

Part 5 – Local Modifications to CHAPTER 4 – RESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES

Division 4.1 – PLANNING AND
DESIGN

16.14.090  Section 4.106.5 Full Electrification
Section 4.106 of Chapter 4 of the California Green Building Standards Code is amended to add new subsection, 4.106.5 as follows:

4.106.5  Full  electrification.  Full  electrification  is  recommended  for  new  buildings,  substantial remodels,  and  new  outdoor  appliances/equipment  such  as  fireplaces,  firepits,  heaters  for swimming
pool/spa,  and  similar  equipment.  Full  electrification  is  required  for  outdoor  grills, stoves,  and  barbecues.  This  subsection  does  not  prohibit  freestanding  and/or  portable  grills, stoves, or barbecues whose sole source of energy is self‐contained fuel canisters.

Division 4.3 – WATER EFFICIENCY AND CONSERVATION

16.14.100  Section 4.306 Swimming Pool and Spa
Covers
Section 4.306 of Chapter 4 of the California Green Building Standards Code is added to read:

4.306 Swimming pool and spa covers.  Swimming pools and spas shall be provided with a vapor retardant cover.

Part 6 – Local Modifications to CHAPTER 7 – INSTALLER AND SPECIAL INSPECTOR

QUALIFICATIONS

Item 17
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.14

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
19 Packet Pg. 365 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT A

0280100_KB2_20240523_CA

16.14.120  Section 702.2 Special Inspection.

Section 702.2 of Chapter 7 of the California Green Building Standards Code is amended to read:

702.2  Green  building  special  inspection.  When  required  by  the  enforcing  agency,  the owner or responsible entity acting as the owner’s agent shall employ one or more Green Building Special Inspectors to provide inspection or other duties necessary to substantiate compliance  with  this  code.  Green  Building  Special  Inspectors  shall  demonstrate competence  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  enforcing  agency  for  the  particular  type  of inspection or task to be performed. In addition to other certifications or qualifications acceptable  to  the  enforcing  agency,  the  following  certifications  or  education  may  be considered  by  the  enforcing  agency  when  evaluating  the  qualifications  of  a  Special Inspector. The City shall maintain a list of pre‐approved Special Inspectors in accordance with this section. The owner shall contract a Special Inspector from the pre‐approved list meeting one of the following:

1. Certification by a national or regional green building program:

ICC Certified CALGreen Inspector/Plans Examiner

2. Other programs acceptable to the enforcing agency.

Note: Special Inspectors shall be independent entities with no financial interest in the materials or the project they are inspecting for compliance with this code.

Part 7– Local Modifications to APPENDIX A4 – RESIDENTIAL VOLUNTARY MEASURES

Division A4.1 – PLANNING AND DESIGN

16.14.130   Residential Projects. Appendix A4 Preface: Green Building Measures for Project Type and Scope.

A preface is added to Chapter A4 of the California Green Building Standards Code to read:

Preface ‐   Green  Building  Requirements  for  Project  Type  and  Scope.  For  design  and construction of residential projects, the City of Palo Alto requires compliance with the mandatory measures of Chapter 4, in addition to use of Tier 1 and Tier 2 as specified in Palo  Alto  Municipal  Code  Chapter  16.14.  See  Section  202  for  definitions  on  CALGreen Mandatory, Tier 1 Prerequisites and Electives, and Tier 2 Prerequisites and Electives. All elective measures are adopted as written under Appendix A4 unless otherwise indicated in this Section.

16.14.140  Section A4.104 SITE PRESERVATION.

Section A4.104.1 of Appendix A4 of the California Green Building Standards Code is adopted as a
Tier 1 and Tier 2 elective measure and is amended to read:

A4.104.1  Supervision  and  education  by  a  special  inspector.  Individuals  with  oversight authority  on  the  project,  as  defined  in  section  16.14.120  of  this  code,  who  have  been Item 17
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.14

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
20 Packet Pg. 366 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT A

0280100_KB2_20240523_CA

trained  in  areas  related  to  environmentally  friendly  development,  shall  teach  green concepts  to  other  members  of  the  builder’s  staff  and  ensure  training  and  written instruction  has  been  provided  to  all  parties  associated  with  the  development  of  the project. Prior to the beginning of the construction activities, the builder shall receive a written guideline and instruction specifying the green goals of the project.

Note: Lack of adequate supervision and dissemination of the project goals can result in negative effects on green building projects. If the theme of green building is not carried through the project, the overall benefit can be substantially reduced by the lack of knowledge and information provided to the various entities involved with the construction of the project.

16.14.150  Section A4.105 Deconstruction and Reuse of Existing Materials.

Section A4.105 of Appendix A4 of the California Green Building Standards Code is not adopted as an elective measure and is amended to read:

Section A4.105.1 Chapter 5.24 of Title 5 of the Municipal Code. See Chapter 5.24 of the Municipal Code for the local deconstruction requirements.

Section A4.105.2 is adopted as a Tier 1 and Tier 2 elective measure.

A4.105.2  Reuse  of  materials.  Nonhazardous  materials  which  can  be  easily  reused include but are not limited to the following:

1. Light fixtures

2. Plumbing fixtures

3. Doors and trim

4. Masonry

5. Electrical devices

6. Appliances

7. Foundations or portions of foundations
Note: Reused material must be installed to comply the appropriate Title 24 provisions.

16.14.160  Section A4.106.8 Electric Vehicle (EV)
Charging for New Construction.

Sections A4.106.8 – A4.106.8.2.1 of the California Green Building Standards Code are deleted in its entirety, adopted as mandatory measures and is amended to read:

A4.106.8  Electric  vehicle  (EV)  charging  for  residential  structures.  Newly  constructed single‐family  and  multi‐family  residential  structures,  including  residential  structures constructed  as  part  of  a  mixed‐use  development,  shall  comply  with  the  following Item 17
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.14

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
21 Packet Pg. 367 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT A

0280100_KB2_20240523_CA

requirements for electric vehicle supply equipment (EVSE). All parking space calculations under this section shall be rounded up to the next full space.  The requirements stated in this section are in addition to those contained in Section 4.106.4 of the California Green Building  Standards  Code.  In  the  event  of  a  conflict  between  this  section  and  Section

4.106.4 of the California Green Building Standards Code, the more robust EV Charging requirements shall prevail.

A4.106.8.1 New single‐family, duplex and townhouse dwellings. The following standards apply to newly constructed detached and attached single‐family, duplex and townhouse residences.
(a) In  general.  The  property
owner  shall  provide  One  (1)  Level  2  electrical  vehicle supply  equipment  (EVSE)  or  one  (1)  EV  ready  space  (Low  Power  Level  2  EV Charging Receptacle is acceptable provided that the infrastructure comply with section 4.106.4.1) for each residence (except for accessory dwelling unit (ADU)). (b) Location. The proposed location of a charging station may be internal or external to  the  dwelling  and  shall  be  in  close  proximity  to  an  on‐site  parking  space consistent with city regulations.

A4.106.8.2  New  multi‐family  dwellings.  The  following  standards  apply  to  newly constructed residences in a multi‐family residential structure. (a) Resident  parking.  The  property  owner  shall  provide  at  least  one  (1)  Level  2 electrical vehicle supply equipment (EVSE) or one (1) Level 2 EV Ready space for each residential unit in the structure (Low Power Level 2 EV Charging Receptacle is acceptable for 60% of the total EV parking spaces) . (b) Guest  parking.  The  property  owner  shall  provide  EV  Capable  Space,  EV‐Ready Space, or EVSE Installed, for at least 25% of guest parking spaces, among which at least 10% (and no fewer than one) shall be EVSE Installed. (c) Accessible spaces. Projects shall comply with the 2022 California Building Code requirements for accessible electric vehicle parking.
(d) Minimum total circuit capacity. The property owner shall ensure sufficient circuit capacity, as determined by the Chief Building Official or designee, to support the EV requirements specified in (a) and (b) above.
(e) Location. The EVSE, receptacles, and/or raceway required by this section shall be placed  in  locations  allowing  convenient  installation  of  and  access  to  EVSE.  In addition, if parking is deed‐restricted to individual residential units, the EVSE or receptacles  required  by  subsection  (a)  shall  be  located  such  that  each  unit  has access  to  its  own  EVSE  or  receptacle.  Location  of  EVSE  or  receptacles  shall  be consistent with all city regulations.

A4.106.8.3 New hotels and motels. The following standards apply to newly constructed hotels.

Item 17
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.14

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
22 Packet Pg. 368 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT A

0280100_KB2_20240523_CA

(a) In general. The property owner shall provide at least 40% EV Ready Space and at least 10% Level 2 EVSE installed for of the total parking spaces. (b) Accessible spaces. Projects shall comply with the 2022 California Building Code requirements for accessible electric vehicle parking.
(c) Minimum total circuit capacity. The property owner shall ensure sufficient circuit capacity, as determined by the Chief Building Official or designee, to support a Level 2 EVSE in every location where EV‐Ready space or EVSE Installed is required. (d) Location. The EVSE and/or receptacles, required by this section shall be placed in locations allowing convenient installation of and access to EVSE. Location of EVSE or receptacles shall be consistent with all City guidelines, rules, and regulations.

16.14.170  Section A4.106.9 Bicycle Parking.

Section A4.106.9 of Appendix A4 of the California Green Building Standards Code is not adopted as  a  Tier  1  and  Tier  2  elective  measure.  Projects  must  comply  with  the  bicycle  parking requirements in the Palo Alto Municipal Code.

16.14.180  Section A4.106.10 Light Pollution Reduction.

Section A4.106.10 is added and adopted
as a Tier 1 and Tier 2 elective measure for all covered projects and is amended to read:

A4.106.10  Light  pollution  reduction.  Outdoor  lighting  systems  shall  be  designed  and installed to comply with the following:

1. The minimum requirements in the California Energy Code for Lighting Zones 1‐4 as defined in Chapter 10 of the California Administrative Code; and

2. Backlight, Up light and Glare (BUG) ratings as defined in IES TM‐15‐11; and

3. Allowable BUG ratings not exceeding those shown in TABLE 5.106.8 [N]; or Comply with a local ordinance lawfully enacted pursuant to Section 101.7 of this code, whichever is more stringent.

Projects  may  use  an  approved  equal  reference  standard  for  light  fixtures  where  BUG ratings are unavailable.

Exceptions:

1. Luminaires that qualify as exceptions to the California Energy Code.

2. Emergency lighting.

3. One‐ and two‐family dwellings.

Note: The International Dark‐Sky Association (IDA) and the Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IESNA) have developed a Model Lighting Ordinance (MLO).

The MLO was designed to help municipalities develop outdoor lighting standards that reduce glare, light trespass, and skyglow. The model ordinance and user guides for Item 17
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.14

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
23 Packet Pg. 369 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT A

0280100_KB2_20240523_CA

the ordinance may be accessed at the International Dark‐Sky Association web site.

Division A4.2 – ENERGY EFFICIENCY

16.14.190  Section A4.203.1 Performance Approach for Newly Constructed Buildings.

Section A4.203.1 of Appendix A4 of the California Green Building Standards Code is not adopted as a Tier 1 and Tier 2 elective
measure. Projects shall comply with Chapter 16.17 of the Palo Alto Municipal Code (California Energy Code).

Division A4.3 – WATER EFFICIENCY AND CONSERVATION

16.14.200  Section A4.304.3 Irrigation Metering Device.

Section A4.304.3 of Appendix A4 of the California Green Building Standards Code is adopted as a Tier 1 and Tier
2 elective measure and is amended to read:

A4.304.3 Irrigation metering device. Dedicated irrigation meters from CPAU are to be installed  in  all  new  construction  and  rehabilitated  landscapes  when  the  landscape  is greater than 1,000 square feet.

16.14.210  Section A4.305 Water Reuse Systems.

Sections A4.305.1, A4.305.2, and A4.305.3 of Appendix A4 of the California Green Building Standards Code are adopted as Tier 1 and Tier 2 elective measures and are amended to read:

A4.305.1 Graywater. Alternative plumbing piping is installed to permit the discharge from the clothes washer and other fixtures (except toilets and kitchen sinks) to be used for an irrigation system in compliance with the California Plumbing Code. In the event that the whole  house  graywater  system  is  installed  in  compliance  with  the  California  Plumbing Code, then this measure shall count as 3 electives.

A4.305.2  Recycled  water  piping.  Based  on  projected  availability,  dual  water  piping  is installed for
future use of recycled water at the following locations:

1. Interior piping for the use of recycled water is installed to serve all water closets, urinals, and floor drains.

2. Exterior  piping  is  installed  to  transport  recycled  water  from  the  point  of connection  to  the  structure.  Recycled  water  systems  shall  be  designed  and installed in accordance with the California Plumbing Code.

A4.305.3  Recycled  water  for  landscape  irrigation.  Recycled  water  piping  is  used  for landscape irrigation.

16.14.220  A4.305.4 Additions and Alterations.

Item 17
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.14

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
24 Packet Pg. 370 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT A

0280100_KB2_20240523_CA

Section A4.305.4 is added as Tier 1 and Tier 2 prerequisite and amended to read:

A4.305.4 Additions and alterations. All multi‐family residential additions and alterations must install recycled water infrastructure for irrigation when the landscape area exceeds 1,000 square feet.

Division A4.4 – MATERIAL CONSERVATION AND RESOUCE EFFICIENCY

16.14.230
Section A4.403.1 Frost Protection Foundation Systems.

Sections A4.403.1 is not adopted as a Tier 1 and Tier 2 elective measure.

16.14.240  Section A4.403.2 Reduction in cement use.

Section A4.403.2 of Appendix A4 of the California Green Building Standards Code is adopted as a Mandatory measure for all Tier 1 and Tier 2 projects and is amended to read:

A4.403.2  Low carbon concrete requirements.

A4.403.2.1   Purpose.   The purpose of this chapter is to provide practical standards and requirements  for  the  composition  of  concrete,  as  defined  herein,  that  maintains adequate  strength  and  durability  for  the  intended  application  and  at  the  same  time reduces  greenhouse  gas  emissions  associated  with  concrete  composition.  This  code includes pathways for compliance with either reduced cement levels or lower‐emission supplementary cementitious materials.

A4.403.2.2  Definitions.  For the application of this section the following definitions shall apply:

Concrete. Concrete is any approved combination of mineral aggregates bound together into a hardened conglomerate in accordance with the requirements of this code.

Environmental  product  declaration  (EPD).  EPDs  present  quantified  environmental information  on  the  life  cycle  of  a  product  to  enable  comparisons  between  products fulfilling the same function. EPDs must conform to ISO 14025, and EN 15804 or ISO 21930, and have at least a "cradle to gate" scope (which covers product life cycle from resource extraction to the factory).

Upfront  embodied  carbon  (embodied  carbon).  The  greenhouse  gasses  emitted  in material extraction, transportation and manufacturing of a material corresponding to life cycle  stages  A1  (extraction  and  upstream  production),  A2  (transportation),  and  A3 (manufacturing).  Definition  is  as  noted  in  ISO  21930  and  as  defined  in  V2.3  Product Category Rule for Concrete by NSF dated November 2023.
https://d2evkimvhatqav.cloudfront.net/documents/PCR‐Product‐Category‐Rules/PCR‐Concrete‐2023‐deviation.pdf A4.403.2.3   Compliance.   Compliance  with  the  requirements  of  this  chapter  shall  be demonstrated  through  any  of  the  compliance  options  in  Sections  4.403.2.3.2  through

4.403.2.3.5:

Item 17
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.14

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
25 Packet Pg. 371 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT A

0280100_KB2_20240523_CA

TABLE A4.403.2.3 Cement and Embodied Carbon Limit Pathways

A4.403.2.3.1 Allowable increases.
(1) Cement and Embodied Carbon Limit Allowances. Cement or Embodied Carbon limits shown in Table A4.403.2.3 can be increased by 30% for concretes demonstrated to the Building Official as requiring high early strength. Such concretes could include, but are not limited to, precast, prestressed concrete; beams and slabs above grade; and shotcrete (2) Approved Cements. The maximum cement content may be increased proportionately above  the  tabulated  value  when  using  an  approved  cement,  or  blended  cement, demonstrated  by  approved  EPD  to  have  a  plant‐specific  EPD  lower  than  1040  kg CO2e/metric  ton.  The  increase  in  allowable  cement  content  would  be  (1040  / plant=specific EPD) %.

A4.403.2.3.2 Cement limit method —  mix. Cement content of a concrete mix using this method shall not exceed the value shown in the Table A4.403.2.3. Use of this method is limited to concrete with specified
compressive strength not exceeding 5,000 psi.

A4.403.2.3.3  Cement  limit  method  —   project.  Total  cement  content  shall  be  based  on total  cement  usage  of  all  concrete  mix  designs  within  the  same  project.  Total  cement content  for  a  project  shall  not  exceed  the  value  calculated  according  to  Equation A4.403.2.3.3.

Equation A4.403.2.3.3:

Cem proj < Cem allowed
Item 17
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.14

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
26 Packet Pg. 372 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT A

0280100_KB2_20240523_CA

where
Cem proj = ΣCem n v n and Cem allowed = ΣCem lim v n
and
n = the total number of concrete mixtures for the project Cem n = the cement content for mixture n , kg/m 3 or lb/yd 3 Cem lim = the maximum cement content for mixture n per Table A4.403.2.3, kg/m 3 or lb/yd 3
v n = the volume of mixture n concrete to be placed, yd 3 or m 3 Applicant can use yd 3 or m 3 for calculation, but must keep same units throughout A4.403.2.3.4.   Embodied  carbon  method  —   mix.  Embodied  carbon  of  a  concrete  mix, based on an approved environmental product declaration (EPD), shall not exceed the value given in Table A4.403.2.3.

A4.403.2.3.5.  Embodied carbon method —  project. Total embodied carbon (EC proj ) of all concrete mix designs within the same project shall not exceed the project limit (EC allowed ) determined using Table A4.403.2.3 and Equation A4.403.2.3.5.

Equation A4.403.2.3.5:

EC proj < EC allowed
where
EC proj = ΣEC n v n and EC allowed = ΣEC lim v n
and
n = the total number of concrete mixtures for the project EC n = the embodied carbon potential for mixture n per mixture EPD, kg/m 3 EC lim = the embodied carbon potential limit for mixture n per Table A4.403.2.3, kg/m3 v n = the volume of mixture n concrete to be placed, yd 3 or m 3 Applicant can use yd 3 or m 3 for calculation, but must keep same units throughout.

A4.403.2.3.6.  Enforcement.

As  a  condition  prior  to  the  issuance  of  every  building  permit  involving  placement  of concrete,  the  permit  applicant  shall  be  required  to  submit  a  completed  low‐carbon concrete compliance form that shall be provided by and reviewed for compliance by the building department prior to issuing the permit.

As a condition of such building permits, and prior to approving construction inspections following placement of concrete, the permit applicant shall be required to submit batch certificates and/or EPDs provided by the concrete provider that demonstrate compliance with the low‐carbon concrete compliance form on file with the building permit. The batch certificates and/or EPDs shall be reviewed for compliance by the building department prior Item 17
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.14

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
27 Packet Pg. 373 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT A

0280100_KB2_20240523_CA

to approving any further inspections.

When deviations from compliance with this section occur, the chief building official or his designee  is  authorized  to  require  evidence  of  equivalent  carbon  reductions  from  the portions of remaining construction of the project to demonstrate alternative compliance with the intent of this chapter.

For projects involving placement of concrete by, or on behalf of, a public works, parks, or similar department the director of such department, or his/her assignee, shall maintain accurate records of the total volume (in cubic yards) of all concrete placed, as well as the total compliant volume (in cubic yards) of all concrete placed, and shall report this data annually  to  the  governing  body  in  a  form  expressing  an  annual  compliance  percentage derived  from  the  quotient  of  total  compliant  concrete  volume  placed  divided  by  total concrete volume placed.

A4.403.2.3.7.  Exemptions.
(a) Hardship or infeasibility exemption. If an applicant for a project subject to this chapter believes  that  circumstances  exist  that  make  it  a  hardship  or  infeasible  to  meet  the requirements of this chapter, the applicant may request an exemption as set forth below.

In  applying  for  an  exemption,  the  burden  is  on  the  applicant  to  show  hardship  or infeasibility.  The  applicant  shall  identify  in  writing  the  specific  requirements  of  the standards for compliance that the project is unable to achieve and the circumstances that make it a hardship or infeasible for the project to comply with this chapter. Circumstances that constitute hardship or infeasibility may include, but are not limited to the following:
(1) There is a lack of commercially available material necessary to comply with this chapter; (2) The cost of achieving compliance is disproportionate to the overall cost of the project; (3) Compliance with certain requirements would impair the historic integrity of buildings listed on a local, state or federal list or register of historic structures as regulated by the California Historic Building Code (Title 24, Part 8).
(b) Granting of exemption. If the chief building official determines that it is a hardship or infeasible for the applicant to fully meet the requirements of this chapter and that granting the requested exemption will not cause the building to fail to comply with the California Building Standards Code, the chief building official shall determine the maximum feasible threshold  of  compliance  reasonably  achievable  for  the  project.  In  making  this determination, the chief building official shall consider whether alternate, practical means of achieving the objectives of this chapter can be satisfied. If an exemption is granted, the applicant shall be required to comply with this chapter in all other respects and shall be required to achieve the threshold of compliance determined to be achievable by the chief building official.
(c)  Denial  of  exception.  If  the  chief  building  official  determines  that  it  is  reasonably possible for the applicant to fully meet the requirements of this chapter, the request shall be denied and the applicant shall be notified of the decision in writing. The project and compliance documentation shall be modified to comply with the standards for compliance.

Item 17
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.14

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
28 Packet Pg. 374 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT A

0280100_KB2_20240523_CA

16.14.250  Section A4.408.1 Enhanced Construction Waste Reduction.

Section A4.408.1 of Appendix A4 of the California Green Building Standards Code is adopted as a mandatory measure and is amended to read:

A4.408.1  Enhanced  construction  waste  reduction.  Nonhazardous  construction  and demolition debris generated at the site is diverted to recycle or salvage in compliance with the following:

Projects  with  a  given  valuation  of  $25,000  or  more  must  have  at  least  an  80‐percent reduction.  Any  mixed  recyclables  that  are  sent  to  mixed‐waste  recycling  facilities  shall include  a  qualified  third  party  verified  facility  average  diversion  rate.  Verification  of diversion rates shall meet minimum certification eligibility guidelines, acceptable to the local enforcing agency.

Exceptions:

1. Residential stand‐alone mechanical, electrical or plumbing permits.

2. Commercial stand‐alone mechanical, electrical or plumbing permits.

A4.408.1.1  Documentation.  Documentation  shall  be  provided  to  the  enforcing  agency which  demonstrates  compliance  with  all  construction  and  demolition  waste  reduction requirements.

Division A4.5 – ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY

16.14.260  Section A4.504.1 Compliance with Formaldehyde Limits.

Section A4.504.1 of Appendix A5 of the California Green Building Standards Code is adopted as a Tier 1 and Tier 2 elective measure.

16.14.270  Section A4.504.3 Thermal Insulation.

Section A4.504.3 of Appendix A5 of the California Green Building Standards Code is not adopted
as a Tier 1 and Tier 2 prerequisite. Section A4.504.3 is adopted as a Tier 1 and Tier 2 elective measure.

Part 8 – Local Modifications to CHAPTER 5 – NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES

Division 5.1 – PLANNING AND DESIGN

16.14.280  Nonresidential  Projects:  Chapter  5  Preface  Green  Building  Requirements  for Project
Type and Scope.

A Preface is added to Chapter 5 of the California Green Building Standards Code to read:

Preface  –  Green  Building  Requirements  for  Project  Type  and  Scope.  For  design  and Item 17
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.14

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
29 Packet Pg. 375 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT A

0280100_KB2_20240523_CA

construction of nonresidential projects, the City requires compliance with the mandatory measures of Chapter 5, in addition to use of Tier 1 and Tier 2 as specified in Palo Alto Municipal  Code  Chapter  16.14.  See  Section  202  for  definitions  on  CALGreen MANDATORY, Tier 1 prerequisites and electives, and Tier 2 prerequisites and electives.

All  elective  measures  are  adopted  as  written  under  Appendix  A5  unless  otherwise indicated in this Section.

16.14.290  Section 5.106.1.1 Local Stormwater Pollution Prevention.

Section 5.106.1.1 of Chapter 5 of the California Green Building Standards Code is amended to read:

5.106.1.1 Local ordinance. Newly constructed projects and additions shall comply with
additional  City  of  Palo  Alto  stormwater  runoff  management  and  pollution  prevention measures as applicable, and as may be amended from time to time.

16.14.295  Section 5.106.8 Light Pollution Reduction.

Section 5.106.8 of Chapter 5 of the California Green Building Standards Code is amended to read:

5.106.8 Light  pollution
reduction.  Outdoor  lighting  systems  shall  be  designed and installed to comply with the following:

1. The minimum requirements in the California Energy Code for Lighting Zones 0‐4 as defined in Chapter 10, Section 10‐114 of the California Administrative Code; and

2. Backlight (B) ratings as defined in IES TM‐15‐11 (shown in Table A‐1 in Chapter 8);

3. Uplight and Glare ratings as defined in California Energy Code (shown in Tables 130.2‐A and 130.2‐B in Chapter 8); and

4. Allowable BUG ratings not exceeding those shown in Table 5.106.8 [N]; or Comply  with  a  local  ordinance  lawfully  enacted  pursuant  to  Section  101.7, whichever is more stringent.

Projects  may  use  an  approved  equal  reference  standard  for  light  fixtures  where  BUG ratings are unavailable.

Exceptions:

1. Luminaires  that  qualify  as  exceptions  in  Section  103.2(b)  and  140.7  of  the California Energy Code.

2. Emergency lighting.

3. Building  facade  meeting  the  requirements  in  Table  140.7‐B  of  the  California Energy Code, Part 6.

4. Custom lighting features as allowed by the local enforcing agency, as permitted by Section 101.8 Alternate materials, designs and methods of construction.

Item 17
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.14

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
30 Packet Pg. 376 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT A

0280100_KB2_20240523_CA

5.  Luminaires with less than 6,200 initial luminaire lumens.

16.14.300  Section 5.106.13 Full Electrification.

Section 5.106 of Chapter 4 of the California Green Building Standards Code is amended to add new subsection, 5.106.13 as follows:

5.106.13  Full  electrification.  Full  electrification  is  recommended  for  new  buildings, substantial remodels, and new outdoor appliances/equipment such as fireplaces, firepits, heaters for swimming pool/spa, and similar equipment. Full electrification is required for outdoor  grills,  stoves,  and  barbecues.  This  subsection  does  not  prohibit  freestanding and/or portable grills, stoves, and barbecues whose source of energy is self‐contained fuel canisters.

16.14.310  Reserved

16.14.320  Reserved

Division 5.3 –
WATER EFFICIENCY AND CONSERVATION

16.14.330  Section 5.304.2 Invasive Species Prohibited.

Section 5.304.2 of Chapter 5 of the California Green Building Standards Code is added as mandatory measure to read:

5.304.2 Invasive species prohibited. All nonresidential new construction, additions, and alterations shall not install invasive species in a landscape area of any size.

16.14.340  Section 5.306 Nonresidential Enhanced Water Budget.

Section 5.306 of Chapter 5 of the California Green Building Standards Code is added as mandatory measure to read:

5.306  Nonresidential  enhanced  water  budget.  Nonresidential  buildings  anticipated  to use more than 1,000 gallons of water a day shall complete an Enhanced Water Budget Calculator as established by the Chief Building Official or designee.

16.14.350  Section 5.307 Cooling Tower Water Use.

Section 5.307 Cooling Tower Water Use is added as mandatory to read:

5.307 COOLING TOWER WATER USE

5.307.1.  Cooling tower water use in high rise residential or nonresidential buildings.

Cooling tower water use must meet the conditions as follows and as outlined in Palo Alto Item 17
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.14

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
31 Packet Pg. 377 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT A

0280100_KB2_20240523_CA

Municipal  Code  Section  16.08.100.  Projects  are  required  to  perform  a  potable  water analysis at the site to meet the maximum concentration of parameters noted in Table

5.307.1

TABLE 5.307.1
Ca (as CaCO3)  600 ppm
Total alkalinity   500 ppm
SiO2  150 ppm
Cr  300 ppm
Conductivity  3300 Us/cm

Calculate  maximum  number  of  cycles  that  can  be  achieved  with  these levels of concentration shall be included in the plumbing design plans.

Division 5.4 – MATERIAL CONSERVATION AND RESOUCE EFFICIENCY

16.14.360  Section 5.410.4.6 Energy STAR Portfolio Manager.

Section 5.410.4.6 of Chapter 5 of the California Green Building Standards is added as mandatory
measure to read:

5.410.4.6 Energy STAR portfolio manager. All nonresidential projects exceeding $100,000 valuation must provide evidence of an Energy STAR Portfolio Manager project profile for both water and energy use prior to Permit Issuance, acquire an Energy STAR Portfolio Manager Rating, and submit the rating to the City of Palo Alto once the project has been occupied after 12 months.

16.14.370  Section 5.410.4.7 Performance Reviews – Energy.

Section 5.410.4.7 of Chapter 5 of the California Green Building Standards is added to read:

5.410.4.7 Performance reviews – energy. All projects over 10,000 square feet. The City reserves the right to conduct a performance review, no more frequently than once every five years unless a project fails review, to evaluate the building's energy use to ensure that resources used at the building and/or site do not exceed the maximum allowance set forth  in  the  rehabilitation  or  new  construction  design.  Following  the  findings  and recommendations of the review, the City may require adjustments to the energy usage or  energy‐using  equipment  or  systems  if  the  building  is  no  longer  compliant  with  the original  design.  Renovation  or  rehabilitation  resulting  from  such  audit  activity  shall  be considered  a  project  and  shall  be  subject  to  applicable  documentation  submittal requirements  of  the  City.  This  section  is  effective  only  for  those  projects  for  which  a building permit was issued after January 1, 2009.

16.14.380  Section 5.410.4.8 Performance Reviews – Water.

Item 17
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.14

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
32 Packet Pg. 378 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT A

0280100_KB2_20240523_CA

Section 5.410.4.8 of Chapter 5 of the California Green Building Standards is added to read:

5.410.4.8 Performance reviews – water. All sites greater than one acre: The City reserves the right to conduct performance reviews, no more frequently than once every five years unless a project fails review, to evaluate water use to ensure that resources used at the building and/or site do not exceed a maximum allowance set forth in the rehabilitation or new  construction  design.  Water  use  reviews  may  be  initiated  by  CPAU,  or  as  a coordinated effort between the CPAU and the Santa Clara Valley Water District (SCVWD), or as part of SCVWD's established water conservation programs. Following the findings and  recommendations  of  the  review,  the  City  may  require  adjustments  to  irrigation usage,  irrigation  hardware,  and/or  landscape  materials  to  reduce  consumption  and improve efficiency. Renovation or rehabilitation resulting from such audit activity shall be considered  a  project  and  shall  be  subject  to  applicable  documentation  submittal requirements of the City.

16.14.390  Section 5.506 Indoor Air Quality.

Section 5.506.4 of Chapter 5 of the California Green Building Standards is added as mandatory measure to read:

Section 5.506.4 Indoor air quality management plan. All commercial and multi‐ family projects must submit
an Indoor Air Quality Management Plan (IAQ) with building permit application in accordance with the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association  (SMACNA  IAQ)  Guidelines  for  Occupied  Buildings  Under  Construction,  2nd edition ANSI/SMACNA 008‐2008.

Part 9 – Local Modifications to APPENDIX A5 – NONRESIDENTIAL VOLUNTARY MEASURES

Division A5.1
– PLANNING AND DESIGN

16.14.400  Section A5.106.5.3 Electric Vehicle (EV) Charging for New Construction.

Section A5.106.5.3 – A5.106.5.3.4 of the California Green Building Standards Code are deleted in its entirety, adopted as mandatory measures and is amended to read:

A5.106.5.3  Electric  vehicle  (EV)  charging  for  nonresidential  structures.  New  non‐ residential
structures  shall  comply  with  the  following  requirements  for  electric  vehicle supply  equipment  (EVSE).  All  parking  space  calculations  under  this  section  shall  be rounded up to the next full space. The requirements stated in this section are in addition to those contained in Section 5.106.5.3 of the California Green Building Standards Code.

In the event of a conflict between this section and Section 5.106.5.3, the more robust EV Charging requirements shall prevail.

A5.106.5.3.5 Nonresidential structures other than hotels. The following standards apply to newly constructed nonresidential structures other than hotels.

Item 17
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.14

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
33 Packet Pg. 379 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT A

0280100_KB2_20240523_CA

In general. For building with 10 to 20 parking spaces, the property owner shall provide at least 20% EV Capable or EVSE‐Ready space, and at least 20% Level 2 EVSE installed of the total parking spaces.

For building with over 20 parking spaces, the property owner shall provide at least 15% EV Capable or EVSE‐Ready space, and at least 15% EVSE installed for of the total parking spaces
Accessible  spaces.  Projects  shall  comply  with  the  2022  California  Building  Code requirements for accessible electric vehicle parking.

Minimum  total  circuit  capacity.  The  property  owner  shall  ensure  sufficient  circuit capacity, as determined by the Chief Building Official or designee , to support a Level 2 EVSE in every location where EVSE Capable space, EVSE‐Ready space or EVSE Installed is required.

Location. The EVSE, receptacles, and/or raceway required by this section shall be placed in locations allowing convenient installation of and access to EVSE. Location of EVSE or receptacles shall be consistent with all city regulations.

Division A5.4 – ENERGY EFFICIENCY

16.14.410  Section A5.203.1 Performance Approach for Newly Constructed Buildings.

Section A5.203.1 of Appendix A5 of the California Green Building Standards Code is not adopted as a Tier 1 and Tier 2
elective measure. Projects shall comply with Chapter 16.17 of the Palo Alto Municipal Code (California Energy Code).

Division A5.4 – MATERIAL CONSERVATION AND RESOUCE EFFICIENCY

16.14.420  Section A5.405.5 Cement and Concrete.

Section A5.405.5 of Appendix A5 of the California Green Building Standards Code is adopted as a Mandatory measure
for Tier 1 and Tier 2 projects and is amended to read:

A5.405.5 Cement and concrete.  Use cement and concrete made with recycled products and  complying  with  the  following  sections  and  requirements  per  PAMC  Chapter

16.14.240.

16.14.430  Section A5.408 Construction Waste Reduction, Disposal and Recycling.

Section A5.408 of Appendix A5
of the California Green Building Standards Code is adopted as a Mandatory measure for Tier 2 projects and is amended to read:

A5.408.3.1  Waste  enhanced  construction  waste  reduction.  (80%  construction  waste reduction) as a mandatory requirement for all nonresidential construction, including new construction,  additions,  and  alterations,  as  long  as  the  construction  has  a  valuation  of $25,000 or more. Nonresidential projects with a lower valuation shall remain subject to Item 17
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.14

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
34 Packet Pg. 380 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT A

0280100_KB2_20240523_CA

California Green Building Standards Code Chapter 5 mandatory measures.

Exceptions:

1. Residential stand‐alone mechanical, electrical or plumbing permits.

2. Commercial stand‐alone mechanical, electrical or plumbing permits.

A5.408.3.1.1 ‐ Deleted

A5.408.3.1.2 Documentation. Documentation shall be provided to the enforcing agency which demonstrates compliance with all construction and demolition waste reduction requirements.

SECTION 3. The Council adopts the findings for local amendments to the California Green Building Standards  Code,  2022  Edition,  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  “A”  and  incorporated  herein  by reference.

SECTION 4. If any section, subsection, clause or phrase of this Ordinance is for any reason held to be invalid, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portion or sections of the Ordinance.  The  Council  hereby  declares  that  it  should  have  adopted  the  Ordinance  and  each section, subsection, sentence, clause or phrase thereof irrespective of the fact that any one or more sections, subsections, sentences, clauses or phrases be declared invalid.

SECTION 5. The Council finds that this project is exempt from the provisions of the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”), pursuant to Section 15061 of the CEQA Guidelines, because it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that the amendments herein adopted will have a significant effect on the environment and Section 15308, because the amendments herein adopted is an action taken by the City to assure the maintenance, restoration, enhancement, or protection of the environment.

///

//

Item 17
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.14

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
35 Packet Pg. 381 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT A

0280100_KB2_20240523_CA

SECTION 6. This Ordinance shall be effective on the thirty‐first day after the date of its adoption.

INTRODUCED:

PASSED:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSENT:

ABSTENTIONS:

ATTEST:

____________________________     ____________________________ City Clerk          Mayor

APPROVED AS TO FORM:      APPROVED:

____________________________     ____________________________ Chief Assistant City Attorney      City Manager

____________________________
Director of Planning and
Development Services

____________________________
Director of Administrative Services

Item 17
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.14

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
36 Packet Pg. 382 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT A

0280100_KB2_20240523_CA

Exhibit A
FINDINGS FOR LOCAL AMENDMENTS TO CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARD CODE TITLE 24, PART 11

Section 17958 of the California Health and Safety Code provides that the City may make changes to the provisions of the California Building Standards Code. Sections 17958.5 and 17958.7 of the Health and Safety Code require that for each proposed local change to those provisions of the California Building Standards Code which regulate buildings used for human habitation, the City Council must make findings supporting its determination that each such local change is reasonably necessary because of local climatic, geological, or topographical conditions.

Local building regulations having the effect of amending the uniform codes, which were adopted by the City prior to November 23, 1970, were unaffected by the regulations of Sections 17958, 17958.5  and  17958.7  of  the  Health  and  Safety  Code.  Therefore,  amendments  to  the  uniform codes which were adopted by the City Council prior to November 23, 1970 and have been carried through  from  year  to  year  without  significant  change,  need  no  required  findings.  Also, amendments to provisions not regulating buildings used for human habitation do not require findings.

Code: California Green Building Standard Code, Title 24, Part 11 Chapter(s),
Sections(s),
Appendices
Title  Add  Deleted  Amended  Justification
(See below of keys)
101.4  Appendices     A
202  Definitions    A
301  Voluntary Tiers Added    C, E
301.1  Scope     C, E
301.1.1  Residential additions and alterations     C, E 301.2  Low‐rise and high‐rise residential buildings     C, E 301.2.1  Low‐Rise residential new construction –
Tier 2 adopted
   C, E
301.3  Nonresidential additions and alterations     C, E 301.3.3  No‐residential new construction – Tier 2     C, E 301.6  Special inspector requirements     C, E
301.7  Low‐carbon concrete requirements for Tier
1 and Tier 2 projects
   C, E

4.306  Swimming pool and spa covers    C, E

4.509  Heat pump water heater

 

702.2  Green building special inspection

 C, E
A4.104.1  Supervision and education by a special
inspector
  C, E
A4.105.1  Chapter 5.24 of Title 5 of the Municipal
Code
  C, E
Item 17
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.14

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
37 Packet Pg. 383 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT A

0280100_KB2_20240523_CA

A4.105.2  Reuse of materials    C, E
A4.106.8  Electric vehicle (EV) charging for residential structures
  C, E
A4.106.8.1  New single‐family, duplex and townhouse
dwellings
  C, E
A4.106.8.2  New multi‐family dwellings.    C, E
A4.106.8.3  New hotels and motels    C, E
A4.106.9  Bicycle Parking    C, E
A4.106.10  Light pollution reduction    C, E
A4.203.1  Performance Approach for Newly
Constructed Buildings
  C, E
A4.304.3  Irrigation metering device    C, E
A4.305.1  Graywater    C, E
A4.305.2  Recycled water piping    C, E
A4.305.3  Recycled water for landscape irrigation    C, E A4.305.4  Additions and alterations    C, E
A4.403.1  Frost Protection Foundation Systems   

C
A4.403.2  Reduction in cement use    C, E
A4.403.2.1  Purpose    C, E
A4.403.2.2  Definitions    C, E
A4.403.2.3  Compliance    C, E
Table
A4.403.2.3
Cement and Embodied Carbon Limit
Pathways
  C, E
A4.403.2.3.1  Allowable increases    C, E
A4.403.2.3.2  Cement limit method ‐ mix    C, E
A4.403.2.3.3  Cement limit method ‐ project    C, E A4.403.2.3.4  Embodied carbon method ‐ mix    C, E
A4.403.2.3.5  Embodied carbon method ‐ project    C, E A4.403.2.3.6  Enforcement    A
A4.403.2.3.7  Exemptions    A
A4.408.1  Enhanced construction waste reduction

 C, E
A4.408.1.1  Documentation    A
A4.504.1  Compliance with Formaldehyde Limits    C, E A4.504.3  Thermal Insulation    C, E

5.106.1.1  Local Storm Water Pollution Prevention    C, E

5.106.1.1  Local ordinance    C, E

5.106.8  Light pollution reduction    C, E

5.304.2  Invasive species prohibited   C

5.306  Nonresidential enhanced water
budget
 C, E

5.307.1  Cooling tower water use in high‐rise
residential or nonresidential buildings
 C, E
Item 17
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.14

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
38 Packet Pg. 384 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT A

0280100_KB2_20240523_CA

5.410.4.6  Energy STAR portfolio manager   C, E

5.410.4.7  Performance reviews – energy   C, E

5.410.4.8  Performance reviews – water  

C, E

5.506.4  Indoor air quality management plan   E
A5.106.5.3  Electric vehicle (EV) charging for
nonresidential structures

  C, E
A5.106.5.3.5  Nonresidential structures other than hotels 
  C, E
A5.203.1  Performance Approach for Newly
Constructed Buildings
   C, E
A5.405.5  Cement and concrete     C, E
A5.408.3.1  Waste enhanced construction waste
reduction
   C, E
A5.408.3.1.1  Enhanced construction waste reduction –
Tier 2
   A
A5.408.3.1.2  Documentation     A

Key to Justification for Amendments to Title 24 of the California Code of Regulations

A  This  is  an  administrative  amendment  to  clarify  and  establish  civil  and  administrative procedures, regulations, or rules to enforce and administer the activities by the Palo Alto Building Inspection Department.  These administrative amendments do not need to meet HSC 18941.5/17958/13869 per HSC 18909(c).

C  This amendment is justified on the basis of a local climatic condition. The seasonal climatic conditions during the late summer
and fall create severe fire hazards to the public health and welfare in the City. The hot, dry weather frequently results in wild land fires on the brush covered slopes west of Interstate 280. The aforementioned conditions combined with the geological characteristics of the hills within the City create hazardous conditions for  which  departure  from  California  Building  Standards  Code  is  required.  Natural  gas combustion  and  gas  appliances  emit  a  wide  range  of  air  pollutants,  such  as  carbon monoxide  (CO),  nitrogen  oxides  (NOx,  including  nitrogen  dioxide  (NO2)),  particulate matter (PM), and formaldehyde, which according to a UCLA Study, have been linked to various acute and chronic health effects, and additionally exceed levels set by national and California‐based ambient air quality standards. The burning of fossil fuels used in the generation  of  electric  power  and  heating  of  buildings  contributes  to  climate  change, which could result in rises in sea level, including in San Francisco Bay, that could put at risk  Palo  Alto  homes  and  businesses,  public  facilities,  and  Highway  101  (Bayshore Freeway), particularly the mapped Flood Hazard areas of the City.  Energy efficiency is a key  component  in  reducing  GHG  emissions,  and  construction  of  more  energy  efficient buildings  can  help  Palo  Alto  reduce  its  share  of  the  GHG  emissions  that  contribute  to climate change. All‐electric new buildings benefit the health, safety, and welfare, of Palo Alto and its residents.  Requiring all‐electric construction, without gas infrastructure will reduce  the  amount  of  greenhouse  gas  produced  in  Palo  Alto  and  will  contribute  to reducing the impact of climate change and the associated risks.  Due to decrease in annual Item 17
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.14

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
39 Packet Pg. 385 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT A

0280100_KB2_20240523_CA

rain fall, Palo Alto experiences the effect of drought and water saving more than some other communities in California. Embodied carbon of concrete is a significant contributor to  greenhouse  gas  emissions  and  climate  change,  and  this  amendment  includes  a requirement to use low‐carbon concrete.  Providing additional capacity for electric vehicle use reduces use of gasoline which is a major contributor to climate change.

E  Green building enhances the public health and welfare by promoting the environmental and  economic  health  of  the  City  through  the  design,  construction,  maintenance, operation and deconstruction of buildings and sites by incorporating green practices into all
development.  The  green  provisions  in  this  Chapter  are  designed  to  achieve  the following goals:
(a) Increase energy efficiency in buildings;
(b) Reduce the use of natural gas in buildings which improves indoor environmental quality and health;
(c) Reduce the use of natural gas which will reduce the natural gas infrastructure and fire risk over time;
(d) Reduce  the  embodied  carbon  of  concrete  which  reduces  greenhouse  gas emissions;
(e) Increase water and resource conservation;
(f) Reduce waste generated by construction and demolition projects; (g) Provide durable buildings that are efficient and economical to own and operate; (h) Promote the health and productivity of residents, workers, and visitors to the city; (i) Recognize and conserve the energy embodied in existing buildings; (j) Increase  capacity  for  use  of  electric  vehicles  which  reduces  greenhouse  gas emissions and improves air quality;
(k) Encourage alternative transportation; and
(l) Reduce disturbance of natural ecosystems.

G  This amendment is justified on the basis of a local geological condition. The City of Palo Alto is subject to earthquake hazard caused by its proximity to San Andreas fault. This fault runs from Hollister, through the Santa Cruz Mountains, epicenter of the 1989 Loma Prieta earthquake, then on up the San Francisco Peninsula, then offshore at Daly City near Mussel Rock. This is the approximate location of the epicenter of the 1906 San Francisco earthquake.  The  other  fault  is  Hayward  Fault.  This  fault  is  about  74  mi  long,  situated mainly along the western base of the hills on the east side of San Francisco Bay. Both of these  faults  are  considered  major  Northern  California  earthquake  faults  which  may experience  rupture  at  any  time.  Thus,  because  the  City  is  within  a  seismic  area  which includes these earthquake faults, the modifications and changes cited herein are designed to better limit property damage as a result of seismic activity and to establish criteria for Item 17
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.14

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
40 Packet Pg. 386 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT A

0280100_KB2_20240523_CA

repair of damaged properties following a local emergency. Reduction or eliminating of natural gas infrastructure over time will reduce maintenance costs and fire risk in difficult geological conditions.

T  The City of Palo Alto topography includes hillsides with narrow and winding access, which makes timely response by fire suppression vehicles difficult. Palo Alto is contiguous with the San Francisco Bay, resulting in a natural receptor for storm and waste water run‐off.

Also, the City of Palo Alto is located in an area that is potentially susceptible to liquefaction during a major earthquake. The surface condition consists mostly of stiff to dense sandy clay,  which  is  highly  plastic  and  expansive  in  nature.  The  aforementioned  conditions within the City create hazardous conditions for which departure from California Building Standards  Code  is  warranted.   In  addition,  the  reduction  or  elimination  of  natural  gas infrastructure  reduces  the  likelihood  of  fire  or  environmental  damage  should  they become  disrupted  due  to  challenging  topographic  conditions  during  construction  or repair.

Item 17
Attachment A - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.14

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
41 Packet Pg. 387 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT B

0280100_KB2_20230523_CA

Ordinance No. XXXX
Ordinance of the Council of the City of Palo Alto Amending Chapter 16.17 (California Energy Code, California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 6) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code to Adopt the 2022 California Energy Code, Along With Local Amendments Thereto, to Increase Energy Efficiency Standards for Buildings, Mandate Electric‐Ready Requirements, and Incentivize All‐Electric New Construction.

The Council of the City of Palo Alto does ORDAIN as follows:

SECTION 1. Findings and Declarations.

(a) The City of Palo Alto adopted a Sustainability and Climate Action Plan, or S/CAP, to meet the City's stated goal of "80 x 30": reducing greenhouse gas emissions 80% below 1990 levels by 2030.
(b) The S/CAP outlines goals and key actions in eight areas, one of which is energy and more specifically,  energy  efficiency  and  electrification.  The  goals  for  the  energy  area  of  the S/CAP  are  to  reduce  GHG  emissions  from  the  direct  use  of  natural  gas  in  Palo  Alto’s building sector by at least 60% below 1990 levels (116,400 MT CO2e reduction) and to modernize the electric grid to support increased electric demand to accommodate state‐ of‐the‐art technology.
(c) One key action the City is taking to accomplish those goals is to use codes and ordinances ‐  such  as  the  energy  reach  code,  green  building  ordinance,  zoning  code,  or  other mandates ‐  to  facilitate  electrification  in  both  existing  buildings  and  new  construction projects where feasible.
(d) The purpose of this ordinance is to formally adopt California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part  11,  2022  California  Green  Building  Standards  Code,  with  local  amendments  in furtherance of the City of Palo Alto’s S/CAP goals.
(e) California Health and Safety Code sections 17958.5 and 17958.7 requires that the City, in order to make changes or modifications in the requirements contained in the California Green Building Standards on the basis of local conditions, make express finding that such modifications or changes are reasonably necessary because of local climatic, geological or topographical conditions.
(f) The required findings are attached to this ordinance as Exhibit A.

SECTION 2. Chapter 16.17 (California Energy Code, California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 6) of the  Palo  Alto  Municipal  Code  is  hereby  amended  by  repealing  in  its  entirety  existing  Chapter

16.17 and adopting a new Chapter 16.17 to read as follows:

Item 17
Attachment B - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.17

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
42 Packet Pg. 388 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT B

0280100_KB2_20230523_CA

CHAPTER 16.17
CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE,
CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS, TITLE 24, PART 6

Sections

16.17.010  2022 California Energy Code, Title 24, Part 6 adopted.

16.17.020  Cross ‐ References to California Energy Code

16.17.030  Local Amendments

16.17.040  Administration & Enforcement of 2022 California Energy Code

16.17.050  Violations – Penalties

16.17.060  Section 100.1 Definitions and Rules of Construction

16.17.070   Section 110.10 Mandatory Requirements for Solar Ready Buildings

16.17.080  Subchapter 4 Nonresidential, High‐Rise Residential, and Hotel/Motel Occupancies –  Mandatory  Requirements  for  Lighting  Systems  and  Equipment,  and  Electrical Power Distribution Systems

16.17.090  Section 130.6 Electric Readiness Requirements for Systems Using Gas or Propane

16.17.100  Subchapter  5  Nonresidential  and  Hotel/Motel  Occupancies  —   Performance  and Prescriptive Compliance Approaches for Achieving Efficiency

16.17.110  Section 140.1 Performance Approach: Energy Budgets

16.17.120  Subchapter 7 Single‐family Residential Building – Mandatory Features and Devices

16.17.130  Subchapter 8  Single‐family Residential  Buildings –  Performance and  Prescriptive Compliance Approaches

16.17.140  Subchapter 10 Multifamily Buildings —  Mandatory Requirements

16.17.150  Section 160.9 Mandatory Requirements for Electric Ready Buildings

16.17.160  Subchapter 11 Multifamily Buildings —  Performance and Prescriptive Compliance Approaches

16.17.170  Infeasibility Exemption

16.17.180   Appeal

16.17.010  2022 California Energy Code, Title 24, Part 6 adopted.

The  California  Energy  Code,  2022  Edition,  Title  24,  Part  6  of  the  California  Code  of  Regulations together  with  those  omissions,  amendments,  exceptions  and  additions  thereto,  is  adopted  and hereby incorporated in this Chapter by reference and made a part hereof the same as if fully set forth  herein.  Except  as  amended  herein,  all  requirements  of  the  California  Energy  Code,  2022 Edition, Title 24, Part 6 of the California Code of Regulations shall apply.

Item 17
Attachment B - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.17

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
43 Packet Pg. 389 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT B

0280100_KB2_20230523_CA

Unless superseded and expressly repealed, references in  City of  Palo Alto forms, documents and regulations to the chapters and sections of the former editions of the California Code of Regulations, Title 24, shall be construed to apply to the corresponding provisions contained within the California Code  of  Regulations,  Title  24,  2022.  Ordinance  No.  5571  of  the  City  of  Palo  Alto  and  all  other ordinances or parts of ordinances in conflict herewith are hereby suspended and expressly repealed.

One copy of the California Energy Code, 2022 Edition, has been filed for use and examination of the public in the Office of the Chief Building Official of the City of Palo Alto.

16.17.020  Cross ‐ References to California Energy Code The provisions of this Chapter contain cross‐references to the provisions of the California Energy Code, 2022 Edition, in order to facilitate reference and comparison to those provisions.

16.17.030  Local Amendments
The  provisions  of  this  Chapter  shall  constitute  local  amendments  to  the  cross‐referenced provisions of the California Energy Code, 2022 Edition, and shall be deemed to replace the cross‐ referenced sections of said Code with the respective provisions set forth in this Chapter.

16.17.040  Administration & Enforcement of
2022 California Energy Code
Administration and enforcement of this code shall be governed by Chapter 1, Division II of the 2022 California Building Code as amended by Palo Alto Municipal Code Chapter 16.04.

16.17.050  Violations ‐ Penalties
It  is  unlawful  for  any  person  to  violate  any  provision  or  to  fail  to  comply  with  any  of  the requirements of this Chapter or any permits, conditions, or variances granted under this Chapter.

Violators shall be subject to any penalty or penalties authorized by law, including but not limited to: administrative enforcement pursuant to Chapters 1.12 and 1.16 of the Palo Alto Municipal Code; and criminal enforcement pursuant to Chapter 1.08 of the Palo Alto Municipal Code.  Each separate  day  or  any  portion  thereof  during  which  any  violation  of  this  Chapter  occurs  or continues shall be deemed to constitute a separate offense.

When the chief building official determines that a violation of this Chapter has occurred, the chief building official may record a notice of pendency of code violation with the Office of the County Recorder stating the address and owner of the property involved. When the violation has been corrected, the chief building official shall issue and record a release of the notice of pendency of code violation.

16.17.060  Section 100.1 Definitions and Rules of Construction Section 100.1(b) of Subchapter 1 of the California Energy Code is amended by adding the following definitions:

CERTIFIED ENERGY ANALYST is a person registered as a Certified Energy Analyst with the California Association of Building Energy Consultants as of the date of submission of a Certificate of Compliance as required under section 10‐103 of Building Energy Efficiency Item 17
Attachment B - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.17

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
44 Packet Pg. 390 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT B

0280100_KB2_20230523_CA

Standards for residential and nonresidential buildings.

ELECTRIC EQUIPMENT OR APPLIANCE means one or more devices that use electric energy to serve the needs for heating and cooling, water heating, cooking, and electric vehicle charging. In addition,  ancillary  equipment  such  as  an  electric  panel,  photovoltaic  equipment,  and  energy storage  systems  that  are
deployed  to  support  such  devices  shall  be  considered  Electric Equipment or Appliance.

ELECTRIC  HEATING  APPLIANCE  is  a  device  that  produces  heat  energy  to  create  a  warm environment  by  the  application  of  electric  power  to  resistance  elements,  refrigerant compressors, or dissimilar material junctions, as defined in the California Mechanical Code.

NET
FREE AREA (NFA) is the total unobstructed area of the air gaps between louver and grille slats  in  a  vent  through  which  air  can  pass.  The  narrowest  distance  between  two  slats, perpendicular to the surface of both slats is the air gap height. The narrowest width of the gap is the air gap width. The NFA is the air gap height multiplied by the air gap width multiplied by the total number of air gaps between slats in the vent.

SUBSTANTIAL REMODEL (or “50‐50‐50” RULE) is any project or projects that affects the removal or replacement of 50% or more of the linear length of the existing exterior walls of the building, and/or 50% or more of the linear length of the existing exterior wall plate height is raised, and/or 50% or more of the existing roof framing area is removed or replaced, over a 3‐year period.

Any permit(s) applied for will trigger a review of a 3‐year history of the project. This review will result in determining if a substantial remodel has occurred.

The Chief Building Official or designee shall make the final determination regarding the application if a conflict occurs.

16.17.070   Section 110.10 MANDATORY
REQUIREMENTS FOR SOLAR READY BUILDINGS
Section  110.10  of  Subchapter  2  of  the  California  Energy  Code  is  amended  by  adding  Section 110.10 (f) to read:

(f) Existing tree canopies. In the event of a conflict between the provisions of this Code, the Solar Shade Act of 2009, and the Palo Alto Tree Ordinance (Chapter 8.10), the most protective of existing tree canopies shall prevail.

16.17.080  SUBCHAPTER  4  NONRESIDENTIAL  AND  HOTEL/MOTEL  OCCUPANCIES  – MANDATORY  REQUIREMENTS  FOR  LIGHTING  SYSTEMS  AND  EQUIPMENT,  AND ELECTRICAL POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS

SECTION 130.0 LIGHTING SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT, AND ELECTRICAL POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS – GENERAL.

Item 17
Attachment B - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.17

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
45 Packet Pg. 391 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT B

0280100_KB2_20230523_CA

Section 130.0 (a) of Subchapter 4 of the California Energy Code is amended to read:

(a) The design and installation of all lighting systems and equipment in nonresidential and hotel/motel buildings, outdoor lighting, and electrical power distribution systems within the  scope  of  Section  100.0(a),  shall  comply  with  the  applicable  provisions  of  Sections 130.0 through 130.6.

NOTE:  The  requirements  of  Sections  130.0  through  130.6  apply  to  newly  constructed buildings  and  substantial  remodels.  Section  141.0  specifies  which  requirements  of Sections 130.0 through 130.6 also apply to additions and alterations to existing buildings.

16.17.090  SECTION 130.6 ELECTRIC READINESS REQUIREMENTS FOR SYSTEMS USING GAS OR

PROPANE
Subchapter 4 of the California Energy Code is amended to add Section 130.6 to be numbered, entitled, and to read:

130.6 ELECTRIC READINESS REQUIREMENTS FOR SYSTEMS USING GAS OR PROPANE Where nonresidential systems using gas or propane are installed, the construction drawings shall indicate electrical infrastructure and physical space
accommodating the future installation of an
electric  appliance  in  the  following  ways,  as  certified  by  a  registered  design  professional  or licensed electrical contractor.
a) Branch  circuit  wiring,  electrically  isolated  and  designed  to  serve  all  electric  heating appliances in accordance with manufacturer requirements and the California Electrical Code,  including  the  appropriate  voltage,  phase,  minimum  amperage,  and  an  electrical receptacle  or  junction  box  within  five  feet  of  the  appliance  that  is  accessible  with  no obstructions. Appropriately sized conduit may be installed in lieu of conductors; and b) Labeling  of  both  ends  of  the  unused  conductors  or  conduit  shall  be  with  “For  Future Electrical Appliance”; and
c) Reserved  circuit  breakers  in  the  electrical  panel  for  each  branch  circuit,  appropriately labeled (e.g. “Reserved for Future Electric Range”), and positioned on the opposite end of the panel supply conductor connection; and
d) Connected  subpanels,  panelboards,  switchboards,  busbars,  and  transformers  shall  be sized to serve the future electric heating appliances. The electrical capacity requirements shall be adjusted for demand factors in accordance with the California Electrical Code; and
e) Physical space for future electric appliances, including equipment footprint, and if needed a pathway reserved for routing of ductwork to heat pump evaporator(s), shall be depicted on the construction drawings. The footprint necessary for future electric appliances may overlap  with  non‐structural  partitions  and  with  the  location  of  currently  designed combustion equipment.

Item 17
Attachment B - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.17

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
46 Packet Pg. 392 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT B

0280100_KB2_20230523_CA

16.17.100  SUBCHAPTER  5  NONRESIDENTIAL  AND  HOTEL/MOTEL  OCCUPANCIES  — PERFORMANCE  AND  PRESCRIPTIVE  COMPLIANCE  APPROACHES  FOR  ACHIEVING

EFFICIENCY

SECTION 140.0  PERFORMANCE AND PRESCRIPTIVE COMPLIANCE APPROACHES Section 140.0 of Subchapter 5 of the California Energy Code is amended to read:

Nonresidential and hotel/motel buildings shall comply with all of the following:
a) The
requirements  of  Sections  100.0  through  110.12  applicable  to  the  building  project (mandatory measures for all buildings).
b) The  requirements  of  Sections  120.0  through  130.56  (mandatory  measures  for nonresidential and high‐rise residential and hotel/motel buildings). c) Either the performance compliance approach (energy budgets) specified in Section 140.1 or the prescriptive compliance approach specified in Section 140.2 for the Climate Zone in which the building will be located.  Climate zones are shown in FIGURE 100.1‐A.

NOTE to Section 140.0(c):  The Commission periodically updates, publishes, and makes available to interested persons and local enforcement agencies precise descriptions of the Climate Zones, which is available by zip code boundaries depicted in the Reference Joint Appendices along with a list of the communities in each zone.

16.17.110  SECTION 140.1 PERFORMANCE APPROACH:

ENERGY BUDGETS
Section 140.1 of Subchapter 5 of the California Energy Code is amended to read:

Sections 140.1 (a) – (c) are adopted without modification.

A newly constructed building or substantial remodel complies with the performance approach if provided that:

1. The time‐dependent valuation (TDV) energy budget calculated for the Proposed Design Building under Subsection (b) is no greater than the TDV energy budget calculated for the Standard Design Building under Subsection (a), and

2. The source energy budget calculated for the proposed design building under Subsection (b) has a source energy compliance margin, relative to the energy budget calculated for the standard design building under Subsection (a), of at least the value specified for the corresponding occupancy type in Table 140.1‐A below.

Item 17
Attachment B - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.17

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
47 Packet Pg. 393 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT B

0280100_KB2_20230523_CA

TABLE 140.1‐A NONRESIDENTIAL BUILDING SOURCE ENERGY COMPLIANCE MARGINS Occupancy Type  Source Energy Compliance Margins
Office/Mercantile  10%
Hotel/Motel  7%
Restaurants  12%
Industrial/ Manufacturing  0%
All other Nonresidential Occupancies  9%

Exception 1 to Section 140.1 Item 2: A source energy compliance margin of 0 percent or greater is required when nonresidential occupancies are designed with single zone space‐conditioning systems complying with Section 140.4(a)2.

3. Certificate of Compliance. The Certificate of Compliance shall be prepared and signed by a  Certified Energy Analyst  and  the  energy  budget  for  the Proposed  Design  shall  be  no greater than the Standard Design Building.

16.17.120  SUBCHAPTER 7 SINGLE‐FAMILY RESIDENTIAL BUILDING – MANDATORY FEATURES AND DEVICES

Section 150.0 MANDATORY FEATURES AND DEVICES
Section 150.0 of Subchapter 7 of the California Energy Code is amended to read:

Single‐family  residential  buildings  shall  comply  with  the  applicable  requirements  of  Sections 150(a) through 150.0(v).

NOTE: The requirements of Sections 150.0 (a) through (v) apply to newly constructed buildings and substantial remodels. Sections 150.2(a) and 150.2(b) specify which requirements of Sections 150.0(a)  through  150.0(r)  also  apply  to  additions  or alterations.  The  electric  readiness
requirements of Sections 150.0 (n), (t), (u) and (v) apply to residential remodels or additions when the applicable system is included in the remodel.

Subsections 150.0 (a) – (s) are adopted without modification.

(t)  Heat  pump  space  heater  ready.  Systems  using  gas  or  propane  furnace  to  serve individual dwelling units shall include the following:

1. A dedicated 240 volt branch circuit wiring shall be installed within 3 feet from the furnace and accessible to the furnace with no obstructions. The branch circuit conductors shall be rated at 30 amps minimum. The blank cover shall Item 17
Attachment B - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.17

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
48 Packet Pg. 394 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT B

0280100_KB2_20230523_CA

be identified as “240V ready.” All electrical components shall be installed in accordance with the California Electrical Code.

2. The main electrical service panel shall have a reserved space to allow for the installation  of  a  double  pole  circuit  breaker  for  a  future  heat  pump  space heater installation. The reserved space shall be permanently marked as “For Future 240V use.”

3. A designated exterior location for a future heat pump compressor unit.

Subsections 150.0 (u) – (v) are adopted without modification.

16.17.130  SUBCHAPTER  8  SINGLE‐FAMILY  RESIDENTIAL  BUILDINGS  –  PERFORMANCE  AND PRESCRIPTIVE COMPLIANCE APPROACHES

SECTION  150.1  PERFORMANCE  AND  PRESCRIPTIVE  COMPLIANCE  APPROACHES  FOR  SINGLE‐ FAMILY RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS

Section 150.1 of Subchapter 8 of the California Energy Code is amended to read:

Section (a) is adopted without modification.

(b) Performance Standards. A building complies with the performance standards if the energy consumption calculated for the proposed design
building is no greater than the
energy  budget  calculated  for  the  standard  design  building  using  Commission‐certified compliance  software  as  specified  by  the  Alternative  Calculation  Methods  Approval Manual, as specified in sub‐sections 1, 2 and 3 below.

1. Newly Constructed Buildings and substantial remodels. The Energy Budget for newly constructed buildings is expressed in terms of the Energy Design Ratings, which are based on source energy and time‐dependent valuation (TDV) energy.

The Energy Design Rating 1 (EDR1) is based on source energy. The Energy Design Rating  2  (EDR2)  is  based  on  TDV  energy  and  has  two  components,  the  Energy Efficiency Design Rating, and the Solar Electric Generation and Demand Flexibility Design Rating. The total Energy Design Rating shall account for both the Energy Efficiency Design Rating and the Solar Electric Generation and Demand Flexibility Design  Rating.  The  proposed  building  shall  separately  comply  with  the  Source Energy Design Rating, Energy Efficiency Design Rating and the Total Energy Design Rating.

A  building  complies  with  the  performance  approach  if  the  TDV  energy  budget calculated  for  the  proposed  design  building  is  no  greater  than  the  TDV  energy budget  calculated  for  the  Standard  Design  Building  AND  Source  Energy compliance margin of at least 8 points, relative to the Source Energy Design Rating 1 calculated for the Standard Design building.

Exception 1 to Section 150.1(b)1. A community shared solar electric generation Item 17
Attachment B - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.17

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
49 Packet Pg. 395 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT B

0280100_KB2_20230523_CA

system, or other renewable electric generation system, and/or community shared battery storage system, which provides dedicated power, utility energy reduction credits, or payments for energy bill reductions, to the permitted building and is approved by the Energy Commission as specified in Title 24, Part 1, Section 10‐ 115, may offset part or all of the solar electric generation system Energy Design Rating required to comply with the Standards, as calculated according to methods established by the Commission in the Residential ACM Reference Manual.

Exception  2  to  Section  150.1(b)1.  A  newly  constructed  building  that  does  not require a PV system in accordance with Section 150.1(c)14 needs a Source Energy compliance margin of at least 2 points, relative to the Source Energy Design Rating 1 calculated for the Standard Design building.

2. Additions and Alterations to Existing Buildings. The Energy Budget for additions and alterations is expressed in terms of TDV energy.

3. Compliance demonstration requirements for performance standards.

Section 150.1 (b) 3A of Subchapter 8 of the California Energy Code amended to add subsection i:
i. Certificate of Compliance. The Certificate of Compliance is prepared and signed by a Certified Energy Analyst and the Total Energy Design Rating of the Proposed Design shall be no greater than the Standard Design Building.

Section (c) is adopted without modification.

16.17.140  SUBCHAPTER 10 MULTIFAMILY BUILDINGS —  MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS

SECTION 160.4 MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR WATER HEATING SYSTEMS Section 160.4 (a) of Subchapter 10 of the California Energy Code is deleted:

Sections (b) – (f) are adopted without amendments.

16.17.150  SECTION 160.9 MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRIC READY BUILDINGS

Section 160.9 of Subchapter 10 of the California Energy Code is amended to read:

Mandatory requirements for electric‐ready buildings apply to newly constructed buildings and substantial remodels.

Section 160.9 Sections (a) – (c) are adopted without amendments.

Sections (d) ‐ (f)
are added to read:

(d) Systems using gas or propane water heaters to serve individual dwelling units shall Item 17
Attachment B - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.17

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
50 Packet Pg. 396 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT B

0280100_KB2_20230523_CA

include the following components:

1. A  dedicated  125  volt,  20  amp  electrical  receptacle  that  is  connected  to  the electric panel with a 120/240 volt 3 conductor, copper branch circuit rated to 30 amps, within 3 feet from the water heater and accessible to the water heater with no obstructions. In addition, all of the following:

A. Both ends of the unused conductor shall be labeled with the word “spare” and be electrically isolated; and
B. A  reserved  single  pole  circuit  breaker  space  in  the  electrical  panel adjacent  to  the  circuit  breaker  for  the  branch  circuit  in  A  above  and labeled with the words “Future 240V Use”;
All  electrical  components  shall  be  installed  in  accordance  with  the  California Electrical Code.

2. A condensate drain that is no more than 2 inches higher than the base of the installed water heater, and allows natural draining without pump assistance, All  plumbing  components  shall  be  installed  in  accordance  with  the  California Plumbing Code.

3. The construction drawings shall indicate the location of the future heat pump water heater. The reserved location shall have minimum interior dimensions of 39”x39”x96”,

4. A ventilation method meeting one of the following:

A. The location reserved for the future heat pump water heater shall have a minimum volume of 700 cu. ft.,
B. The location reserved for the future heat pump water heater shall vent to a  communicating  space  in  the  same  pressure  boundary  via  permanent openings with a minimum total net free area of 250 sq. in., so that the total combined volume connected via permanent openings is 700 cu. ft. or larger. The permanent openings shall be:
i. Fully louvered doors with fixed louvers consisting of a single layer of fixed flat slats; or
ii. Two permanent fixed openings, consisting of a single layer of fixed flat slat louvers or grilles, one commencing within 12 inches from the top of the enclosure and one commencing within 12 inches from the bottom of the enclosure.

C. The location reserved for the future heat pump water heater shall include two 8” capped ducts, venting to the building exterior.
i. All ducts connections and building penetrations shall be sealed. ii. Exhaust air ducts and all ducts which cross pressure boundaries shall be insulated to a minimum insulation level of R‐6.

Item 17
Attachment B - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.17

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
51 Packet Pg. 397 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT B

0280100_KB2_20230523_CA

iii. Airflow from termination points shall be diverted away from each other.

All mechanical components shall be installed in accordance with the California Mechanical Code.

(e) Central Heat Pump Water Heater Electric Ready. Water heating systems using gas or propane to serve multiple dwelling units shall meet the requirements of 160.9(f) and include the following for the future heat pump:

1. The system input capacity of the gas or propane water heating system shall be determined as the sum of the input gas or propane capacity of all water heating devices associated with each gas or propane water heating system.

2. Space reserved shall include:

A. Heat Pump. The minimum space reserved shall include space for service clearances, air flow clearances, and keep outs and shall meet one of the following:
i. If the system input capacity of the gas water heating system is less than  200,000  BTU/HR,  the  minimum  space  reserved  for  the  heat pump shall be 2.0 square feet per input 10,000 Btu/ HR of the gas or propane water heating system, and the minimum linear dimension of the space reserved shall be 48 linear inches.
ii. If the system input capacity of the gas water heating system is greater than or equal to 200,000 BTU/HR, the minimum space reserved for the heat pump shall be 3.6 square feet per input 10,000 Btu/ HR of the  gas  or  propane  water  heating  system,  and  the  minimum  linear dimension of the space reserved shall be 84 linear inches. iii. The space reserved shall be the space required for a heat pump water heater  system  that  meets  the  total  building  hot  water  demand  as calculated  and  documented  by  the  responsible  person  associated with the project.

B. Tanks. The minimum space reserved shall include space for service clearances and keep outs and shall meet one of the following:
i. If the system input capacity of the gas water heating system is less than 200,000 BTU/HR, the minimum space reserved for the storage and temperature maintenance tanks shall be 4.4 square feet per input 10,000 BTU/HR. of the gas or propane water heating system. ii. If the system input capacity of the gas water heating system is greater than  or  equal  to  200,000  BTU/HR,  the  minimum  physical  space reserved for the storage and temperature maintenance tanks shall be

3.1 square feet per input 10,000 BTU/HR. of the gas or propane water heating system.

Item 17
Attachment B - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.17

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
52 Packet Pg. 398 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT B

0280100_KB2_20230523_CA

iii. The space reserved shall be the space required for a heat pump water heater  system  that  meets  the  total  building  hot  water  demand  as calculated  and  documented  by  the  responsible  person  associated with the project.

3. Ventilation shall be provided by meeting one of the following:

A. Physical space reserved for the heat pump shall be located outside, or B. A pathway shall be reserved for future routing of supply and exhaust air via  ductwork  from  the  reserved  heat  pump  location  to  an  appropriate outdoor location. Penetrations through the building envelope for louvers and  ducts  shall  be  planned  and  identified  for  future  use.  The  reserved pathway and penetrations through the building envelope shall be sized to meet one of the following:
i. If the system input capacity of the gas water heating system is less than 200,000 BTU/HR, the minimum air flow rate shall be 70 CFM per input 10,000 BTU/HR of the gas or propane water heating system and the total external static pressure drop of ductwork and louvers shall not exceed 0.17” when the future heat pump water heater is installed. ii. If the system input capacity of the gas water heating system is greater than or equal to 200,000 BTU/HR, the minimum air flow rate shall be 420  CFM  per  input  10,000  BTU/HR  of  the  gas  or  propane  water heating  system  and  the  total  external  static  pressure  drop  of ductwork  and  louvers  shall  not  exceed  0.17”  when  the  future  heat pump water heater is installed.
iii. The reserved pathway and penetrations shall be sized to serve a heat pump water heater system that meets the total building hot water demand as calculated and documented by the responsible person associated with the project.

All mechanical components shall be installed in accordance with the California Mechanical Code.

4. Condensate drainage piping. An approved receptacle that is sized in accordance with the California Plumbing Code to receive the condensate drainage shall be installed  within  3  feet  of  the  reserved  heat  pump  location,  or  piping  shall  be installed from within 3 feet of the reserved heat pump location to an approved discharge location that is sized in accordance with the California Plumbing Code, and meets one of the following:

A. If the system input capacity of the gas water heating system is less than 200,000  BTU/HR,  condensate  drainage  shall  be  sized  for  0.2  tons  of refrigeration capacity per input 10,000 BTU/HR.

B. If the  system input capacity of the gas water heating system is greater than or equal to 200,000 BTU/HR, condensate drainage shall be sized for Item 17
Attachment B - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.17

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
53 Packet Pg. 399 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT B

0280100_KB2_20230523_CA

0.7 tons of refrigeration capacity per input 10,000 BTU/HR.

C. Condensate drainage shall be sized to serve a heat pump water heater system that meets the total building hot water demand as calculated and documented by the responsible person associated with the project.

All plumbing components shall be installed in accordance with the California Plumbing Code.

5. Electrical
A. Physical  space  shall  be  reserved  on  the  bus  system  of  the  main switchboard  or  on  the  bus  system  of  a  distribution  board  to  serve  the future  heat  pump  water  heater  system  including  the  heat  pump  and temperature maintenance tanks. In addition, the physical space reserved shall be capable of providing adequate power to the future heat pump water heater as follows:
i. Heat Pump. For the Heat Pump, the physical space reserved shall comply with one of the following:

A. If the system input capacity of the gas water heating system is less than 200,000 BTU/HR, provide 0.1 kVA per input 10,000 BTU/HR.

B. If the system input capacity of the gas water heating system is greater than or equal to 200,000 BTU/HR, provide 1.1 kVA per input 10,000 Btu/HR.

C. The physical space reserved supplies sufficient electrical power required to power a heat pump water heater system that meets the  total  building  hot  water  demand  as  calculated  and documented  by  the  responsible  person  associated  with  the project.

All electric components shall be installed in accordance with the California Electrical Code.
ii. Temperature Maintenance Tank. For the Temperature Maintenance Tank,  the  physical  space  reserved  shall  comply  with  one  of  the following:

A. If the system input capacity of the gas water heating system is less  than  200,000  BTU/HR,  provide  1.0  kVA  per  input  10,000 BTU/HR.

B. If the system input capacity of the gas water heating system is greater than or equal to 200,000 BTU/HR, provide 0.6 kVA per input 10,000 BTU/HR.

C. The physical space reserved supplies sufficient electrical power required to power a heat pump water heater system Item 17
Attachment B - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.17

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
54 Packet Pg. 400 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT B

0280100_KB2_20230523_CA

that meets the total building hot water demand as calculated and documented by the responsible person associated with the project.
(f) The building electrical system shall be sized to meet the future electric requirements of  the  electric  ready  equipment  specified  in  sections  160.9  (a) ‐  (e).  To  meet  this requirement  the  building  main  service  conduit,  the  electrical  system  to  the  point specified  in  each  subsection,  and  any  on‐site  distribution  transformers  shall  have sufficient capacity to supply full rated amperage at each electric ready appliance in accordance with the California Electric Code.

16.17.160  SUBCHAPTER 11 MULTIFAMILY BUILDINGS —  PERFORMANCE AND PRESCRIPTIVE COMPLIANCE APPROACHES

SECTION 170.1 PERFORMANCE APPROACH

Section 170.1 of Subchapter 11 of the California Energy Code is amended to read:

Subsections
170.1 (a) – (c) are adopted without modification.

A newly constructed building or substantial remodel complies with the performance approach if the TDV energy budget calculated for the proposed design building under Subsection (b) is no greater than the TDV energy budget calculated for the Standard Design Building under Subsection (a). Additionally,

1. Low‐Rise Multifamily: The energy budget, expressed in terms of source energy, of a newly constructed low‐rise multifamily building (less than four habitable stories) shall be at least 9% lower than that of the Standard Design Building.

2. High‐Rise  Multifamily:  Newly  Constructed  high‐rise  multifamily  buildings  (greater than four habitable stories) shall be at least 1% lower than that of the Standard Design Building.

3. Compliance demonstration requirements for performance standards. Section 170.1(d)1 is modified to add subsection is as follows:
i. Certificate  of  Compliance.  The  Certificate  of  Compliance  is  prepared  and signed by a Certified Energy Analyst and the Total Energy Design Rating of the Proposed Design shall be no greater than the Standard Design Building.

16.17.170  Infeasibility Exemption.

(a) Exemption. If an applicant for a Covered Project believes that circumstances exist that makes it infeasible to meet the requirements of this Chapter, the applicant may request an  exemption  as  set  forth  below.  In  applying  for  an  exemption,  the  burden  is  on  the Applicant to show infeasibility.

Item 17
Attachment B - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.17

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
55 Packet Pg. 401 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT B

0280100_KB2_20230523_CA

(b) Application. If an applicant for a Covered Project believes such circumstances exist, the applicant may apply for an exemption at the time of application submittal in accordance with  the  Planning  and  Development  Services  administrative  guidelines.  The  applicant shall  indicate  the  maximum  threshold  of  compliance  the  energy  compliance  design professional believes is feasible for the covered project and the circumstances that make it infeasible to fully comply with this Chapter. Circumstances that constitute infeasibility include, but are not limited to the following:
(1) There is conflict with the compatibility of the currently adopted California Building Standards Code;
(2) There  is  a  lack  of  commercially  available  materials  and  technologies  to  comply with the requirements of this Chapter;
Applying  the  requirements  of  this  Chapter  would  effectuate  an  unconstitutional taking of property or otherwise have an unconstitutional application to the property.

(c) Granting  of  Exemption.  If  the  Director  of  Planning  and  Development  Services,  or designee, determines that it is infeasible for the applicant to fully meet the requirements of  this  Chapter  based  on  the  information  provided,  the  Director,  or  designee,  shall determine the maximum feasible threshold of compliance reasonably achievable for the project. The decision of the Director, or designee, shall be provided to the applicant in writing. If an exemption is granted, the applicant shall be required to comply with this Chapter  in all  other  respects  and  shall  be  required  to  achieve,  in  accordance  with  this Chapter,  the  threshold  of  compliance  determined  to  be  achievable  by  the  Director  or designee.

(d) Denial of Exemption. If the Director of Planning and Development Services or designee determines that it is reasonably possible for the applicant to fully meet the requirements of this Chapter, the request shall be denied, and the Director or designee shall so notify the applicant in writing. The project and compliance documentation shall be modified to comply  with  this  Chapter  prior  to  further  review  of  any  pending  planning  or  building application.

(e) Council Review of Exemption. For any covered project that requires review and action by the City Council, the Council shall act to grant or deny the exemption, based on the criteria outlined  above,  after  recommendation  by  the  Director  of  Planning  and  Development Services.

16.17.180   Appeal.
(a) Any aggrieved Applicant may appeal the determination of the Director of Planning and Development Services or designee regarding the granting or denial of an exemption
pursuant to 16.17.170.
(b) Any  appeal  must  be  filed  in  writing  with  the  Planning  and  Development  Services Item 17
Attachment B - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.17

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
56 Packet Pg. 402 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT B

0280100_KB2_20230523_CA

Department not later than fourteen (14) days after the date of the determination by the Director. The appeal shall state the alleged error or reason for the appeal. (c) The appeal shall be processed and considered by the City Council in accordance with the provisions of Section 18.77.070 (f) of the City of Palo Alto Municipal Code.

SECTION 3. The Council adopts the findings for local amendments to the California Green Building Standards  Code,  2022  Edition,  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  “A”  and  incorporated  herein  by reference.

SECTION 4. If any section, subsection, clause or phrase of this Ordinance is for any reason held to be invalid, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portion or sections of the Ordinance.  The  Council  hereby  declares  that  it  should  have  adopted  the  Ordinance  and  each section, subsection, sentence, clause or phrase thereof irrespective of the fact that any one or more sections, subsections, sentences, clauses or phrases be declared invalid.

SECTION 5. The Council finds that this ordinance is exempt from the provisions of the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”), pursuant to Section 15061 of the CEQA Guidelines, because it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that the amendments herein adopted will have a significant effect on the environment and Section 15308, because the amendments herein adopted is an action taken by the City to assure the maintenance, restoration, enhancement, or protection of the environment .

//

//

Item 17
Attachment B - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.17

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
57 Packet Pg. 403 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT B

0280100_KB2_20230523_CA

SECTION 6. This Ordinance shall be effective on the thirty‐first day after the date of its adoption.

INTRODUCED:

PASSED:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSENT:

ABSTENTIONS:

ATTEST:

____________________________     ____________________________ City Clerk          Mayor

APPROVED AS TO FORM:      APPROVED:

____________________________     ____________________________ Chief Assistant City Attorney      City Manager

____________________________
Director of Planning and
Development Services

____________________________
Director of Administrative Services

Item 17
Attachment B - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.17

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
58 Packet Pg. 404 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT B

0280100_KB2_20230523_CA

Exhibit A
FINDINGS FOR LOCAL AMENDMENTS TO CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE, 2022 EDITION TITLE 24, PART 6

Section 17958 of the California Health and Safety Code provides that the City may make changes to the provisions of the California Building Standards Code. Sections 17958.5 and 17958.7 of the Health and Safety Code require that for each proposed local change to those provisions of the California Building Standards Code which regulate buildings used for human habitation, the City Council must make findings supporting its determination that each such local change is reasonably necessary because of local climatic, geological, or topographical conditions.

Regarding the Energy Code, local jurisdictions have the authority to adopt local energy efficiency ordinances—or  reach codes—that  exceed the minimum standards defined by Title 24 (as established by Public Resources Code Section 25402.1(h)2 and Section 10‐106 of the Building Energy Efficiency Standards, provided the City Council finds that the requirements of the proposed ordinance are cost‐effective and do not result in buildings consuming more energy than is permitted by Title 24.

Local building regulations having the effect of amending the uniform codes, which were adopted by the City prior to November 23, 1970, were unaffected by the regulations of Sections 17958, 17958.5  and  17958.7  of  the  Health  and  Safety  Code.  Therefore,  amendments  to  the  uniform codes which were adopted by the City Council prior to November 23, 1970 and have been carried through  from  year  to  year  without  significant  change,  need  no  required  findings.  Also, amendments to provisions not regulating buildings used for human habitation do not require findings.

Code: California Energy Code, Title 24, Part 6
Chapter(s),
Sections(s),
Appendices
Title  Add  Deleted  Amended  Justification
(See below of keys)
100.1  Definitions and Rules of Construction    C & E 110.10 (f)  Existing tree canopies

130.0  Lighting Systems and Equipment, and
Electrical Power Distribution Systems ‐
General
  C & E
130.6  Electric Readiness Requirements for
Systems Using Gas or Propane
  C & E
140.0  Performance and Prescriptive Compliance
Approaches
  C & E
140.1  Performance Approach: Energy Budgets    C & E 150.0  Mandatory Features and Devices    C & E
150.1  Performance and Prescriptive Compliance
Approaches for Single‐Family Residential
Buildings
  C & E
Item 17
Attachment B - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.17

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
59 Packet Pg. 405 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT B

0280100_KB2_20230523_CA

150.1 (b)
3A i
Certificate of Compliance   
160.4 (a)  Mandatory Requirements for Water
Heating Systems
   C & E
160.9  Mandatory Requirements for Electric Ready
Buildings
  C & E
170.1  Performance Approach    C & E
Infeasibility Exemption    A
Appeal    A

Item 17
Attachment B - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.17

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
60 Packet Pg. 406 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT B

0280100_KB2_20230523_CA

Key to Justification for Amendments to Title 24 of the California Code of Regulations

A  This  is  an  administrative  amendment  to  clarify  and  establish  civil  and  administrative procedures, regulations, or rules to enforce and administer the activities by the Palo Alto Building Inspection Department.  These administrative amendments do not need to meet HSC 18941.5/17958/13869 per HSC 18909(c).

C  This  amendment  is  justified  on  the  basis  of  a  local  climatic  condition.  The  seasonal climatic conditions during the late summer and fall create severe fire hazards to the public health and welfare in the City. The hot, dry weather frequently results in wild land fires on  the  brush  covered  slopes  west  of  Interstate  280.  The  aforementioned  conditions combined with the geological characteristics of the hills within the City create hazardous conditions for which departure from California Energy Code is required. Failure to address and significantly reduce greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions could result in rises in sea level, including  in  San  Francisco  Bay,  that  could  put  at  risk  Palo  Alto  homes  and  businesses, public  facilities,  and  Highway  101  (Bayshore  Freeway),  particularly  the  mapped  Flood Hazard areas of the City. Energy efficiency is a key component in reducing GHG emissions, and the construction of more energy efficient buildings can help Palo Alto reduce its share of the GHG emissions that contribute to climate change. The burning of fossil fuels used in the generation of electric power and heating of buildings contributes to climate change, which could result in rises in sea level, including in San Francisco Bay, that could put at risk  Palo  Alto  homes  and  businesses  1  public  facilities,  and  Highway  101.  Due  to  a decrease in annual rainfall, Palo Alto experiences the effect of drought and water saving more than some other communities in California.

E  Energy  efficiency  enhances  the  public  health  and  welfare  by  promoting  the environmental  and  economic  health  of  the  City  through  the  design,  construction, maintenance, operation, and deconstruction of buildings and sites by incorporating green practices into all development. The provisions in this Chapter are designed to achieve the following goals:
(a) Increase energy efficiency in buildings;
(b) Increase resource conservation;
(c) Provide durable buildings that are efficient and economical to own and operate; (d) Promote the health and productivity of residents, workers, and visitors to the city; (e) Recognize and conserve the energy embodied in existing buildings; and (f) Reduce disturbance of natural ecosystems.

G  This amendment is justified on the basis of a local geological condition. The City of Palo Alto is subject to earthquake hazards caused by its proximity to San Andreas fault. This fault runs from Hollister, through the Santa Cruz Mountains, epicenter of the 1989 Loma Prieta earthquake, then on up the San Francisco Peninsula, then offshore at Daly City near Mussel Rock. This is the approximate location of the epicenter of the 1906 San Francisco earthquake. The other fault is the Hayward Fault. This fault is about 74 mi long, situated Item 17
Attachment B - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.17

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
61 Packet Pg. 407 of 1352

*NOT YET APPROVED*
ATTACHMENT B

0280100_KB2_20230523_CA

mainly along the western base of the hills on the east side of San Francisco Bay. Both of these  faults  are  considered  major  Northern  California  earthquake  faults  which  may experience  rupture  at  any  time.  Thus,  because  the  City  is  within  a  seismic  area  that includes these earthquake faults, the modifications and changes cited herein are designed to better limit property damage as a result of seismic activity and to establish criteria for repair of damaged properties following a local emergency.

T  The City of Palo Alto topography includes hillsides with narrow and winding access, which makes timely response by fire suppression vehicles difficult. Palo Alto is contiguous with the San Francisco Bay, resulting in a natural receptor for storm and waste water run‐off.

Also the City of Palo Alto is located in an area that is potentially susceptible to liquefaction during a major earthquake. The surface condition consists mostly of stiff to dense sandy clay,  which  is  highly  plastic  and  expansive  in  nature.  The  aforementioned  conditions within the City create hazardous conditions for which departure from California Building Standards Codes is warranted.

Item 17
Attachment B - Ordinance
Amending Ch 16.17

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
62 Packet Pg. 408 of 1352

Prepared by:

Alea German, Claudia Pingatore, Ada Shen, & Keith Saechao, Frontier Energy, Inc Misti Bruceri, Misti Bruceri & Associates, LLC

Prepared for:

Kelly Cunningham, Codes and Standards Program, Pacific Gas and Electric Last modified: 2024/03/25
Revision: 1.1
Item 17
Attachment C - 2022
Single Family New
Constuction Cost-
Effectiveness Study and S

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
63 Packet Pg. 409 of 1352

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Single Family New Construction

Legal Notice
This report was prepared by Pacific Gas and Electric Company and funded by the California utility customers under the auspices of the California Public Utilities Commission.

Copyright 202 2, Pacific Gas and Electric Company. All rights reserved, except that this document may be used, copied, and distributed without modification.

Neither PG&E nor any of its employees makes any warranty, express or implied; or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or usefulness of any data, information, method, product, policy or process disclosed in this document; or represents that its use will not infringe any privately- owned rights including, but not limited to, patents, trademarks or copyrights.

Acronym List
2023 PV$ – Present value costs in 2023
ACH50 – Air Changes per Hour at 50 pascals pressure
differential
ACM – Alternative Calculation Method
ADU – Accessory Dwelling Unit
AFUE – Annual Fuel Utilization Efficiency
B/C – Lifecycle Benefit-to-Cost Ratio
BEopt – Building Energy Optimization Tool
BSC – Building Standards Commission
CA IOUs – California Investor-Owned Utilities
CASE – Codes and Standards Enhancement
CBECC-Res – Computer program developed by the California Energy Commission for use in demonstrating
compliance with the California Residential Building
Energy Efficiency Standards
CFI – California Flexible Installation
CFM – Cubic Feet per Minute
CO2 – Carbon Dioxide
CPAU – City of Palo Alto Utilities
CPUC – California Public Utilities Commission
CZ – California Climate Zone
DHW – Domestic Hot Water
DOE – Department of Energy
DWHR – Drain Water Heat Recovery
EDR – Energy Design Rating
EER – Energy Efficiency Ratio
EF – Energy Factor
Item 17
Attachment C - 2022
Single Family New
Constuction Cost-
Effectiveness Study and S

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
64 Packet Pg. 410 of 1352

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Single Family New Construction

GHG – Greenhouse Gas
HERS Rater – Home Energy Rating System Rater
HPA – High Performance Attic
HPWH – Heat Pump Water Heater
HSPF – Heating Seasonal Performance Factor
IECC – International Energy Conservation Code
IOU – Investor Owned Utility
kBtu – kilo-British thermal unit
kWh – Kilowatt Hour
LBNL – Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory
LCC – Lifecycle Cost
LLAHU – Low Leakage Air Handler Unit
LSC – Long-term System Cost (2025 Title 24, Part 6 compliance metric) MF – Multifamily
NEEA – Northwest Energy Efficiency Alliance
NEM – Net Energy Metering
NPV – Net Present Value
NREL – National Renewable Energy Laboratory
PG&E – Pacific Gas and Electric Company
POU – Publicly-Owned-Utilities
PV – Photovoltaic
SCE – Southern California Edison
SDG&E – San Diego Gas and Electric
SEER – Seasonal Energy Efficiency Ratio
SF – Single Family
SMUD – Sacramento Municipal Utility District
SoCalGas – Southern California Gas Company
TDV – Time Dependent Valuation (2022 Title 24, Part 6 compliance metric) Therm – Unit for quantity of heat that equals 100,000 British thermal units Title 24 – Title 24, Part 6
TOU – Time-Of-Use
UEF – Uniform Energy Factor
VLLDCS – Verified Low Leakage Ducts in Conditioned Space ZNE – Zero-net Energy

Item 17
Attachment C - 2022
Single Family New
Constuction Cost-
Effectiveness Study and S

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
65 Packet Pg. 411 of 1352

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Single Family New Construction

Summary of Revisions
Date Description Reference (page or section)
9/12/2022 Original Release (1.0) N/A
3/25/2024 Updated analysis (1.1) • New simulation results with latest CBECC-Res version (Section 2.1.1)
• Updated utility cost estimates using
recent utility tariff and net billing
tariff (Section 2.1.3)
• New measure costs for heat pumps,
batteries, and PV (Section 3.3)
• Revised packages (Section 3.4)
• Revised Results, Summary,
References, and Appendices
(Sections 4-7)

Item 17
Attachment C - 2022
Single Family New
Constuction Cost-
Effectiveness Study and S

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
66 Packet Pg. 412 of 1352

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Single Family New Construction

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Executive Summary .......................................................................................................................................................... 1 1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................................................ 4 2 Methodology and Assumptions ............................................................................................................................... 5

2.1 Analysis for Reach Codes ..................................................................................................................................................... 5

2.1.1 Modeling ....................................................................................................................................................................... 5

2.1.2 Cost-effectiveness ........................................................................................................................................................ 5

2.1.3 Utility Rates ................................................................................................................................................................... 7

2.2 Greenhouse Gas Emissions ................................................................................................................................................. 8

2.3 Energy Design Rating ........................................................................................................................................................... 8 3 Prototypes, Measure Packages, and Costs ............................................................................................................ 9

3.1 Prior Reach Code Research ................................................................................................................................................. 9

3.2 Prototype Characteristics ...................................................................................................................................................... 9

3.3 Measure Definitions and Costs ........................................................................................................................................... 12

3.3.1 Efficiency, Solar PV, and Batteries ............................................................................................................................. 12

3.3.2 Electrification ............................................................................................................................................................... 17

3.4 Measure Packages ............................................................................................................................................................. 22 4 Results ...................................................................................................................................................................... 24

4.1 Compliance Results: All-Electric vs. Mixed Fuel Code Minimum ........................................................................................ 24

4.2 All-Electric Code Minimum Results ..................................................................................................................................... 26

4.3 All-Electric Efficiency, PV, and Battery Results ................................................................................................................... 29

4.4 Mixed Fuel Results ............................................................................................................................................................. 31

4.5 Greenhouse Gas Reductions .............................................................................................................................................. 33

4.6 Sensitivity Analysis ............................................................................................................................................................. 35

4.6.1 CARE Rate Comparison ............................................................................................................................................. 36

4.6.2 Utility Infrastructure Cost Sensitivity ............................................................................................................................ 38

4.6.3 Utility Rate Escalation ................................................................................................................................................. 39 5 Summary .................................................................................................................................................................. 42 6 References ............................................................................................................................................................... 46 7 Appendices .............................................................................................................................................................. 48

7.1 Map of California Climate Zones ......................................................................................................................................... 48

7.2 Utility Rate Schedules ......................................................................................................................................................... 49

7.2.1 Pacific Gas & Electric .................................................................................................................................................. 50

7.2.2 Southern California Edison ......................................................................................................................................... 57

7.2.3 Southern California Gas .............................................................................................................................................. 61

7.2.4 San Diego Gas & Electric............................................................................................................................................ 62

7.2.5 City of Palo Alto Utilities .............................................................................................................................................. 68

7.2.6 Sacramento Municipal Utilities District (Electric Only) ................................................................................................. 70

7.2.7 Fuel Escalation Assumptions ...................................................................................................................................... 72

7.3 Summary of Efficiency Measures ........................................................................................................................................ 74

7.4 Summary of Applicable Prescriptive Base case Measures ................................................................................................. 76

Item 17
Attachment C - 2022
Single Family New
Constuction Cost-
Effectiveness Study and S

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
67 Packet Pg. 413 of 1352

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Single Family New Construction

LIST OF TABLES
Table 1: Utility Tariffs Used Based on Climate Zone ............................................................................................................................ 7 Table 2: Prototype Characteristics ........................................................................................................................................................ 9 Table 3: Base case Characteristics of the Prototypes ........................................................................................................................ 11 Table 4: Base Package PV Capacities (kW-DC) ................................................................................................................................ 12 Table 5: Incremental Cost Assumptions: Efficiency, PV, and Battery Measures ................................................................................ 14 Table 6: Single Family IOU Total Natural Gas Infrastructure Costs .................................................................................................... 17 Table 7: Single Family CPAU Total Natural Gas Infrastructure Costs ................................................................................................ 18 Table 8: ADU Utility Infrastructure Total and Incremental Costs ......................................................................................................... 18 Table 9: Effective Useful Lifetime (EUL) of Water Heating & Space Conditioning Equipment ............................................................ 19 Table 10: Space Conditioning System Nominal Capacities ................................................................................................................ 20 Table 11: Space Conditioning System Incremental Costs (2023 PV$) ............................................................................................... 20 Table 12: Heat Pump Water Heating System Incremental Costs (2023 PV$) .................................................................................... 21 Table 13: Single Family All-Electric Appliance Incremental Costs ...................................................................................................... 22 Table 14: Single Family Cost-Effectiveness: All-Electric Code Minimum ............................................................................................ 27 Table 15: ADU Cost-Effectiveness: All-Electric Code Minimum .......................................................................................................... 28 Table 16: Single Family Cost-Effectiveness: Comparison of All-Electric Efficiency Only, PV, and Battery Packages ........................ 29 Table 17: ADU Cost-Effectiveness: All-Electric Energy Efficiency + Additional PV + Battery ............................................................. 30 Table 18: Single Family Cost-Effectiveness: Mixed Fuel Efficiency + PV + Battery ............................................................................ 31 Table 19: ADU Cost-Effectiveness: Mixed Fuel Efficiency + PV + Battery ......................................................................................... 32 Table 20: Single Family Greenhouse Gas Reductions (metric tons) .................................................................................................. 33 Table 21: ADU Greenhouse Gas Reductions (metric tons) ................................................................................................................ 34 Table 22: On-Bill Cost-Effectiveness with CARE Tariffs: All-Electric Code Minimum ......................................................................... 36 Table 23: On-Bill Cost-Effectiveness with CARE Tariffs: Mixed Fuel Efficiency + PV+ Battery Package ........................................... 37 Table 24: Single Family Cost-Effectiveness Comparison with Range of Natural Gas Utility Infrastructure Costs: All-Electric Code Minimum ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 38 Table 25: Cost-Effectiveness, 2025 LSC Basis: All-Electric Code Minimum ...................................................................................... 40 Table 26: Cost-Effectiveness, 2025 LSC Basis: Mixed Fuel Efficiency + PV + Battery ...................................................................... 41 Table 27: Summary of Single Family EDR1 Margins and Cost-Effectiveness .................................................................................... 44 Table 28: Summary of ADU EDR1 Margins and Cost-Effectiveness .................................................................................................. 45 Table 29: PG&E Baseline Territory by Climate Zone .......................................................................................................................... 50 Table 30: PG&E Monthly Gas Rate ($/therm) ..................................................................................................................................... 50 Table 31: SCE Baseline Territory by Climate Zone ............................................................................................................................ 57 Table 32: SoCalGas Baseline Territory by Climate Zone ................................................................................................................... 61 Table 33: SoCalGas Monthly Gas Rate ($/therm) .............................................................................................................................. 61 Table 34: SDG&E Baseline Territory by Climate Zone ....................................................................................................................... 62 Item 17
Attachment C - 2022
Single Family New
Constuction Cost-
Effectiveness Study and S

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
68 Packet Pg. 414 of 1352

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Single Family New Construction

Table 35: SDG&E Monthly Gas Rate ($/therm) .................................................................................................................................. 62 Table 36: CPAU Monthly Gas Rate ($/therm) ..................................................................................................................................... 68 Table 37: Real Utility Rate Escalation Rate Assumptions, CPUC En Banc and 2022 TDV Basis ...................................................... 72 Table 38: Real Utility Rate Escalation Rate Assumptions, 2025 LSC Basis ....................................................................................... 73 Table 39: All-Electric Single Family Efficiency Measures, Various Packages ..................................................................................... 74 Table 40: Mixed Fuel Single Family Measures, Efficiency + PV + Battery Package ........................................................................... 75 Table 41: Efficiency Measures for All ADU Packages ........................................................................................................................ 75 Table 42 Prescriptive Envelope, PV, and Battery Measures by Climate Zone .................................................................................... 77 Table 43 Prescriptive HVAC Measures by Climate Zone ................................................................................................................... 78 Table 44 Prescriptive Water Heating Measures by Climate Zone ....................................................................................................... 78

LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1: Single family all-electric home compliance impacts. ............................................................................................................ 24 Figure 2: ADU all-electric home compliance impacts. ......................................................................................................................... 25 Figure 3: Single family four gas appliance home compliance impacts. ............................................................................................... 25 Figure 4: Map of California climate zones. .......................................................................................................................................... 48

Item 17
Attachment C - 2022
Single Family New
Constuction Cost-
Effectiveness Study and S

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
69 Packet Pg. 415 of 1352

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Single Family New Construction Executive Summary
1 California Energy Codes & Standards | A statewide utility program 2024-03-25

Executive Summary
The California Codes and Standards (C&S) Reach Codes program provides technical support to local governments considering adopting a local ordinance (reach code) intended to support meeting local and/or statewide energy efficiency and greenhouse gas (GHG) reduction goals. The program facilitates adoption and implementation of the code when requested by local jurisdictions by providing resources such as cost-effectiveness studies, model language, sample findings, and other supporting documentation.

This report documents cost-effectiveness analysis results for traditional new detached single family and detached accessory dwelling unit (ADUs) building types. It evaluates mixed fuel and all-electric package options in all sixteen California climate zones (CZs). Packages include combinations of efficiency measures, on-site renewable energy, and battery energy storage.

This analysis used two different metrics to assess the cost-effectiveness of the proposed upgrades. Both methodologies require estimating and quantifying the incremental costs and energy savings associated with each energy efficiency measure over a 30-year analysis period. On-Bill cost-effectiveness is a customer-based lifecycle cost (LCC) approach that values energy based upon estimated site energy usage and customer utility bill savings using today’s electricity and natural gas utility tariffs. Time Dependent Valuation (TDV) is the California Energy Commission’s LCC methodology, which is intended to capture the long-term projected cost of energy, including costs for providing energy during peak periods of demand, carbon emissions, grid transmission and distribution impacts. This is the methodology used by the Energy Commission in evaluating cost-effectiveness for efficiency measures in Title 24, Part 6.

The following are key takeaways and recommendations from the analysis.

Conclusions and Discussion:
• All-electric buildings have lower GHG emissions than mixed fuel buildings, due to the clean power sources currently available from California’s power providers as well as accounting for increased penetration of renewables in the future. Almost all the all-electric packages evaluated resulted in greater GHG emission savings than the mixed fuel packages, with the exception of the mixed fuel package with battery storage in climate zones with low heating loads.
• The Reach Codes Team found code-compliant all-electric new construction to be feasible and cost-effective based on TDV for single family homes in all cases except Climate Zone 16. • All-electric single family new construction was On-Bill cost-effective in all cases except Climate Zones 1, 3, 14, and 16.
• The all-electric ADU home was cost-effective based on TDV in all cases except in Climate Zones 3, 4, 13, and 14 where the higher cost of installing a ducted heat pump water heater (HPWH) instead of the prescriptively required gas tankless water heater exceed the resulting energy cost savings. In the other climate zones there were first cost savings for installing a heat pump space heater instead of a gas furnace, contributing to an overall TDV cost-effective result.
• Few cases were cost-effective On-Bill for the ADU.
• All-electric code minimum construction results in an increase in first year utility costs relative to a mixed fuel home, except for CPAU and SMUD where electricity rates are much lower than for the investor-owned utilities (IOUs). The addition of efficiency measures, market dominant HPWHs that meet the Northwest Energy Efficiency Alliance’s (NEEA’s) Advanced Water Heating Specification1, high efficiency heat pumps, increased solar photovoltaics (PV), and batteries all reduce utility costs, and a combination of these options was found to reduce annual utility costs relative to a mixed fuel home in all cases.

1 Refer to Section 0 for an explanation of HPWHs certified through NEEA’s Advanced Water Heating Specification, their market status, and how they compare to federal minimum efficiency standards.

Item 17
Attachment C - 2022
Single Family New
Constuction Cost-
Effectiveness Study and S

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
70 Packet Pg. 416 of 1352

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Single Family New Construction Executive Summary
2 California Energy Codes & Standards | A statewide utility program 2024-03-25

• Under the Net Biling Tariff (NBT)2, utility cost savings for increasing PV system size beyond code minimum are substantially less than what they were under prior net energy metering rules (NEM 2.0); however, savings are sufficient to be On-Bill cost-effective in all climate zones for the all-electric single family home. Coupling PV with battery systems increases utility cost savings as a result of improved on-site utilization of PV generation and fewer exports to the grid.
• Applying California Alternate Rates for Energy (CARE) rates in the IOU territories improves On-Bill cost- effectiveness for all-electric buildings, as compared to the same case under standard rates, due to higher utility cost savings compared to a code compliant mixed fuel building also on a CARE rate. This is due to the CARE discount on electricity being higher than that on gas.
• If gas tariffs are assumed to increase substantially over time, in line with the escalation assumption from the 2025 LSC development, all-electric new construction was found to be On-Bill cost-effective in almost all scenarios over the 30-year analysis period. There is much uncertainty surrounding future tariff structures as well as escalation values. While it’s clear that gas rates are anticipated to increase, how much and how quickly is not known. Electricity tariff structures are expected to evolve over time, and the California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC) has an active proceeding to adopt an income-graduated fixed charge that benefits low- income customers and supports electrification measures 3. The CPUC will make a decision in mid-2024 and the new rates are expected to be in place later that year or in 2025. While the anticipated impact of this rate change is lower volumetric electricity rates, the rate design is not finalized. While lower volumetric electricity rates provide many benefits like incentivizing electrification, it also will make building efficiency measures harder to justify as cost-effective due to lower utility bill cost savings.

Recommendations:
• A reach code with a single performance target based on source energy (EDR1) can be structured to strongly encourage electrification. This approach requires equivalent performance for all buildings and allow s mixed fuel buildings which minimizes the risk of violating federal preemption. Below are examples of how a reach code for single family homes could be set up based on the results summarized in Table 27. o A jurisdiction in Climate Zone 12 could set a performance target at an EDR1 margin of 11.5 (the EDR1 margin for the all-electric Code Minimum package). Any all-electric home meeting or exceeding the prescriptive requirements would comply, and a mixed fuel home would likely need to incorporate a combination of efficiency measures and a battery system to comply. o Similarly, a jurisdiction in Climate Zone 7 may consider setting a performance target of 2.8 EDR1 margin (also the EDR1 margin for the all-electric Code Minimum package). Any all-electric home meeting or exceeding the prescriptive requirements would comply, but a mixed fuel home would likely be able to comply with only a suite of above-code efficiency measures (no battery). Alternatively, a higher EDR1 margin target of 5 would incentivize more energy efficiency or additional PV for all - electric construction, and mixed fuel construction would likely need to incorporate a battery system to comply.
o A jurisdiction in Climate Zone 16 may want to set a performance target at an EDR1 margin of 20.5 (the EDR1 margin for the mixed fuel efficiency + PV + battery package). This would establish a target that a mixed fuel home could cost-effectively meet, likely only after incorporating a combination of efficiency measures and a battery system, and that an all-electric home could easily meet. • The 2022 Title 24 code’s new source energy metric combined with the heat pump baseline encourage all - electric construction, providing an incentive that allows for some amount of prescriptively required building efficiency to be traded off, still meeting minimum code compliance. This compliance benefit for all-electric homes highlights a unique opportunity for jurisdictions to incorporate efficiency into all-electric reach codes.

Efficiency and electrification have symbiotic benefits and are both critical for decarbonization of buildings. As demand on the electric grid is increased through electrification, efficiency can reduce the negative impacts of

2 Refer to Section 2.1.3 for discussion on NBT and NEM
3 https://www.cpuc.ca.gov/industries-and-topics/electrical-energy/electric-costs/demand-response-dr/demand-flexibility-rulemaking Item 17
Attachment C - 2022
Single Family New
Constuction Cost-
Effectiveness Study and S

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
71 Packet Pg. 417 of 1352

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Single Family New Construction Executive Summary
3 California Energy Codes & Standards | A statewide utility program 2024-03-25

additional electricity demand on the grid, reducing the need for increased generation and storage capacity , as well as the need to upgrade upstream transmission and distribution equipment. The Reach Codes Team recommends that jurisdictions adopting a reach code for single family buildings also include an efficiency requirement with EDR1 margins at minimum consistent with the all-electric code minimum package results in Table 27.
• The code compliance margins for the ADU all-electric code minimum package are lower than for the single family prototype; code compliance and cost-effectiveness can be more challenging for smaller dwelling units.

As a result, the Reach Codes Team does not recommend EDR1 targets above those reported for the all - electric Code Minimum package in Table 28.

This report presents measures or measure packages that local jurisdictions may consider adopting to achieve energy savings and emissions reductions beyond what will be accomplished by enforcing minimum state requirements, the 2022 Building Energy Efficiency Standards (Title 24, Part 6), effective January 1, 2023.

Local jurisdictions may also adopt ordinances that amend different Parts of the California Building Standards Code or may elect to amend other state or municipal codes. The decision regarding which code to amend will determine the specific requirements that must be followed for an ordinance to be legally enforceable. For example, jurisdictions may amend Part 11 instead of Part 6 of the CA Building Code requiring review and approval by the Building Standards Commission (BSC) but not the California Energy Commission (Energy Commission). Reach codes that amend Part 6 of the CA Building Code and require energy performance beyond state code minimums must demonstrate the proposed changes are cost-effective and obtain approval from the Energy Commission. Although a cost-effectiveness study is only required to amend Part 6 of the CA Building Code, this study provides valuable context for jurisdictions pursuing other ordinance paths to understand the economic impacts of any policy decision. This study documents the estimated costs, benefits, energy impacts and greenhouse gas emission reductions that may result from implementing an ordinance based on the results to help residents, local leadership, and other stakeholders make informed policy decisions.

Model ordinance language and other resources are posted on the C&S Reach Codes Program website at LocalEnergyCodes.com. Local jurisdictions that are considering adopting an ordinance may contact the program for further technical support at [email protected]. In addition, jurisdictions in a CCA territory with rates or rate structures that are significantly different than IOU rates may email the program at [email protected] to request a custom analysis.

Item 17
Attachment C - 2022
Single Family New
Constuction Cost-
Effectiveness Study and S

Item 17: Staff Report
Pg.
72 Packet Pg. 418 of 1352

Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: Single Family New Construction Introduction
4 California Energy Codes & Standards | A statewide utility program 2024-03-25

1 Introduction
This report documents cost-effective combinations of measures that exceed the minimum state requirements, the 2022 Building Energy Efficiency Standards, effective January 1, 2023, for newly constructed single family buildings. This report was developed in coordination with the California Statewide Investor-Owned Utilities (CA IOUs) Codes and Standards Program, key consultants, and engaged cities—collectively known as the Reach Codes Team.

The analysis considers traditional detached single family and detached accessory dwelling unit (ADUs) building types and evaluates mixed fuel and all-electric package options in all sixteen California climate zones (CZs).4 Packages include combinations of efficiency measures, on-site renewable energy, and battery energy storage.

This report documents the key results and conclusions from the Reach Codes Team analysis. A full dataset of all results can be downloaded from the Local Energy Codes Resources5 webpage. Results alongside policy options and the potential citywide impacts for specific jurisdictions can also be explored using the Cost-effectiveness Explorer at https://explorer.localenergycodes.com/.

The California Building Energy Efficiency Standards Title 24, Part 6 (Title 24) (California Energy Commission, 2021a) is maintained and updated every three years by two state agencies: the California Energy Commission (Energy Commission) and the Building Standards Commission (BSC). In addition to enforcing the code, local jurisdictions have the authority to adopt local energy efficiency ordinances—or reach codes—that exceed the minimum standards defined by Title 24 (as established by Public Resources Code Section 25402.1(h)2 and Section 10- 106 of the Building Energy Efficiency Standards). Local jurisdictions must demonstrate that the requirements of the proposed ordinance are cost- effective and do not result in buildings consuming more energy than is permitted by Title 24. In addition, the jurisdiction must obtain approval from the Energy Commission and file the ordinance with the BSC for the ordinance to be legally enforceable.

← All documents from this meeting